Liturgical Customary

This Customary sets forth our ceremonial as it has evolved over the last thirty years. Our principal source texts are Ritual Notes, 11th ed. (ECR Lamburn), and The Ceremonies of the Roman Rite Described (Fortescue and O’Connell). Please note that this material is intended to be descriptive, not prescriptive.

Introduction to the Liturgical Customary of The Church of the Advent

The people of the Church of the Advent have always been united by our common faith in Jesus Christ and by the splendor of the liturgy and music that accompanies the celebration of His presence among us in the Eucharist. The parish was founded in 1844 by people whom God inspired to worship in the catholic tradition of the Episcopal Church. Since that time, the Advent has been a witness to the Church at large by demonstrating that devotion in action is evangelical and lived faith brings grace to those in need. Many thousands of people have worshipped at the Church of the Advent, and remark on the sense of reverence and devotion that they feel here. The people of the Advent are in touch with their roots historically, from the apostolic period through the primitive church, from the Medieval period through the Reformation, and of course through the Oxford Movement of the 19th century. But we are aware of the present as well. We acknowledge that liturgy evolves. We take full advantage of the liturgical scholarship that brought about the Second Vatican Council and revision of the Book of Common Prayer. We are not a museum and do not merely recreate the past. We are a community of the Body of Christ and we seek to bring our best always to God in the liturgy. We work hard together to make our worship a faithful expression of who we are and share that with others. It has been a long journey and will continue until Our Lord brings us into the fullness of His everlasting kingdom. Our call to pray together week after week has sustained us through many long years of hardship because we, as catholic Christians, know that our first duty lies in giving praise and thanks to God and returning each week to receive His presence in the Eucharist.
These notes are the latest in a series of customaries that have been in use at the Advent for many years. They are meant to describe the liturgy as it is currently celebrated in this place at this time. They give direction to the clergy and masters of ceremonies who conduct the rites. They allow new clergy and servers to learn how to take their place in the worship of the church. They provide specific information to the Altar Guild, Acolyte Guild, Flower-Arranging Guild, sextons, musicians, and office staff. They make it possible for all involved in executing the liturgy to perform their specific functions and still worship God. When we all know what is expected of us, we can focus on being the Body of Christ and not a theatre company. If those at the altar go about their duties with a sense of grace, the congregation will not be distracted either by awkwardness or a sense of military precision. For the congregation has work to do as well. They are not the audience; they are performers also. God is the object of our efforts, the focus of all our attention. We, of course, enjoy the glorious music and beautiful flowers and vestments. The mystery of the Incarnation means that we live in a material world and thankfully enjoy the things that God has given us. But we know that even without the splendor, we would continue to give our best in praise and thanksgiving, singing with joy to Our Lord and breaking bread and asking His help and forgiveness. “For he is the Lord our God, and we are the people of his pasture and the sheep of his hand. Let us come before his presence with thanksgiving and show ourselves glad in him with psalms.”

Many people have offered themselves through the liturgy of the Church of the Advent, but three in particular are the inspiration for this edition of the Customary: Fr. Andrew C. Mead, 14th rector of this parish, whose palpable sense of devotion helped us all take God seriously and not ourselves; Nancy C. Nickolds, retired warden of the Acolyte Guild, who first encouraged the comprehensive codification of these notes; and Fr. John Clarke, former sacristan at the church, who always desired to make the liturgy reverent and yet fun, and is the original author of many of the notes in this volume. May God continue to bless our ministry and may we always serve Him faithfully as He commands us.

William J. Theisen
Julianne E. Turé
September 8, 1999
The Nativity of the Blessed Virgin Mary

O God, forasmuch as without thee we are not able to please thee, mercifully grant that thy Holy Spirit may in all things direct and rule our hearts; through Jesus Christ our Lord, who with thee and the same Spirit liveth and reigneth, one God, world without end. Amen.

Copyright notice: “This document is property of the Parish of the Advent, Boston, MA. Permission is granted to reproduce this material provided that the authors are acknowledged and a copy of the reproduction is supplied to the Parish of the Advent.”

© Julianne E. Turé and William J. Theisen 1999

I will go unto the altar of God, even unto the God of my joy and gladness. – Ps. 43:4

The Acolyte Guild of the Church of the Advent serves God in the Church and in this parish by preparing for, assisting in, and leading the celebration of the public worship of the church on Sundays and Holy Days, and by helping the parish attain a greater sense of reverence through our example of service and commitment both at the altar and in the community.

Qualifications for Membership
Any adult member of the parish whose baptism is on record in the parish office and who pledges to the Church of the Advent and attends Mass regularly may apply for membership in the Guild, subject to the following conditions:

• Familiarity with the liturgy
• A sense of rhythm/timing
• The ability to work in a team
• Experience in appearing before the public (desirable)
• Availability to serve Sundays and feast days (weeknights)

Performance Expectations and Norms for Servers
Service at the altar requires the ability to worship while performing the duty of the assigned position. This means that, at the altar, servers may not be able to participate in the private devotions and acts of reverence that they may exercise in the pew. Liturgical leadership means deferring one’s private worship to corporate participation in common prayer.

Servers are also members of the Altar Guild and will be assigned either regular duties, such as mass setup or cassock laundering, or special projects, such as thurible cleaning or polishing which are done in preparation for the Christmas and Holy Week celebrations. These duties will be assigned after consultation with the Warden and Sacristan.

While each server brings his or her own gifts to public worship, anonymity at the altar – in both appearance and conduct – is the standard for everyone. Servers are expected to wear white shirts, black shoes and hose, and no visible jewelry other than wedding rings or wristwatches (religious medals may be worn over the cassock but under the cotta). The parish will normally provide cassock and cotta; however, if the server has a special need, or would prefer his or her own cassock, this may be purchased at the server’s own expense in consultation with the Sacristan. It is recommended that the server wait until the probationary period is over before purchasing vestments.

Service at the altar requires extraordinary teamwork and coordination; consequently a general rehearsal is held each fall to prepare servers, and special rehearsals are held before Holy Week and other special masses as the need arises. Attendance at these rehearsals is required of all servers – those who do not attend the rehearsal should not expect to serve the mass.

General Policies
Attendance – Any server who is unable to serve must notify the Warden (or his or her designee) as soon as the anticipated absence is known. If a server is ill on Sunday morning and cannot reach the Warden, s/he should call the MC or call the church (617/523-2377) and leave a message.

Scheduling – Notice of unavailability to serve must be submitted to the Warden either in writing or by phone by the 15th of the previous month. For example, schedule requests for the month of June should be in by May 15th. If a server is unable to serve on a given day once the schedule has come out, please notify the Warden as soon as possible. DO NOT make schedule changes independently.

Preparation and cleanup – All servers are expected to assist with preparation and cleanup. If a server will be working at coffeehour or teaching a class, s/he should let the Warden know prior to the time the schedule is made so that s/he can be scheduled off for that day.

Leave of absence – Servers may take a leave of absence for a specified period of time. They may resume service after consultation with the Warden. For leaves of one year or greater, return to service will depend upon the need of the Guild and the server may not necessarily return to the previous level of service upon return. Each case will be reviewed individually.

Resignations – A server may resign at any time without giving a reason, by notifying the Warden. It is expected that the server will consider the needs of the Guild prior to resigning, e.g., not immediately prior to Holy Week.

Dismissal – A server who does not maintain the initial conditions for membership, i.e., pledging and attendance at Mass; who is absent twice without notifying the Warden; or who demonstrates consistently bad behavior (insubordination, rudeness to clergy or other servers, poor care of vessels or vestments, failure to follow the customs of the parish) shall be subject to immediate dismissal by the Warden of the Guild. Notification of a server’s dismissal shall be given to the Rector.

Training and Advancement
The following guidelines pertain to the recruitment, training, and development of those wishing to serve in the Acolyte Guild of this parish as servers at the Solemn Mass. All candidates will inform the Warden of the Acolytes of their interest and be interviewed by the Warden and at least one other MC before they are considered for the training program.

Training
Once a person has qualified for the training program, s/he will be assigned a mentor who will individually instruct and guide the trainee in the entry level position of Torch.
• As far as possible the new server will be assigned for three consecutive weeks as a Torchbearer, with a threemonth probationary period and review.
• After each Mass the mentor will review with the trainee progress to date.
• At the end of the probationary period, one of the following decisions will be made, after discussion with the trainee, mentor, MCs, and Warden of the Acolytes:
1. the trainee will continue serving;
2. the trainee will be given more intensive training; or
3. the trainee will discontinue serving.

Service Positions
The service positions ascend in degree of difficulty and are generally as follows:
1. Torch
2. Crucifer
3. Acolyte
4. Thurifer
5. Chalice Minister
6. Subdeacon/Master of Ceremonies

Promotion
Criteria for promotion include, but are not limited to:

• Competent performance of assigned duties
• Punctuality
• Liturgical decorum
• Attention to detail
• Demonstrated ability to work as a member of the team
• Willingness to follow directions given by mentor and/or MC
• Ability to accept and act upon suggestions to improve serving skills.

Servers do not automatically proceed to the next position. Assessment for promotion to a more difficult level of service is carried out by the mentor, MCs, and Warden. This review process is generally conducted in the spring so experience in the new position may be gained during the summer months in a less stressful setting. The Warden of the Acolytes may assign a new mentor for advanced positions.

In order to be considered for the role of Subdeacon, a server must demonstrate ability to read clearly in public, be familiar with the lectionary, and be willing to undergo diocesan training, if required, in order to be licensed to administer communion. In addition, a server who attains the level of Subdeacon should be prepared to assume the role of MC at the same time. The SD/MC must have a clear understanding of the liturgy, including the roles of the celebrant and deacon, and have demonstrated proficiency in serving at all previous levels. SDs/MCs must be able to prepare the vessels and vestments for mass in the event of an emergency. In addition, the prospective SD/MC must show leadership potential as evidenced by the ability to write customary notes for special services, mentor new servers, and be a positive role model for other servers as well as the congregation at large, by virtue of the visibility of the position. Because the roles of SD and MC constitute parish leadership positions, these persons should also have an understanding of the culture and history of the parish.

MCs also meet with the Warden and Rector to make decisions about promotions, plan liturgies, and to conduct rehearsals.

Be not now negligent, for the Lord has chosen you to stand by his presence, to minister to him, and to be his ministers. – II Chron. 29:11

© Julianne E. Turé and William J. Theisen 1999

A Primer on Liturgical Etiquette

Attire:

Those who serve at God’s altar work in community to celebrate the mysteries of God’s presence among humankind revealed in the life, death, and resurrection of Jesus Christ.  Therefore, leading God’s people in worship demands a degree of anonymity in deportment in order to focus the entire congregation on the object of our liturgical action. 

This anonymity begins with dress.  A white dress shirt, black socks or hose and black shoes are required of all servers.  Trouser legs that extend past cassock hems should be rolled up until they are no longer visible.  Dangling earrings should be removed, as should visible jewelry other than wedding rings or wrist­watches. St. Vincent medals or other religious insignia may be worn over the cassock, but inside the cotta.  Black cas­sock, with black rope cincture fastened at the left side, should be ankle-length.  Red cassocks are not worn at any time.  Cottas should reach to the hip.  Knee-length surplices are worn only by choir ministers and clergy.  Only the MC wears a Florentine style (lace-trimmed) surplice, so that the celebrant may easily identify him/her. 

A note about summer: Brick buildings, like brick ovens, absorb heat rapidly and retain it for days.  This is a boon to pizza parlors but misery to summertime acolytes in a church devoid of air-conditioning.   Common sense should therefore take precedence in matters of dress.  While black hose* and black shoes are mandatory at all times, shorts and white t-shirts are perfectly acceptable under the cassock.  Subdeacons may omit the cassock and wear amice and alb over street clothes as long as said clothes will not show through. (A liberal application of anti-static spray is recommended, however.)  *Female subdeacons may wear white hose and black shoes – black hose would show through the alb.  A long slip is also recommended! 

Decorum:

Silence should be maintained in the hallway and sacristies during preparation for Mass.  Any necessary conversation should be limited to the purpose of preparing for Mass.  Discussion of other matters should be saved for Coffee Hour.  Short of calling others’ attention to immediate threats of well-being – “Don’t look now, but a free-range thurible is hurtling toward your head!” – cultivate the discipline of silence when not making the appropriate liturgical responses.  Display a posture of poised attentiveness, of being “in the moment” while considering your next immediate movement.  When seated, do not slouch, cross your legs,[1] or perform any acts of personal hygiene you wouldn’t want captured on film for your mother to see.  Sit with the back relatively straight, placing the hands flat upon the knees.  You may fold your hands on your lap in a way that avoids the “Freudian clutch,” but hands flat upon the knees are preferred. 

The clergy need time to prepare for worship, too.  Unless a server’s presence is requested by the MC, servers should respect the privacy of the priests’ sacristy and remain in the smoke sacristy until summoned.

While the clergy would be the first to remind us that they are human too, proper respect is due to their office.  The Rector in particular is our father in God and as such his word is law.  Insubordination or rudeness toward the clergy will not be tolerated.  If a cleric makes a liturgical decision with which you do not agree, bite your tongue and follow instructions.  Disagreements or differences of opinion are to be settled privately, not during Mass or in the presence of others. 

Clerics are addressed according to their orders and preferences of style, or “sir”/“ma’am”.  Although some clerics may allow or even prefer use of their Christian names, do not assume that such informality automatically applies to new members of the staff or to guests: until a new or visiting cleric directs otherwise, he or she is to be addressed by the appropriate title.  Within the context of the liturgy the formal titles are used at all times unless a rubric specifically directs otherwise (as in the ceremonial for the Institution of a Rector).  Even if the cleric is your lifelong best friend and you are still threatening to tell his mother about that childhood indiscretion involving his kid sister, the lizard, and the neighbor’s vegetable garden, the dignity of his office should be honored when he is executing the functions of that office.  

A bishop, when present, is to be addressed as “Bishop” or “sir”/“ma’am.”  Anglicans though we are, this is America; the title “my Lord [Bishop]” is appropriate only to certain prelates of the Church of England.  Honorifics such as “Your Grace” are reserved for the Archbishops of Canterbury and York.  The same directives apply to bishops of other communions.  

The theology and praxis of the Church of the Advent are shaped and informed by the historic Church Catholic. As such our overall perspective is a conservative one. However, we are not monolithic in our views and toleration for varieties of opinion is one of the hallmarks of Anglican tradition. During the liturgy you may hear or see some statement or practice with which you personally disagree. It is your duty as a minister of the service to keep your opinions – and personal devotional practices – to yourself while carrying out your role in the liturgy. If you wish to discuss your differences, do so away from the Mass. Disruption of the liturgy in any manner will not be tolerated.

On a lighter note, it will become apparent throughout this Customary that in this community the proviso of “a language understanded of the people” (Article XXIV of the Thirty-Nine Articles) does not necessarily restrict our liturgical usage to English. While some knowledge of ecclesiastical Latin is not a requirement for service, it is certainly helpful!

Anonymity:

As noted above, leaders of worship must not draw attention to themselves, but to God who is the focus of the liturgy. Despite the considerable temptation to think otherwise, even the most elaborate Solemn Mass is not a Broadway show; there are no “stars” in worship other than Almighty God. Servers must cultivate an attitude of self-effacement during the service. Individual acts or postures of devotion are not appropriate when serving, nor are exaggerated gestures or speech beyond the normative range. In short, anything that draws attention to the individual rather than to the corporate act of worship is a distraction and should be avoided. Believe it or not, it is possible to manage anything up to and including a medical emergency or an outbreak of fire without attracting the congregation’s notice.

Posture:

When walking, hold yourself straight with your shoulders back and your head erect. Face directly the point to which you are headed. In general, except when you are seated, carrying a hymnal or torch, or performing a ceremonial action such as crossing yourself, you should join your hands palm to palm, not merely fingers to fingers. Insofar as you are physically able, fully extend your fingers and hold them together, crossing the thumbs over each other in the form of a cross. Fingers should point slightly upward, not toward the ground or straight out. Hold elbows close to the body and keep hands more or less at the height of the breast. Whether standing, sitting, genuflecting, or kneeling, keep eyes straight ahead or focused on the liturgical action. When seated on the Gospel side of the nave (to your left as you face the altar), avoid leaning forward or physically straining to hear the sermon. Do not lean on the bishop’s throne or use it as an armrest. Also, do not place glasses, hymnals, or programs on the bishop’s throne; despite considerable evidence to the contrary, the Advent respects its canonically consecrated bishops and the symbols of their authority.

Servers with nothing else to carry may elect to carry in hymnals or to walk empty-handed. Either way, pairs must be uniform; servers in pairs always mirror each other.

Servers face across chancel at all times except when facing the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel. Especially when seated in the crucifer’s stall, avoid turning to look at the preacher or checking to make sure that Aunt Tillie and Uncle Al found their seats. That is, before Mass, make arrangements for childcare or supervision of older adults and then offer it up.

In the presence of the Sacrament: When the Consecrated Elements are exposed on the Altar (e.g., during Communion or at Benediction), servers should never turn their backs toward the Elements. In practical terms, this means that if a server approaches the mensa for any reason (e.g., to bring up chalices), when leaving the server “crab walks” sideways down the stairs. Under no circumstances should a server everwalk backward down the stairs!

When counting during Communion, servers should not look at the people. Instead, follow the clergy’s hands as they distribute the Sacrament.

How to carry a candle: The outside arm is always down and out.
How to walk and carry a candle at the same time: Step off on left foot first. Pairs should hold their candles at a level. If there is a height disparity between partners, the taller partner should accommodate the shorter by carrying his/her candle lower. Hold the candle far enough out front, without discomfort, so that knees do not knock into it while walking.

Turns:

Solo right angle turns should be crisp, finding a disciplined medium between a rounded corner and a military pivot. When in pairs, the inner partner takes no steps, but stops and pivots, allowing the outer partner to maintain his or her rhythm – without rushing or taking giant steps – to execute the turn. Picture an opening door: the inner partner acts as the stationary but pivoting pin in the hinge, while the outer partner functions as the moving door. The same principle applies to acolytes and the crucifer in procession, except that the crucifer must coordinate his/her action with the outer acolyte to maintain linear alignment. It is extremely important that at all times, all servers – singly, in pairs, or in groups of three – maintain a consistent rhythm, even when ascending or descending steps.

Genuflecting:

Except as specified during Holy Week, Corpus Christi, and Benediction, the simple genuflection is considered normative when entering or leaving the ambit of the altar when the Sacrament is present. When making a simple genuflection, touch the right2 knee to the ground, close to the heel of the left foot (unless the genuflection is made on a step). Do not bow the head or prop a hand on the floor; we are not in the huddle before third-and-one on the ten-yard line at the Harvard-Yale Game. Hold your body steady and perfectly erect. Leaning forward while genuflecting (the aforementioned football huddle position) is an invitation to loss of balance and an unplanned, to say nothing of undignified, prostration at some painful cost to your nose. It can also be dangerous, especially if you are holding a charged thurible or any other implement that poses some risk of injury if it comes between you and a hard stone floor. Hold the head straight – even at the name of Jesus – since the act of reverence is fully expressed by the bending of the knee and not by a superfluous bow of the head or body. Parenthetically, this principle applies as well to kneeling. Insofar as you are physically able, maintain the joined-hands position at the breast throughout the genuflection.
Genuflections are made as follows:

Whenever arriving at or leaving the chancel.

  • On MC’s cue, at entrance.
  • At Et Incarnatus in the Creed.
  • On MC’s cue, at final exit at the end of the Mass (except A CR A).

Do not genuflect:

  • When the Sacrament is not present on the Altar or in the Aumbry (some Evensongs; the conclusion of the Maundy Thursday liturgy; Good Friday and the first part of the Easter Vigil).
  • When carrying one of the consecrated Elements.

Bowing

In liturgical actions, in general, there are three bows: simple, moderate, and profound. The simple bow is a bending of the head only. This bow is made (1) to the cross and altar when the Blessed Sacrament is not present, (2) at the mention of the name Jesus, (3) at the mention of the Blessed Trinity (such as the Gloria Patri), and (4) at certain points in the liturgy, most notably, we worship thee and receive our prayer in the Gloria. The moderate bow, as the designation implies, is never excessive, consisting of a bowing of the head and slight rounding of the shoulders so that, while standing, you should just see your feet. At Masses at the Advent, the moderate bow is reserved for Holy, holy, holy, Lord God of Hosts in the Sanctus. The habit of using the moderate bow at the Gloria Patri has crept into our usage in recent years, but it is incorrect and shows an unedifying taste for excessive, one might even say competitive, piety. At the Advent, servers never use the profound bow – made from the waist so that you could touch your knees with your hands – unless following the lead of clergy who are physically unable to genuflect when entering and leaving the altar. The main point is that any gestures that exceed the norms of general usage among servers on the altar break the ideal of the anonymous server. That is, they threaten to hijack worshipers’ attention away from the object of the liturgical action, who is none other than the God of Jesus Christ.

Nod the head:

  • When the Celebrant passes in procession. Some pious folk bow the head every time any cleric passes. This is incorrect.  The bow to the Celebrant acknowledges that person’s role as the offerer of the Eucharistic sacrifice for that particular Mass.  The bow is appropriate to no other clerics in procession except the Rector or a bishop, for either of whom the bow is a sign of respect.
  • Whenever the Name of Jesus is spoken or sung except when kneeling (as during the Prayer of Consecration); kneeling subsumes a bow.
  • In the Gloria in Excelsis:
    • At “adoramus Te/We worship Thee”.
    • At “suscipe deprecati/receive our prayer”.
  • At the Gloria Patri at the end of the Psalm.
  • When the Gospel Book passes in procession.
  • At the exclamations of praise before and after the Gospel.
  • At “is worshipped and glorified” in the Creed.
  • Whenever receiving vessels or other impedimenta from the MC or other servers.
  • AA only: after the lavabo (mirroring the Celebrant).
  • At Trinitarian doxologies in hymns and/or Canticles.

Servers holding candles do not bow.

Bow the upper body (shoulders) to acknowledge a ceremonial act, such as the censing by orders.

Bow profoundly (from the waist) for the first two phrases of the Sanctus. NOTE: the Sacred Ministers cue this bow and do not always rise at the same phrase. Servers should mirror them.

The Sign of the Cross

When making the sign of the cross, begin with the joined-hands position. Then place the left hand, extended, with the fingers and thumb held close together, on your chest, just below the breast. Make the sign of the cross with the right hand. Without bowing your head, touch your forehead with the tips of your three longest fingers fully extended and held close together, then, in sequence, touch the center of your chest (above your left hand), your left shoulder, and then your right shoulder. Immediately resume the joined-hands position without touching the center of the chest again or kissing the thumb or an imaginary rosary. Save that for Mother Angelica.

In general, it is our custom to cross ourselves in the following places in the liturgy:

THE PREPARATIONIn the name of the Father …
Our help is in the name of the Lord …
May Almighty God have mercy upon us …
But deliver us from evil … (in the Lord’s Prayer)
OPENING ACCLAMATIONBlessed be God: Father, Son, and Holy Spirit
GLORIA IN EXCELSIS… in the glory of God the Father/in Gloria Dei Patris.
HOMILY INTRODUCTION/ CONCLUSION… in the name of the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit.
CREED.. and the life of the world to come
THE PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE(Biddings:) Rest eternal grant unto them …
for all thy servants departed this life …
ABSOLUTIONhave mercy upon you, pardon and deliver you …
EUCHARISTIC PRAYER(at the elevations of the elements)
… be filled with thy grace and heavenly benediction ..
THE LORD’S PRAYERBut deliver us from evil …
THE COMMUNIONBehold the Lamb of God …
(at reception of Communion)
THE BLESSING… the Father, the Son, and the Holy Spirit …
THE ANGELUSThe angel of the Lord …
… so by thy Cross and Passion …

Servers with anything in their hands during any of these times do not cross themselves.

A Final Word

While the foregoing may seem excessively fussy, particularly in an age when manners are out of fashion and seminaries are apparently intent on turning the Mass into a rock-‘n’-roll show, remember that Divine Service is not a casual activity. The Lord’s Supper is a heavenly banquet, not a drive-thru lunch from a fast food shop. Lack of attention to deportment at Mass is as inappropriate as wearing torn jeans to a formal dinner. Sloppiness of appearance, movement or behavior will not show forth “the beauty of holiness and the holiness of beauty,” which is what we seek to present.


 1 Some of our vertically-challenged servers may wish to cross their ankles.

2 The only time a genuflection is made on the left knee is in the presence of a bishop.

Preparation and clean-up, while not a liturgical action per se, do contribute to the atmosphere of prayer, both for servers and congregation.

All the rules of liturgical etiquette and deportment are to be observed. The MC is responsible for checking all preparations and supervising the proceedings. Cassock and cincture are worn, and cotta or surplice should be left in smoke sacristy until needed. Hands are to be held joined at the breast. Walk with dignity, but not at a funereal pace. You may speak as duty requires, but speak softly out of respect for both Our Lord in the Reserved Sacrament, and the organist or other musicians who will be performing the prelude and postlude. When walking in pairs, or passing in opposite directions, genuflect together at center, even if you must wait a moment for the other person to meet you. This will convey a greater sense of calm to the congregation than if there is a lot of bobbing-up-and-down.

The vessels for Mass will be set out on the table in the smoke sacristy by the Altar Guild. There will be a chalice covered with ( in order) a purificator, paten, priest’s host, pall, veil, and a burse with corporal and two small purificators. There will be the twin chalices with a small pall over each, a lavabo bowl and towel, a bread box with extra people’s wafers (these may be needed if an extraordinarily large congregation appears) two silver cruets (A should have aqua/water, and V should have vino/wine). The ciborium with the people’s wafers and the flagon of wine to be carried up in the offertory procession as well as a slip listing the available amounts of wafers are left on the sofe in the priests’ sacristy. The verger is responsible for taking them to the baptistry, where he lights the candles there. But it is the responsibility of the MC to see that this is done. After the MC checks all the vessels, the acolytes may take them out and place them on the credence in their customary position. Please make sure that the veil on the chalice does not hang loosely – the bottom of the veil should touch the linen on the credence.

Anytime after the celebrant sets the Missal (labeled 11:00-RITE I), it may be placed on the Missal stand on the table below the credence. The Gospel Book should be set to the appropriate reading and left on sofe above the deacon’s drawer. The lectionary, open to the correct Old Testament lection – verify by consulting the Sunday bulletin – should be set out on the lectern. Check to make sure that the light on the lectern is plugged into the socket on the floor. There should be water glasses in the pulpit, and in front of the innermost epistle side candlestick on the altar gradine. This will not, then, be visible from the congregation. Two hymnals may be set out on the acolytes’ chairs, marked with programs, for the hymn following the Gospel. Two more hymnals, a program, the intercessions folder, and a large edition Prayer Book, marked at the Whole-State prayer, are placed at the stool beside the MC’s chair. The pillow on the table below the credence should be empty awaiting the Gospel Book after the proclamation of the Gospel. Torchbearers may place hymnals out on their chairs. The spine of the book should always face the congregation.

All Saints Chapel needs to be prepared for the distribution of communion by removing the dustcover from the altar after the candles have been lighted. The sextons are responsible for lighting the hanging lamps at the High Altar, the Presence lamp after the Sacrament has been transferred, and the All Saints Chapel sanctuary lamp. The MC should be place the veil over the door to the Sacrament House after the transfer from the Lady Chapel has taken place if the clergy person responsible has not done so. If the Lady Chapel will be used for Communion, then the dustcover there must removed and hidden from sight behind the server’s stall, and ONLY the two lights on the lower gradine lighted. The sexton will also turn off the fire alarm.

During Eastertide, the aspersorium with the aspergillum and a small amount of holy water should be placed on the step nearest the epistle side pavement light. In the event of a procession, the celebrant’s chasuble, together with all three maniples, should be laid over the altar rail; near the sedilia.

After Mass, in the baptistry, the servers give their communion counts to the MC, and servers not carrying cross or candles collect the vestments, which they will place on the chair in priests’ sacristy. Still vested, the subdeacon will walk down the Lady Chapel aisle, go through the Lady Chapel, enter the ambit of the altar at the opening near the sedilia (not center), go to the credence to retrieve veiled chalice, and exit to smoke sacristy. Then the servers appointed to remove the book and replace the dustcover may enter. After the servers appointed to extinguish the candles have entered, other servers may begin to clear vessels from the credence and books from the lectern. The bag in the alms basin goes in the safe in the smoke sacristy. The alms basin should be placed on the chair or the table in the smoke sacristy. Hymnals are returned to the shelf in smoke sacristy. The Missal and the Gospel Book go back in appropriately marked boxes in the sofe together with the lectionary and Prayer Book. When not in use in Mass, the Intercessions Book resides on the vesting altar in priests’ sacristy. The sermon text should be placed on the desk in the priests’ sacristy. Then, assist with cleaning of vessels, as needed. Remember, any vessel or linen that has come into contact with consecrated bread or wine must be rinsed in the piscina.

CANDLELIGHTING AND EXTINGUISHING

Candles will ordinarily be lighted and extinguished by two servers, both for gracefulness, speed, and the convenience of avoiding remembering which side has to be done first. To light candles, walk in together, genuflect at center above the altar rail, proceed to the top step (footpace/predella) as a pair, and light the candles closest to the cross and work OUTWARDS (that is, spread the light of Christ). Continue with the pavement lights. Meet at center, descend remaining altar steps, turn, genuflect above altar rail, and exit to smoke sacristy. On the great feasts, the upper tier of office lights is lighted. Because of the extra time and effort involved. these should be lighted first and extinguished last.

The function of the blue cloth (dustcover) is to protect the altar and fair linen from dust and wax, especially that which may fall from a lighted candlelighter. To remove the blue cloth, starting with the Gospel side, pick up each corner of the outside hem and bring it to center. Similarly, bring the fold to the center. Repeat for the Epistle side. Finally, fold the Epistle half onto the Gospel half and remove the cloth from the altar.

After Mass, the two servers appointed wait for the subdeacon to retrieve the chalice. Then, with the server on the left carrying the blue cloth, both go out together to center, genuflect, and ascend the altar steps to the footpace. The server on the right picks up the Missal stand (hold the Missal to prevent its falling), goes to center, genuflects, and exits. The server with the cloth aligns the cross on the cloth with the cross on the fair linen, takes hold of a hem, and pulls it gently along the Gospel side of the altar to spread the cloth. Repeat this action on the other side. Remove the water glass, make a simple bow, exit to the side, and genuflect on the pavement before exiting to the smoke sacristy.

The two servers extinguishing the candles enter, genuflect on the pavement (above the altar rail), split, and ascend to the third step, where they turn out and extinguish the pavement lights. They then ascend to the footpace and extinguish the candles outside to center. Try to stay approximately together, but this should not give appearance of being militarily precise or fussy. When done, make a simple bow to the cross and descend to the pavement, genuflect, and exit to smoke sacristy. One server should extinguish the candles in the All Saints’ Chapel (and the Lady Chapel if used for Communion) after the cloth is spread there.

Liturgical Appurtenances

Special Attire:
The Celebrant wears a cope for any Feast which includes a Solemn Procession (see list under “Altar Hardware” below). Processions are also provided for those Sundays in Lent on which the Great Litany is sung.

On Advent Sunday only, all three Sacred Ministers wear copes for the Solemn Procession. Copes are removed in the sacristy at the conclusion of the procession and vestments in the proper liturgical color of Advent are worn for the remainder of the Mass.

Tunicle(s) are worn by the crucifer(s) only on Christmas Eve and Easter Day. At the discretion of the Rector, this provision may be extended to include Pentecost and Christ the King and other special celebrations, such as the Institution of a Rector. A second thurifer and crucifer may be used for the same. Note that a second thurifer is specified in the customary for Corpus Christi, Maundy Thursday, and Te Deum.

Altar Hardware (except where noted, Solemn Masses on these days normally include a Procession):

1. The Upper Tier of altar candles:
Advent Sunday (Feast of Dedication & Title)
Christmas Eve
New Year’s Eve (Lessons & Carols)
Epiphany
Candlemas
Easter Eve and Easter Day
Ascension Day (we have not in the past had a Procession on this day)
Pentecost
Trinity Sunday (Te Deum, no Procession)
Corpus Christi
Assumption (when it is celebrated with a Solemn Mass)
Michaelmas
All Saints Day
The Feast of Christ the King (Procession and Te Deum)
Any other Feast day observed with a Solemn Mass
Other occasions of great importance, such as the Institution of a Rector.

1a. When the Bishop of the Diocese (the Ordinary) is present at Mass, a seventh candle is placed in the center of the gradine and lit. This provision applies only to Mass and not to any other service.

2a. The Crystal Crucifix – same as #1 above.

2b. The Festal Brass Cross :
any Sundays falling between Christmas and Epiphany
Sundays in Eastertide
weddings
funerals
other Feasts for which the Crystal Crucifix is not used (e.g., Thanksgiving Day).

2c. The Dominical Brass Cross:
all Sundays in Ordinary Time, including Sundays between Epiphany and Ash Wednesday
Sundays in Advent.

2d. The Plain Wooden Cross :
Ash Wednesday
all Sundays in Lent
Palm Sunday
Maundy Thursday

3. The Brass-covered Gospel Book – same as for the Upper Tier and the Crystal Crucifix.

4. The Burning Bushes (Note that this list is not the same as #1, 2a, 3 above):
Feast of Title & Dedication
Christmas Eve
Christmas Day
Sunday after Christmas
Epiphany
New Year’s Eve
Candlemas (when solemnized)
Easter Vigil and Easter Day
Ascension Day
Pentecost Sunday*
Trinity Sunday*
Corpus Christi
Michaelmas
Feast of Christ the King*

* If any of these masses is celebrated with an Orchestra, the Burning Bushes will not be used, due to space considerations in the chancel.

5. The Jeweled Vessels:
Christmas Eve
Easter Vigil
Easter Day
Other occasions of great importance, such as the Institution of a Rector, that would warrant one of the Wardens being present to open the safe.

Roles and Responsibilities of the Sacristan

The sacristan is a member of the parish who is ultimately responsible for the material preparations for all liturgical services at the church. The sacristan is responsible for the recruitment, training, development, scheduling and supervision of the members of the Altar Guild. The average weekly time commitment is eight to twelve hours per week.

The sacristan serves as a member of the Liturgical Planning Committee and as an adviser to the Gifts and Memorials Committee and Property Committee. The sacristan manages the Altar Guild budget.

Qualifications
The person must have experience on the Altar Guild preparing vessels, vestments, and candles; have a strong sense of the specifics of the liturgical life of the parish; and have the ability to motivate the group to its highest level of performance.

The sacristan must show evidence of personal maturity in faith as to be able to maintain an atmosphere of devout yet joyous service.

The sacristan must have previous experience in management or a leadership position. Teaching ability with all age groups is necessary. The sacristan must have basic understanding of church, parish, and liturgical history. Understanding of textiles and sewing is also important.

Relationships
The sacristan is appointed by and reports to the rector. The sacristan supervises members of the Altar Guild. He or she will communicate regularly with the Parish Administrator regarding special services such as weddings, funerals and baptisms and will also make the Administrator aware of special needs involving the work of the sextons (cleaning, moving of furniture, fans, etc.) The sacristan will work closely with the director of the Flower Arranging Guild to coordinate flowers and devotional displays. The sacristan represents the parish to the diocesan altar guild. The sacristan also works closely with the Acolyte Warden to ensure smooth coordination of preparations for services.

The sacristan will be evaluated at least annually by the rector regarding his or her effectiveness in leading the group, based on the effectiveness of service preparation, the functioning of the group as it relates to the spiritual development of its members, and to working relationships with other staff members and lay leaders.

Roles and Responsibilities of the Acolyte Warden

The Warden is a member of the parish who is ultimately responsible for the staffing and direction of all liturgical services at the church. The Warden is responsible for the recruitment, training, development, scheduling, and supervision of the members of the Acolytes Guild.

The Warden serves as a member of the Liturgical Committee together with the Rector, other clergy, Parish Administrator, Sacristan, Liturgical Arts Director, and Choirmasters.

Qualifications
The Warden must have experience as a Master of Ceremonies; have a strong sense of the specifics of the liturgical life of the parish; be able to communicate clearly, both orally and in writing, detailed liturgical instructions; and have the ability to motivate the group to its highest level of performance.

The Warden must show evidence of personal maturity in faith so as to be able to maintain an atmosphere of devout yet joyous service.

The Warden must have previous experience in management or a leadership position. Teaching ability with all age groups is necessary. The Warden must have a basic understanding of church, parish, and liturgical history.

Relationships
The Warden is appointed by and reports to the Rector. The Warden supervises members of the Acolytes Guild. He or she will communicate regularly with the Parish Administrator regarding special services such as weddings, funerals and baptisms, and will also make the Administrator aware of special needs involving the distribution of monthly schedules and associated material. The Warden works closely with the Sacristan to maintain smooth coordination of preparations for services.

The Warden will be evaluated at least annually by the Rector regarding his or her effectiveness in leading the group, based on the effectiveness of liturgical preparation, the functioning of the group as it relates to the spiritual development of its members, and to working relationships with other staff members and lay leaders.

Directions for the Altar Guild

LOW MASS PREPARATIONS
Vestments – in drawer beneath vesting altar, label according to day and time:
— Chasuble, stole and maniple (if the set includes a maniple)
Vessels – in compartment in sofe, label according to day and time:
— Chalice, purificator, paten, priest’s Host, pall, veil, burse with corporal; bread box (for masses with expected attendance greater than 25 people or as requested by clergy), cruets with wine and water (fill to handle), lavabo bowl and towel

SOLEMN MASS PREPARATIONS
Vestments
— In Subdeacon’s drawer – tunicle, maniple, cincture, alb (check size chart on lavatory door), amice
— In deacon’s drawer – dalmatic, maniple, stole, cincture, alb, amice
— In drawer beneath vesting altar, labeled with day and time – chasuble, maniple, and stole
— Extra stoles for choir clergy (on bar on end of sofe)
Vessels
— Chalice, purificator, paten, priest’s Host, pall veil burse with corporal and two purificators
— Ciborium with people’s wafers (100 for 9 AM, 150 for 11AM)
— Large crystal flagon with wine (1.5 cups serves about 100 people)
— Twin chalices with small palls
— Cruets with “A”- water, and “V” – wine
— Lavabo bowl and towel
If there is an extra communion station:
— Chalice and ciborium from solemn mass set not in use
— Extra ciborium for second station at high altar

HOLY BAPTISM
— Sexton will fill font with warm water just prior to the start of the service and raise the font cover
— Silver shell
— Chrism (from holy oil aumbry in All Saints’ Chapel)
— Aspergillum and aspersorium (for aspersing the people on the way back from the font)
— Baptismal ewer full of water (so that the celebrant may pour the water in front of the people)
— Baptismal candle (remove from wrapper)
— Crystal bowl with cotton balls (for celebrant to cleanse fingers after chrismation)
— Large cotton towel
— Prayer books for participants
— Black notebook with Rite I baptismal text ( for Rite I baptisms only)
— Hawk cruet for scooping water out of the font

SOLEMN EVENSONG AND BENEDICTION
— Cope and stole for officiant
— Stoles for assisting clergy
— Deacon and subdeacon (if present) in vestments as for mass
— monstrance throne (Large KJV Bible with portable communion set on top) covered with appropriate chalice veil and small corporal to accommodate monstrance
— Large corporal and burse on altar (spread corporal as at canon of the mass)
— Monstrance and veil on table below credence
— Consecrated Host in custodial with small veil (should be in Sacrament House)
— Card with Benediction service for officiant
— Carillon
— Humeral veil
— Benediction lights – Place on mensa of altar between outermost office lights
— Lectionary or Bible on lectern marked with beginning and conclusion of lessons.

THE BURIAL OF THE DEAD
Solemn or Low Mass set-up (verify color with clergy – either white, black, or purple)
Lectionary on lectern marked for appointed lessons. Gospel book Prayer books.
Paschal candle at head of coffin
If the body is present:
— Pall for coffin (either white or purple)
— Bier lights and coffin stand
If the body has been cremated:
— Two bier lights
— Table and extra chalice veil for container with ashes. If the color is white, cover with child’s pall.
Aspersorium with Holy water
Thurible with lighted coals (be sure sextons have turned off fire alarm)
Families often bring extra flowers. Be prepared to place them discreetly in visible places. Flower stands are behind reredos and in flower room.
Cloak, biretta, and container of earth at back of church if Cel is to accompany body to cemetery.

THE CELEBRATION AND BLESSING OF A MARRIAGE
— Verify vestment requests with clergy and Flower Guild
— Solemn or Low Mass set-up as appropriate
— If not a Mass, officiant will wear stole and cope
— Table for register (office staff must provide register)
— Cushions for bride and groom to kneel (or may use usual altar rail cushion)
— Chapel chairs from crypt placed on nave floor in front of pews for wedding party
— If wedding party is to be seated in chancel for the Liturgy of the Eucharist, they sit in choir stalls or at prie-dieu set off to the side of the choir.
— Paten with small purificator and aspersorium to bless rings
— Lectionary or readings for lectern
— Prayer books for all participants

HOLY UNCTION
— Holy Oil stocks (fill with cotton ball soaked with holy oil)
— Crystal bowl with cotton balls for the celebrant to purify the hands after anointing

Master of Ceremonies

Preparation:
MC should be vested no later than 10:30am (half an hour before Mass for weekday evening Solemn Masses): black cassock and cincture; white squarenecked surplice with lace insets (laughably labeled S, M, and L, but realistically sized Large, Extra Large, and Absurdly Large).

[All Saints, High Altar, and footpace candles should already be lit from 9am Mass.] Check that candles are burning OK.

Fresh water glasses in pulpit and on retable (in front of innermost Epistle-side candle).

Lectionary open to Old Testament lesson on lectern (should already be there from 9am Mass but page may need to be reset).

Gospel Book & Altar Book in priests’ sacristy.

BCP and Intercessions book on stool by MC’s chair. Altar book (set to Collect and Proper Preface by MC) on table under credence.

Copy of Mass Leaflet on SD’s chair to follow Psalm.

To credence: 2 chalices, Aqua & Vino, lavabo bowl/towel; veiled chalice w/ 3 purificators.

If Cel and D are not vesting in sacristy by 10 minutes before Mass, MC must locate them. Acolytes must also be present & accounted for no later than 15 minutes before Mass. Any acolytes not present on time must be replaced.

If necessary, MC assigns Communion stations.

MC assigns TT to count High Altar and CR to count All Saints, and assigns cleanup duties as appropriate.

MC checks pulpit to be sure sermon is in place.

In Sacristy:
MC is responsible for maintaining silence both in sacristy and in hallway prior to Mass.

MC distributes cards for the Preparation.

MC must be cognizant of any changes in the Customary and instruct servers accordingly.

MC is last to leave sacristy and makes a final check.

Procession:
MC precedes SMs. ALL enter in procession and take their places at altar steps.

A Th SD CEL D MC A

MC cues ALL to genuflect after the Deacon places the Gospel Book and returns to his place, and the CEL is in his place.

As SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, AA, Th, and MC proceed single file to sedilia/credence.

Introit:
Usually, altar is censed during Introit. MC cues Th to bring thurible to CEL on footpace.

MC puts Altar Book on Epistle horn of altar immediately following censing of CEL.

Acclamation, Collect For Purity, Kyrie Eleison:
MC stands in place near credence.

Gloria in Excelsis:
MC signals SD and D to go up to footpace on the words, “Gloria in Excelsis Deo/Glory be to God on High”.

See Appendix for seasonal variations to Opening Rite.

Salutation and Collect of the Day:
MC ascends to side step, and may point to the correct Collect with the right hand, while CEL intones Collect, and turns and descends with SMs after Collect is concluded.

First Lesson and Psalm:
ALL sit. MC sits next to D.

Second Lesson:
ALL sit.

Gradual:
As Th enters from smoke sacristy, MC signals AA to meet Th at centre. MC cues AA and TH to genuflect. After incense has been laid on and D has received blessing from CEL, MC follows D out to pavement before altar. ALL stand facing altar:

A Th SD D MC A

MC cues ALL to genuflect.

Gospel Procession:
MC leads Gospel Procession to the middle of the nave.

Order: MC AA Th SD D.

MC indicates place for SD to stand, then moves beside right-hand A.

After Gospel, SD takes Gospel Book back to CEL (usually at sedilia). MC follows, leading procession back. When Gospel Procession returns to pavement before altar, MC cues all to genuflect. MC, D, and AA retire to sedilia/credence.

MC receives Gospel Book from SD and puts it in bookstand, and gets intercessions book.

Sermon:
ALL sit.

Nicene Creed:
MC gives BCP and Intercessions book to D and cues ALL to stand. SMs go to pavement before altar. AA, MC and TT stand at bottom steps on either side.

Prayers of the People and Exhortation:
ALL remain standing.

General Confession and Absolution:
ALL kneel.

Peace:
MC receives BCP and Intercessions book from D.

Offertory Anthem:
MC may have to prompt TH to enter with TT. TH has incense laid on and departs; D goes to prepare vessels on altar; CEL and AA sit. D returns and sits. MC should remain standing, and move toward altar rail to watch Offertory Procession.

Offertory:
When the Procession is ready, MC signals Choir to begin Offertory Sentence, and signals SMs to go to gate.

After the offerings have been received, MC cues TH, TT and Processors to genuflect.

SMs take offerings to altar. AAs receive bason and hand off water cruet to SD. (See AA notes.)

MC and Th go up to altar together, MC on Th’s left. MC removes Altar Book and goes down to stand on pavement near Aumbry during censing. MC returns Altar Book to altar as D begins to cense CEL. MC remains on Gospel side on pavement until sanctuary censing has been completed and TH goes down to choir.

MC returns to Epistle side, genuflecting at centre, and arranges cushions on bottom step for AA and TH. Order (from left to right): A A TH MC. If it is necessary to lay on more incense after TH returns from censing the congregation, this should be done discreetly during the Sursum Corda.

Salutation and Sursum Corda:
ALL remain standing.

Preface
At the words, “Therefore with Angels . . . ” MC signals SD and D to go up to footpace.

Sanctus and Benedictus:
ALL remain standing. Bow with SMs for the first couple of phrases of the Sanctus (watch SMs for cues).

Consecration:
MC signals all servers to kneel.

Lord’s Prayer, Fraction and Prayer of Humble Access:
ALL remain kneeling.

Agnus Dei:
As choir begins Agnus Dei, MC signals ALL to stand and TH and TT to genuflect before exiting. MC and AA retire to credence; “downstage” A brings chalices up to Altar.

Invitation to Communion and Communion:
ALL stand in their places.

During Communion, MC is watchful and prepared to give any kind of assistance needed.

Ablutions (Motet being sung):
MC brings water cruet up to altar and signals AA to stand at Epistle horn and receive cleansed vessels (ciborium and flagon and extra chalices). “Upstage” A receives veiled chalice from SD and places on credence.

Postcommunion Prayer:
MC ascends to side step while CEL reads Post-Communion Prayer. After CEL finishes the prayer, MC picks up missal stand and takes it down to credence table, then kneels for the Blessing and Dismissal.

Blessing and Dismissal:
ALL remain kneeling. After Dismissal, MC cues all to rise and AA to join CR. Others line up on pavement:

T SD CEL D MC T

MC cues ALL to genuflect on first word of last hymn. Then ALL turn and face the people for Recessional.

Recessional:
Order: ACrA Choir Verger Choir Clergy Th TT MC SD D CEL.

Exeunt omnes, singing lustily, usually to baptistry.

After Mass Cleanup:
MC is responsible for supervising all sanctuary cleanup including lectionary, pulpit, All Saints, Lady Chapel, and High Altar. MC must be certain that sermon has been replaced on desk in sacristy, all water glasses removed, all candles extinguished, credence table is empty, and sanctuary is left in perfect order. MC gets counts of Communions from TT and CR and records in register along with attendance figure (on slip from offering bason). MC is responsible for counting Communions of servers.

Ite, missa est!

APPENDIX: Seasonal Variations

DURING ADVENT:
No Gloria; altar censed during Introit as usual.

PROCESSIONS:
Add to Preparation: chasuble [and maniples] laid over altar rail on Epistle side.

Remind CR to collect copes of choir clergy after Procession and to collect CEL’s cope at Offertory.

Enter in silence, short way from North door.

Line up at altar steps as usual; genuflect after D returns from placing Gospel Book on altar.

Th has incense laid on and goes to choir floor behind A CR A; D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. MC cues ALL to genuflect as hymn play-through begins.

Altar censed during Gloria.

At Offertory, after CEL has blessed incense, MC assists SD to change CEL from cope to chasuble. CR should be ready to receive cope and remove it to the sacristy. If CR forgets, MC should put cope in Lady Chapel.

DURING LENT:
Additional Preparations as above for all Processions.

No Gloria.

Litany in Procession – start of Mass as for a Procession.

Cense altar during Kyrie.

No Intercessions or Confession – the Peace immediately follows the Creed.

DURING EASTERTIDE:
Add to Preparation: set out holy water bucket on step near Epistle-side pavement candle, and chasuble [and maniples] over Epistle-side altar rail.

Entrance Procession is as usual.

Introit is Vidi Aquam: immediately after SMs genuflect, MC gives holy water bucket to CEL and CEL begins to asperge himself and servers.

MC, AA, Th, and TT remain in entrance lineup until SMs return from asperging congregation.

CEL returns bucket to MC; SMs go up to kiss altar while MC and others retire to places.

Cense altar during Gloria. CEL changes vestments at Offertory, as with a Procession.

Subdeacon

PREPARATION
SD vests in black cassock, amice, alb, white cincture, tunicle, [maniple].*

* NOTE for summer: Melting into a puddle of perspiration at the High Altar is neither edifying nor necessary; SDs should use judgment and dress accordingly. It is acceptable for men to omit the cassock and wear amice and alb over slacks or shorts, black socks and shoes. For women: If cassock is omitted under the alb, a long slip and white, rather than black, hose are recommended; black hose under a white alb look strange without a cassock.

SD should have reviewed Epistle lesson beforehand.

ENTRANCE
SD follows MC in procession. Step to left at chancel gate. ALL genuflect at MC’s cue. SMs go up to reverence altar (only the Celebrant kisses it; D and SD merely bow profoundly).

INTROIT
As choir chants Introit, altar is censed. D and SD hold CEL’s chasuble.

OPENING ACCLAMATION and SUMMARY OF THE LAW
Go down to pavement w/D as he censes CEL, then line up in slanted “I” formation at horn (SD on pavement, D on second step) for Opening Acclamation and Summary of Law.

KYRIE and GLORIA
“I” formation to center for Kyrie: SD on pavement, D on second step.

As choir begins Gloria, SD and D go up to join CEL at altar. At “Quoniam“/”For thou only art holy”, D and SD bow slightly and go back down to places.

SALUTATION and COLLECT OF THE DAY
Spread as CEL turns to give Salutation. Go to straight “I” formation at Epistle horn for Collect of Day.

FIRST LESSON and PSALM
Sit. MC should have provided copy of the Mass leaflet with Psalm text to follow.

SECOND LESSON:
At approximately third-to-last verse of Psalm, SD rises, genuflect at gate, go down to lectern. SD should arrive at lectern in time for Gloria Patri.

GRADUAL
SD returns from lectern, genuflects at gate, goes up to altar and moves book from Epistle horn to just left of center (under innermost Gospel-side candle), then goes down to pavement near Gospel-side A, leaving room for TH.

GOSPEL
MC and D join line-up.

MC cues genuflection; ALL turn.

SD follows Th in procession.

SD stands between AA, as indicated by MC.

Hold book open for D as he chants Gospel.

After Gospel, SD leads procession back, carrying Gospel Book. Do not genuflect but go straight to CEL and offer him book to kiss, then take place at sedilia and hand Gospel Book to MC as he/she returns from Gospel Procession. [Usually CEL will be at sedilia but if he is preaching he may be in transept.]

SERMON
All sit.

NICENE CREED and PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE
After sermon, all rise; SD leads SMs to gate. No genuflection here! Stand for Creed and Prayers.

CONFESSION OF SIN and ABSOLUTION
Kneel.

PEACE
Immediately after Absolution, stand and turn inward as CEL faces people to bid the Peace. CEL exchanges Peace with D first, then SD.

SMs genuflect and return to sedilia to exchange peace with other servers.

OFFERTORY
As soon as CEL has laid on incense, he and SD sit while D prepares vessels. When Offertory Procession is ready, MC cues all to rise. SD leads SMs to gate. SMs genuflect and face the people.

CEL receives offerings and gives bason to SD. SMs bow to presenters, turn, take gifts to altar.

SD hands bason to CEL, who blesses and returns it. SD goes behind Cel and D to Epistle horn and hands bason to waiting empty-handed A, and receives water cruet from other A.

SD pours water as directed by D, then returns cruet to waiting server and returns to place at CEL’s left. Altar is censed as before.

SD goes down to pavement w/D as D censes CEL. SD then goes to place at center (straight “I”) and turns to Th to be censed (1 double), then turns back.

SURSUM CORDA
SD steps to left when CEL turns for Salutation and Sursum Corda; close “I” again when he turns back. Go up to join him at “Therefore . . .”.

Follow the CEL’s place in the Missal, using second finger of left hand, hand flat palm out on page.

At the Dominical Words, SD and D genuflect with CEL but remain kneeling while CEL rises and elevates the Elements. SD and D rise with CEL after his second genuflection.

LORD’S PRAYER, FRACTION, and PRAYER OF HUMBLE ACCESS:
Remain standing. Genuflect with CEL and D when they do so.

AGNUS DEI
SD stands to receive Communion.

COMMUNION
SD normally serves chalice at Gospel side of altar rail. If a shortage of priests causes a change in this arrangement, MC will so apprise SD before Mass.

ABLUTIONS:
When all have received, SD takes chalice up to D’s place (on CEL’s right).

SD assists at ablutions as directed by CEL and passes vessels to MC to be removed.

At end of ablutions, SD takes up veil while D takes Missal. SD goes down to pavement, bows, and goes up to CEL’s left.

SD veils chalice:

Place pall over chalice (if not already there). Place veil over pall and set aside. Fold corporal, beginning with bottom edge.

Fold in from bottom, then from top, then from left, then from right. Place folded corporal inside burse.

Place burse on top of veiled chalice.

Take veiled chalice down to A, who is waiting at foot of steps on Epistle side.

CLOSING PRAYER:
SD takes place in “I” formation at Epistle horn.

BLESSING AND DISMISSAL:
After final prayer, straight “I” formation moves to centre and splits. SD kneels on bottom step, D on second step.

CEL blesses the people and bids the Dismissal. D rises to sing Dismissal.

After response, SD rises and goes up to altar with D to join CEL. SMs reverence altar, turn, and go down to pavement where TT and MC join them.

RECESSIONAL
MC cues genuflection as hymn play-through ends. SD follows MC out. CEL leads final prayer in Baptistry.

CLEAN-UP
SD returns to credence via Lady Chapel aisle, collects veiled chalice and takes out to sacristy
SD returns tunicle [and maniple] to drawer and hangs up alb. If amice is soiled, put in laundry; otherwise return to drawer.

Ite, missa est!

Choir Minister

Distribution of Communion from the High Altar normally requires all three sacred ministers, so two additional clergy or servers are required if Communion is to be distributed at All Saints’ Chapel for persons who are unable to manage the steps to the high altar. On days when large attendance is expected, there may be a communion station in the Lady Chapel as well.

Clergy not serving as sacred ministers will be assigned by the MC to administer Communion at one of these locations.

Lay people may be appointed to assist with the distribution of communion on those days when there are insufficient clergy to administer the Sacrament. Chalice ministers, or Lay Eucharistic Ministers (LEM), to use the canonical title, are licensed by the bishop at the recommendation of the rector, vicar, or priest-in-charge. They may assist at any Sunday or weekday Mass as needed. In the event that no licensed person is available and it would be a hardship for the priest alone to administer both species, at the discretion of the clergy an unlicensed person may be appointed, for that Mass only, to administer a chalice.

Assisting ministers vest in black cassock and surplice. Clergy wear stoles according to their order. The customary rules of liturgical etiquette apply. LEMs assist with set-up and clean-up along with other servers. They may help the clergy to remove vestments in the baptistery at the end of Mass.

Assisting clergy and LEMs follow the verger in procession in hierarchical order. Lay people enter first, followed by choir deacons, and then choir priests. If there are two LEMs, they walk together, and clergy in the same orders should also walk in pairs. They go to their assigned places in choir and remain facing east until the genuflection and then face across. They sit after the collect and stand when the choir stands for the gradual verse. They face the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel, facing across again when the altar party returns to the chancel. They face east for the Creed and face across again for the prayers.

At the Agnus Dei, they rise, go to center (together if more than one is present) and proceed to the east end of the choir, where they wait for thurifer and torches to exit. They then proceed to the altar rail and genuflect together. They then go to the north end of the altar and ascend to the third step at the side. The celebrant communicates them and then gives them vessels. Normally, the cleric will administer the Host and the second cleric or LEM will have the chalice, but it is permissible in the absence of a sufficient number of clergy that a licensed lay person may administer the paten.

When the celebrant gives the Invitation to Communion and the bell has been rung, the CMs proceed to All Saints’ Chapel. The chalice minister removes the pall from the chalice and places it top down on the altar to prevent staining of the fair linen. They communicate the crucifer who is appointed to count communions and then the people, beginning at the south end of the rail and working north.

Communion is administered with the traditional words of administration:

(Long form)
Host: The Body of Our Lord Jesus Christ, which was given for thee, preserve thy body and soul unto everlasting life. Take and eat this in remembrance that Christ died for thee, and feed on him in thy heart by faith, and with thanksgiving.

Chalice: The Blood of Our Lord Jesus Christ, which was shed for thee, preserve thy body and soul unto everlasting life. Drink this in remembrance that Christ’s Blood was shed for thee, and be thankful.

(Short form—may be used at weekday Low Masses)
Host: The Body of Christ, the Bread of Heaven or The Body of Our Lord Jesus Christ keep you in everlasting life.

Chalice: The Blood of Christ, the Cup of Salvation or The Blood of Our Lord Jesus Christ keep you in everlasting life.

Normally, four people may be given Hosts and two people each the chalice each time the words are repeated. The chalice minister will wipe the rim of the chalice with the purificator to clean the rim of lipstick and germs. If the chalice minister should run out of consecrated wine, he/she returns to the altar and pours from the flagon. All pouring must be done at the altar. Never try to pour from the chalice of another minister while at the rail. The celebrant may transfer Hosts to or from another ciborium, but this should be done discreetly while facing away from the people.

For those who wish to receive by intinction (dipping the Host in the chalice), the chalice minister shifts the chalice to the left hand and takes the Host from the communicant with the thumb and index finger (or first two fingers) of the right, curling the other fingers into the palm. The chalice minister dips the Host in the chalice and places it on the communicant’s tongue, then wipes his/her fingers on the purificator before moving to the next communicant. Some communicants may wish to dip the Host themselves. While we discourage this practice, it is even more unseemly to get into a tug-of-war at the altar rail. If the communicant does not surrender the Host to the chalice minister, lower the chalice to a comfortable level so the communicant can dip it.

The chalice minister should never let the chalice out of his/her hands. This can be a challenge if the minister is communicating a standing person taller than him/herself. The communicant should not touch the chalice except to help guide it to his/her lips; if a standing communicant should be taller than the chalice minister, the communicant should bow from the shoulders enough to facilitate reception of the chalice.

If a Host is dropped the minister should pick It up and quickly consume It and administer a new Host. If consecrated wine is spilled, place the purificator over the spot and the MC or an acolyte will bring a clean one. No special purification of the spot need be performed after Mass. Wine-soaked linens are rinsed carefully in the piscina after Mass.

When all have communicated in the All Saints Chapel, the chalice minister retrieves the pall and the Choir Ministers return to the high altar, where the paten minister may assist at the Gospel-side end of the rail. The chalice minister places the chalice on the corporal, genuflects, and returns to his/her place in choir. When leaving the altar, walk sidewise (“crab walk”) down the steps so as not to turn one’s back to the Sacrament.

The paten minister finishes administering and then places the ciborium on the corporal and waits for the celebrant to place all unconsumed hosts in the ciborium. S/he then returns the veiled ciborium to the Sacrament House, genuflects, and then closes the door and the veil. S/he returns to his or her seat in choir.

After the dismissal, ALL rise, face east for the genuflection, and proceed out in the order in which they came.

If the Lady Chapel is used as a communion station, the assisting ministers will go the Epistle end of the High Altar to receive Communion and their vessels. An acolyte is then appointed to count communions.

If the only clergy present are the Celebrant and Deacon, the Deacon will administer Hosts at All Saints’ and a second LEM will take the Gospel end of the rail, while the Subdeacon takes the Epistle end

Thurifer

PROCEDURAL NOTES:

SAFETY: Safety is of paramount importance in dealing with hot, live coals. Matches and used coals must be disposed of in the water-filled bucket only. The fire extinguisher and water bottle must be available before the coals are lighted. Never leave lighted coals unattended. The thurible may only be lighted in the smoke sacristy and used in the church. Wait in the smoke sacristy before Mass to avoid setting off the fire alarm in the back hall. When the MC gives the signal, walk briskly from the smoke sacristy to the processional door.

The thurible is hot! Use tongs to handle the coals and never touch the thurible or cover with your hands. If it jams, it is usually possible to open it by gently tapping it against the pavement. The celebrant will wait for you to open the cover.

How to light coals: Have ready a firepot of appropriate size for the thurible being used. If the firepot does not fit the thurible properly, it could flip inside the thurible. Turn on the Propane torch. Using the tongs, hold the coals, one at a time, in the flame. Be prepared: the coals are laced with gunpowder and will flash like Fourth of July sparklers. Some sparks may land on your hands; do not jump or drop the coals. It is not necessary to hold the coal in the flame until it turns gray. Once the coal stops sparking, it may be placed in the firepot. Once all the coals are lighted and placed in the firepot, pick up the firepot with the tongs and place it in the bottom of the thurible, making sure it fits snugly and does not prevent the lid from closing properly.

Keeping clean: Thurifer is a messy job. Expect to get charcoal dust on your hands. It is a good idea to remove your cotta while lighting coals or cleaning the pot. Keep wet paper towels available to clean hands; check face in mirror before entering – angels with dirty faces are not edifying.

To clean the pot: Dump the used coals in the water bucket first. Scrape any incense still adhering to the pot into the bucket. For stubborn clinging remnants, do not invert the firepot over the flame. Instead place firepot directly over the flame. The incense will burn up, so when the flames stop, the thurifer can simply brush out the ashes into the bucket.

Which thurible to use? Choose a thurible based upon your ability to comfortably handle its weight, but remember that the deacon and celebrant will also be using it and may not be able to handle the heavier thuribles. It is permissible to use one thurible for the entrance or Solemn Procession and another for the Mass. The heavier thuribles work great for doubles, but are really tough for “360’s” during a solemn procession! During a Te Deum, Maundy Thursday and Corpus Christi, the two thurifers should choose thuribles with chains of equal length. If there are two thurifers used during a solemn procession, they are not together so symmetry is not necessary.

How to hold a thurible: The thurible is held by the chains, just under the disk. The hand holding the thurible should be carried at shoulder height. The thurible is swung by moving the wrist with a twisting motion.

Left and right hands: Before incense is laid on and blessed, the thurible is held in the left hand, with the right hand, holding the boat, resting on the breast. Once incense is laid on and blessed, the thurible is held in the right hand with the left on the breast. When TH is not in possession of the thurible, e.g., when the altar or Gospel book is being censed, TH holds the boat with both hands at the base of the breastbone, or if there is a boat bearer or at the Offertory when the boat has been placed at the credence, TH joins hands at the breast in the manner of others at the altar. At no point should the hands be allowed to dangle at the sides.

How many coals? SEE CHART IN INCENSE CLOSET IN THE SMOKE SACRISTY.

How to genuflect while carrying a thurible: Drape the thurible chains over the arm not holding it. Put the right knee down and keep the spine vertical! We are not football players in the huddle and leaning forward while genuflecting – especially while holding a hot thurible – is downright dangerous.

How to swing a thurible: While walking in procession, swing the thurible at the full length of the chains. While standing still (e.g., during the Gospel), let the thurible swing gently. While kneeling during the Canon of the Mass, hold the thurible by the chains under the disk with your left hand, place your right hand about halfway down the chains and gently swing the thurible. Do not rest the thurible on the altar steps at any time. The constant gentle swinging keeps air moving over the coals and prevents them from smothering.

How much swing? “360’s”, the full circle swings, are appropriate ONLY for Solemn Processions on Feast Days. They are not used at any other time during the Mass. (See Appendix for more on 360’s.) During the entrance procession, the Gospel procession, and the Offertory procession, the swing should be no more than a gentle back-and-forth motion of the wrist. Centrifugal force will do the rest. However, when leading the Torches to the back of the Church for the Offertory procession you should not swing the thurible AT ALL. (The idea is that you’re “invisible”.)

How to lay on incense: Approach the Celebrant with the thurible in your left hand and give the boat to the Deacon with the right. With the right hand, raise the ring over the cover and raise the cover. Take the chains above the lid in your right hand and hold the thurible at a convenient height for the Celebrant. After the Celebrant lays on incense and blesses it, close the lid of the thurible and shift it to the right hand.

If more incense needs to be laid on at a time when the Celebrant is not at hand, e.g., during the Canon of the Mass, the MC or another server may lay on additional incense. No further blessing is needed.

How to cense someone: Always begin with a slight bow, which the person(s) being censed return. After the censing, bow again to acknowledge conclusion of the action. (See chart below.) All incensations except the censing of the people at the Offertory are done with the chain at half-length, the top of the chains held in the left hand and the right hand holding the chains slightly above the lid at the level of the breast. Groups (e.g., 3 or more servers in a group, the choir, the congregation, etc.) are censed center-left-right, one swing in each direction.

INCENSATIONS BY ORDER:
Celebrant: Three doubles (censed by Deacon)
Deacon: Two doubles (by Thurifer)
Subdeacon: One double (by Thurifer)
MC: One double (by Thurifer)
AAs: One double each, but bows as a group
Choir clergy: Two doubles each, in order of seniority
Choir singers, lay CMs, Verger: Three singles, center-left-right, each group
The People: Three singles, center-left-right, thurible at full length

Attire: The thurifer wears black cassock and cotta. If preferred, the thurifer may wear a “winged” cotta – actually an organist’s cotta with partially detached sleeves for ease of movement.

ENTRANCE:
(See Appendix for changes to Entrance when there is a Procession.)

TH leads the procession and sets the pace, which should be stately but not glacial.

ALL enter in procession, and without reverencing (no bows), take their places at altar steps in the following order.

A TH SD CEL D MC A

MC cues ALL to genuflect at conclusion of Hymn. While SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, MC, TH and AA proceed single file to credence. TH stands at bottom step and waits for CEL to turn toward the Epistle Horn to signal his readiness for the thurible, which should be almost immediately. TH ascends steps and hands off to CEL, turns and goes down steps to sedilia. On certain occasions the Introit censing may be displaced to the Kyrie or Gloria. In this situation, TH waits at sedilia until CEL is ready to cense.

After censing the altar, CEL hands off to D, who descends steps with SD and censes CEL. After censing the CEL, D turns and hands off thurible to TH, who takes it in the right hand, goes to center, genuflects, and departs.

THE LITURGY OF THE WORD:
TH should pay attention to the length of the Kyrie, Gloria, Lessons, and Gradual and time lighting of the coals accordingly.

THE GOSPEL PROCESSION:
At conclusion of NT lesson, MC cues ALL to rise and signals TH to enter. AA take up candles and meet TH, carrying thurible in left hand and boat in right hand at breast, at gate as he/she enters from smoke sacristy. MC cues genuflection. AA split to stand in front of the horns of the Altar while TH goes to CEL to have incense laid on. SD moves book and takes place to Gospel-side A’s right, leaving space for TH.

CEL lays on incense and blesses it. TH moves thurible to right hand and goes to place in lineup between Gospel-side A and SD.

MC cues ALL to genuflect and turn. MC leads off, followed by AA, TH, SD and D in that order.

TH takes place in center aisle near Gospel-side A, facing A. Deacon chants introduction to Gospel and takes thurible from TH, censes Gospel Book and returns thurible to TH, who steps back a pace or two and stands holding thurible, letting it swing naturally (almost not at all), facing the Book during the chanting of the Gospel.

At conclusion of Gospel, SD takes book and proceeds up aisle. MC follows. AA follow MC. TH follows AA. D follows TH.

MC, AA, TH, and D return to lineup at altar steps, but closer to each other since SD is not part of this lineup. MC cues genuflection. TH retires to Smoke Sacristy by exiting above the rail through the gap nearest the smoke sacristy wall, and all others proceed single file back to their places at sedilia/credence.

SERMON, CREED, PRAYERS, CONFESSION, PEACE:
In most situations TH will not have to fire up coals until conclusion of sermon. (See Appendix for seasonal variations.) It is permissible to sit at the back of the church and listen to the sermon. TH should remember to light TT’s candles while lighting coals for Offertory.

OFFERTORY:
During the Peace, TT enter smoke sacristy and take up their torches. At the conclusion of the Peace greeting, MC cues TH to enter. TH, carrying thurible in left hand and boat in right, leads TT out from smoke sacristy, single file. TH steps into gate while TT take their places at altar rail. At MC’s cue, TH and TT genuflect.

TT remain in place while TH comes to CEL to have incense laid on and blessed as at the Gospel. TH moves thurible with blessed incense to right hand, goes back to gate. Again MC cues TH and TT to genuflect. TH leads TT through Choir and down south aisle to baptistery, where all wait until Offertory procession is ready. TH begins Offertory procession at the conclusion of the Anthem. The MC will have ensured that the procession is ready to begin and cue the SMs to go to center to receive the gifts.

TH leads Offertory procession, followed by TT. Upon arriving at altar rail, TH goes all the way to the opening at the right-side end of the rail. After receipt of the gifts, MC cues TH, TT, and Processors to genuflect. Processors depart via smoke sacristy while TH steps through opening and moves to bottom of altar steps near the sedilia. MC stands at TH’s left while CEL blesses gifts.

After gifts are blessed and vessels prepared, CEL turns toward Epistle Horn. Accompanied by MC, TH ascends steps and hands off thurible to CEL, then turns and descends to sedilia. MC passes behind SMs and takes book down Gospel-side steps for censing.

CEL censes altar and hands off to D, who descends steps with SD and censes CEL with three doubles, then hands off thurible to TH. TH waits until D and SD return to their places at center of steps. When D faces TH, TH bows and censes D with two doubles, then bows and moves up-stage. SD faces TH and they bow. TH censes SD with one double. They bow and TH moves to center, faces MC on left. They bow and TH censes MC with one double, then bows and faces AA at credence. They bow and TH censes each A with one double, then bows.

TH then genuflects, rises, turns and descends to Choir floor.

Any clergy in choir are censed individually in order of seniority, two doubles for each cleric regardless of order. If the Rector is in choir he is always censed first. If clergy are sitting on both sides of the choir, cense the most senior cleric first, then any other clergy on the same side, then turn, turning toward the altar and pausing to bow slightly in acknowledgment, and cense clergy on the other side.

After all clergy in choir are censed, everyone else in the choir – singers, lay choir ministers, Crucifer, Verger – is censed as a group, center-left-right. If choir and others are sitting on both sides, turn toward the altar, pausing to acknowledge it with a bow, and cense persons on the other side, center-left-right.

After censing everyone in choir, TH proceeds to top of choir steps, bows to congregation, and censes them center-left-right with the chains at full length, then bows again, turns and proceeds to altar rail, genuflects at gate, comes into altar rail and takes place at cushion between MC and innermost A.

CANON OF THE MASS:
After Sanctus and Benedictus, MC cues ALL to kneel.

During the genuflections and elevation of the Elements, TH censes each Element with three doubles, more or less in concert with the genuflection-elevation-genuflection. (The solemn theological reason for this is visual harmony.) The censing should begin when CEL begins to rise after the first genuflection.

The final incensation occurs as the Elements are elevated during the concluding Doxology in the Eucharistic prayer.

At the Agnus Dei, MC cues ALL to rise. TH retrieves boat and goes to center. MC cues TH and TT to genuflect. They genuflect and TH turns and departs to smoke sacristy, followed by TT single-file.

AT COMMUNION:
TH dumps coals, wipes off hands if necessary, then comes out to altar rail to receive Communion. After receiving Communion, TH may take an unoccupied seat in the rear of the Choir.

POSTCOMMUNION PRAYER, RECESSIONAL, AND CLEANUP:

After the Postcommunion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal, MC cues ALL to rise.

After hymn play-through, MC cues genuflection. In departing procession, TH follows Verger and precedes lay and/or clergy CMs. BEWARE OF GALLOPING PRIESTS!

After concluding prayer in baptistry, TH may collect vestments from clergy. TH then returns to smoke sacristy to finish cleaning the thurible.


APPENDIX: Processions, etc.

PROCESSIONS
Solemn Processions are acts of worship on days of special celebration and thus, they call for acts of special – but safe – exuberance.

When there is a procession, the opening entrance is the short way via the North Door. Incense is not laid on before Mass.

TH leads procession across transept, turns and ascends steps, and goes to the right of center, approximately in front of the Epistle-side horn of the altar. After the MC and SMs are in place, MC cues genuflection. ALL genuflect. D steps back to allow TH to approach CEL to have incense laid on.

TH has incense laid on and goes to choir floor behind A CR A. D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. During the hymn play-though, swing the thurible side-to-side to aerate coals. MC cues ALL to genuflect as hymn play-through concludes. As CEL turns to face people, TH and A CR A turn to face people and TH may begin the procession with a 360 if there is sufficient space between TH and A CR A. If A CR A are too close, do not do a 360.

TH does 360’s three times at evenly spaced intervals while proceeding west down the center aisle. More than three 360’s are ostentatious (and run counter to our Trinitarian passion for threes), and will tire the TH for the rest of the procession. 360’s are never done at the rear of the church or in the side aisles for safety reasons. Three 360’s may be done while crossing the front of the church. When TH begins east up the main aisle, TH may do 360’s continuously, changing directions with each swing. Keep tension on the chains and keep the thurible high enough to avoid striking the floor. Do not do 360’s on the steps or in the choir. Be alert for small children or unwary adults who may step out of their pews during the procession. Safety is more important than show.

Upon return, ALL go to normal opening lineup at altar steps. ALL genuflect at MC’s cue and go to their places.

In many cases, since the Procession takes the place of an Introit, the opening censing will take place during the Gloria. However, if the Processional hymn is lengthy, the CEL may decide to cense immediately upon returning to the altar after the Procession. The Thurifer should be prepared for either situation.

THE LITANY IN PROCESSION
While this is a Procession, it is not a festal occasion but rather a penitential exercise. The entrance is the same as above with the following exception: after having incense laid on, TH proceeds to his/her place west of A CR A and kneels for the start of the Litany. TH rises and turns when SMs rise.

The procession itself is slower than a festal procession. 360’s are not done at any time. Swing should be minimal. See additional notes under “The Litany in Procession.”

BOAT BEARERS:
If there is a boat bearer – usually a child – the boat bearer always stands in front and slightly to the left of TH, who may place the left hand on the boat bearer’s right shoulder. The boat bearer may wait in the smoke sacristy with TH, or may be seated on a stool next to the TTs when not needed.

CHANGES IN THE LITURGY
During Advent, Lent, Holy Week, and on other occasions such as a Baptism or Solemn Procession, the particular rite of the day may involve the omission of one or more of the following after the Gospel: Sermon, Creed, Prayers, Confession, Peace. On these occasions, the Thurifer will have to time lighting of the coals for the Offertory according to the length of those portions of the service which are not omitted. For example, when the Mass begins with the Litany in Procession, the Sermon and Creed are immediately followed by the Peace. Therefore, the thurifer will have to light coals during the Sermon.

SPECIAL PROCEDURES IN THE PRESENCE OF A BISHOP
If a bishop is celebrant, procedures follow custom. If the bishop is presiding at the throne, TH goes to the bishop to lay on. Hand the boat to the chaplain as you would to the Deacon. If the bishop is seated, TH genuflects on the left knee and raises thurible to an appropriate height; remain genuflecting until incense is laid on and blessed.

When the altar is censed, the Deacon will cense CEL, then go to center to cense the bishop with three doubles. D will then hand the thurible to TH who censes everyone else in the customary order. If the chaplain is in Holy Orders, cense the chaplain before censing the MC; if the chaplain is a lay person, cense the chaplain after censing the MC.

If there is a second bishop in choir, cense that prelate after censing everyone above the altar rail and before the rest of the choir clergy.

Other occasional peculiarities in the Thurifer position are detailed in the Liturgical Notes for the services involved.

Acolyte

ETIQUETTE NOTES:
When empty-handed, the hands should be folded at waist height in front of you.

AA face across chancel at all times except when facing the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel.

How to genuflect: Put the right knee down and keep your back vertical! We are not football players in the huddle.

How to carry a candle: The outside arm is always down and out. AA carry the turned wooden torches.

How to walk and carry a candle at the same time: ALL step off on left foot first. Pairs should hold their candles at a level. If there is a height disparity between partners, the taller partner should accommodate the shorter by carrying his/her candle lower. Hold the candle far enough in front of you so that your knees do not knock into it as you walk.


Entrance:
(See Appendix for changes to Entrance when there is a Procession.)
AA, bearing lighted torches, escort CR at entrance, following TH. When proceeding up side aisles, AA move in front of CR. When they reach the Choir, CR steps off into his/her stall. AA come together and proceed to chancel steps. Inside gate they split off and take positions in front of the horns of the altar, Gospel-side A to left (outside) of TH who is already in place.

ALL enter in procession, and without reverencing (no bows), take their places at altar steps in this order:

A TH SD CEL D MC A

MC cues ALL to genuflect at conclusion of Hymn. While SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, MC, TH and AA proceed single file to credence. AA put up their candles in holders and stand in front of them.

The Liturgy of the Word:
Remain standing for opening salutation, Collect for Purity, Summary of the Law, Kyrie and Gloria. Sit for OT and NT lessons.

The Gospel Procession:
At conclusion of NT lesson, ALL rise. AA take up candles and meet TH at gate as he/she enters from smoke sacristy. MC cues genuflection. AA split to stand in front of the horns of the Altar while TH goes to CEL to have incense laid on.

SD moves book and takes place to Gospel-side A’s right, leaving space for TH.

TH, D, and MC take their places in lineup. MC cues ALL to genuflect and turn.

MC leads off, followed by AA, TH, SD and D in that order.

AA take places in centre aisle as directed by MC. Face across holding candles aloft throughout chanting of Gospel.

At conclusion of Gospel, SD takes book and proceeds up aisle. MC follows. AA follow MC. TH follows AA. D follows TH.

MC, AA, TH, and D return to lineup at altar steps, but closer to each other since SD is not part of this lineup. MC cues genuflection. TH retires to Smoke Sacristy and all others proceed single file back to their places at sedilia/credence.

Sermon:
ALL sit.

Creed, Prayers, Confession, Peace:
For the Nicene Creed, Intercessions, and Confession MC and AA stand and move forward to bottom step. ALL kneel for Confession and Absolution, and stand for Peace.

Offertory:
After the Peace, AA stand in front of their candles. When the Offering has been received and SMs ascend to Altar, “downstage” (closer to back wall) A picks up water cruet and both AA ascend to side steps. Empty-handed A receives bason from SD, who takes water cruet from other A to mix with wine. SD returns cruet and bows. AA return bow, turn and descend to credence and stand in front of their candles.

After CEL has been censed, downstage A takes water cruet and upstage A places lavabo towel over left arm and takes bowl in both hands. AA ascend to step and wash CEL’s fingers. CEL bows, AA bow in return, turn and descend to credence. Replace cruet, bowl, and towel (do not place wet towel in bowl of water!), and stand in front of candles. AA bow to TH when he/she censes them.

MC returns from other side of Altar, spreads cushions and bids AA to their places (just inside pavement candle). AA stand in front of cushions.

Canon of the Mass:
After Sanctus and Benedictus, MC cues ALL to kneel. AA remain kneeling until after the Prayer of Humble Access. As the Agnus Dei begins, MC cues ALL to rise. AA return to their places at credence. The “downstage” A (nearest the reredos) takes the two extra chalices up to the altar and places them to the right of the corporal, then descends sideways (so as not to turn his/her back on the Sacrament).

Communion:
ALL stand for the Invitation to Communion and to receive the Sacrament.

During Communion, AA remain standing at credence.

Ablutions:
As Communion concludes, MC ascends to Altar. AA come up side steps and stand beside Epistle horn to receive cleansed vessels. “Downstage” A receives chalices; “upstage” A receives ciborium and flagon. When all vessels have been handed off, AA turn and descend steps to credence. Chalices are placed on credence. Ciborium and flagon are placed on table below credence.

“Upstage” A proceeds around step to wait (in front of Epistle-side pavement candle) to receive veiled Chalice from SD. A takes veiled Chalice to credence, then takes place at bottom step with other A and MC.

Postcommunion Prayer, Recessional, and Cleanup:
MC and AA kneel together on bottom step (same position as for Confession of Sin) for Postcommunion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal.

After the Dismissal, MC cues ALL to rise. AA take up their candles and, exiting gate without genuflecting or acknowledging Altar, go down to Choir floor to meet CR facing Altar. AA must remember to meet at the space between the altar rail before proceeding in tandem down the steps.

MC, SMs, and TT take their places at altar steps. After hymn playthrough, MC cues genuflection. AA and CR do not genuflect. As altar party turns to face west, AA and CR turn. During closing hymn AA and CR lead procession up center aisle and into baptistry.

As directed by MC, AA assist with the return of vestments to the sacristy, removal of vessels and books from the sanctuary, and the extinguishing of candles after the Mass.


APPENDIX: Processions
When there is a procession, the opening entrance is the short way via the North Door. A CR A proceed across transept, turn and ascend steps, and remaining three abreast “wheel off” to right, then turn to face across choir. When CEL has ascended to altar steps, A CR A wheel out to center of choir floor, facing the Altar.

Th has incense laid on and goes to choir floor behind A CR A; D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. MC cues ALL to genuflect as hymn play-through begins. As CEL turns to face people, SD and D cross on steps behind him.

Upon return, AA go to their normal lineup places at altar rail. ALL genuflect at MC’s cue and go to their places.

Crucifer

ETIQUETTE NOTES:
CR faces across chancel at all times except when facing the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel.

Hold the cross under the first and second knurl. (“Lift High the Cross/the love of Christ proclaim…”) However, note that there is no consistency in knurl placement among the processional crosses. In general, the base of the processional cross staff should never be higher than the knees. And, needless to say, the base of the cross should never be grasped and anchored at the waist in the fashion of military flag-bearers. In general, the lower hand should be at the waist and the upper hand aligned with the chin – and never aligned with the eyes, for obvious reasons.

How to walk and carry the cross at the same time: Step off on left foot first. Hold the cross far enough in front of you so that your knees do not knock into it as you walk. The cross should ideally be carried so that the tops of the candles are level with the horizontal bar of the cross. If there is a height disparity between CR and AA, the taller server(s) should accommodate the shorter.

How to genuflect: Put the right knee down and keep your back vertical! We are not football players.

**While carrying the Cross, the CR never genuflects.**


Preparation:
The key to the cross closet (Key #27) is kept in master key box in work sacristy. However, the closet should already be unlocked.
On major feast days (see below) the Crystal Crucifix is used. The key for its separate closet is #7.

The choice of cross to use is determined by the season or feast day:
Ordinary Time (“Green” Sundays after Epiphany and the Season after Pentecost): brass cross with turned wooden shaft
Advent Sunday: crystal crucifix
Advent II-III-IV: brass cross with turned wooden shaft
Christmas Eve and New Year’s Eve: crystal crucifix
Sundays in Christmastide: all-brass cross
Epiphany: crystal crucifix
First Sunday after Epiphany: all-brass cross
Epiphany Season: brass cross with turned wooden shaft
Last Sunday after Epiphany: all-brass cross
Ash Wednesday/Lent/Holy Week: small wooden cross with black shaft
Easter Vigil/Easter Day: crystal crucifix
All Sundays in Eastertide: all-brass cross
Ascension Day: crystal crucifix
Pentecost: crystal crucifix
Trinity Sunday: all-brass cross
Corpus Christi: crystal crucifix

The Service:
(See Appendix below for changes to Entrance when there is a Procession.)

TH leads Procession and sets pace. A CR A follow at a safe distance (at least 3 pews back).

When CR reaches top of steps from crossing, AA move forward and CR walks to stall on left and puts cross in holder. Make sure that the front of the cross faces the congregation. Always secure cross in holder with latch.

CR faces east to genuflect with rest of chancel party on MC’s cue, then faces across chancel.

CR remains in stall, sitting/standing/kneeling as cued by MC (do not take cues from choir’s posture), until Communion.

See Appendix for procedure when CEL is wearing a cope.

At Communion, CR may come to the altar rail to receive or may go to the All Saints Chapel.

CR kneels for Postcommunion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal.

During the introduction to the closing hymn, remove the cross from the holder and proceed to the center of the chancel, facing the altar. The Acolytes will come down to join the CR, all facing the altar.

MC and SMs line up at altar and MC cues genuflection at end of hymn play-through. A CR A do not genuflect.

As altar party turns to face the people, A CR A turn and proceed down the centre aisle to the baptistry. 

CR sets the pace for the Recessional. Do not be a roadrunner! Pace should be stately, but not glacial.

After returning cross to its hook in closet, CR assists with cleanup.


APPENDIX: Processions

Procession enters in silence, short way from North door.

As A CR A come into choir, they wheel off to right and stand abreast facing choir stalls until CEL arrives at altar steps, at which time they wheel out and stand in centre of choir floor facing the Altar. Cued by MC, SMs and MC genuflect (A CR A do not).

Th has incense laid on and goes to choir floor behind ACrA; D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. MC cues ALL to genuflect as hymn play-through begins. As CEL turns to face people, SD and D cross on steps behind him.

As SMs face people, TH leads procession. A CR A follow as usual, keeping a safe distance in case TH decides to do “360’s”.

In side aisles, which are too narrow to walk 3 abreast, AA go ahead of CR.

As Procession returns to Altar, CR goes off to stall and AA proceed to altar steps to normal entrance lineup. When MC and SMs arrive, MC cues genuflection and all file off to credence as usual.

At end of Procession, CR takes copes from choir clergy and returns them to sacristy, exiting via All Saints door (opposite sacristy door). To return to stall, go behind All Saints reredos.

CEL will wear cope until Offertory. CR should be alert for MC’s signal to come and collect the cope.

After laying on incense for Offertory Procession, CEL removes cope. CR walks up to right (Epistle-side) altar rail and receives cope from MC. Take cope out through smoke sacristy to priests’ sacristy, laying it over large chair at desk. (If sacristy door is locked, the key hangs in niche to right of cross closet in smoke sacristy.)

CR returns to stall via All Saints Chapel door, going behind reredos.

Torchbearer

ETIQUETTE NOTES:
TT may elect to carry in hymnals or to walk empty-handed. Either way, TT must be uniform; servers in pairs always mirror each other.

When empty-handed, the hands should be folded at waist height in front of you.

TT chairs are on either side of Bishop’s Throne. The Throne is not a bookstand; hymnals, programs and other printed matter are to be placed on TT chairs or on the floor when not in use.

TT face across chancel at all times except when facing the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel.

When counting during Communion, TT should not look at the people. Instead, follow the clergy’s hands as they distribute the Sacrament.

How to genuflect: Put the right knee down and keep your back vertical! We are not football players.

How to carry a candle: The outside arm is always down and out.

How to walk and carry a candle at the same time: ALL step off on left foot first. Pairs should hold their candles at a level. If there is a height disparity between partners, the taller partner should accommodate the shorter by carrying his/her candle lower. Hold the candle far enough in front of you so that your knees do not knock into it as you walk.


Entrance:
TT enter without candles and follow choir clergy/choir ministers in procession, preceding the MC.

ALL enter in procession, and without reverencing (no bows), take their places at altar steps in the following formation. TT should stand between the two innermost medallions:

| ALTAR |
____________________________________
____________________________________
____________________________________
A TH SD CEL D MC A
========(rail)====== ======(rail)=======
T              T

After D ascends altar steps, places Gospel Book and returns to his place, MC cues ALL to genuflect. While SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, TT without any further reverencing proceed below rail to Bishop’s throne. T who has been standing on left side of altar rail goes to far chair. T who has been standing on right side of altar rail goes to nearer chair.

The Liturgy of the Word
TT follow MC and AA opposite in standing for opening salutation, Collect for Purity, Summary of the Law, Kyrie and Gloria, in sitting for OT and NT lessons, and standing for the Gospel Procession. TT turn to face Gospel Book as it is carried out to the congregation.

When MC, AA, and D return from Gospel procession and sit, TT do likewise.

For the Nicene Creed, Intercessions, and Confession TT stand and move forward to bottom step, mirroring MC and AA opposite.

Offertory
After the Peace, TT exit directly to smoke sacristy without genuflecting. Light (if TH has not done so) and pick up torches. At MC’s cue, TH leads TT from sacristy to centre of rail. TH moves above rail; TT remain below rail. MC cues genuflection and TH goes to CEL. TT remain in their places.

TH has incense laid on and blessed and returns to centre, leads genuflection, then turns and leads procession through chancel, left on nave floor and up epistle-side (south) aisle. TH and TT proceed to west door of the church where the Offertory Procession forms.

TT follow TH in procession. Note guidelines above for matching candle heights.

When TT reach rail, they go to same places as at opening line-up. After the SMs have received the gifts from the Processors and turn to go up to the Altar, MC cues TT and Processors to genuflect.

Canon of the Mass
TT remain standing in their places, resting candles in front of them, until cued to kneel by MC. Usually this will be after the Sanctus and Benedictus; however, if the musical setting is very long, the MC may direct TT to kneel when the music begins. This should be arranged and communicated to TT before the Mass begins.

After Sanctus and Benedictus, MC cues ALL to kneel. TT remain kneeling until after the Prayer of Humble Access. As the Agnus Dei begins, MC cues ALL to rise. TT wait in their places below rail for TH, who proceeds to centre. MC cues genuflection and TH leads TT out to smoke sacristy. TT extinguish candles and place them in racks, then come out without reverencing and return to places at Bishop’s Throne.

Communion
ALL stand for the Invitation to Communion and to receive the Sacrament. During Communion, TT count people receiving at the High Altar. *Do not count those who receive a blessing only, such as small children.*

Postcommunion Prayer
TT kneel together on bottom step in front of Bishop’s Throne (same position as for Confession of Sin) for Postcommunion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal.

After the Dismissal, MC cues ALL to rise. TT take their places at Altar steps, to left of SD and right of MC:

T SD CEL D MC T

Recessional Hymn
As hymn playthrough concludes, MC cues ALL to geuflect, then ALL turn inward to face the people.

As the CMs are leaving their stalls in choir, MC cues TT to meet at centre(chancel gate) and proceed in a pair, following Choir Clergy/Choir Ministers inprocession. ALL proceed to Baptistry for final prayer.

As directed by MC, TT assist with the return of vestments to the sacristy, removal of vessels and books from the sanctuary, and the extinguishing of candles after the Mass.

TT give their Communion counts to MC following the Mass.


All new readers will be auditioned by a committee consisting of [the Rector,] the Acolyte Warden, one or more additional MC’s and/or Subdeacons, and one or more current readers. Periodic Readers Workshops will provide additional training.

Since the Advent does not presently have a sound amplification system beyond the building’s (magnificent) natural acoustics, readers must have clear, carrying voices. Good diction and the ability to read aloud with expression are essential. Think about what you are reading, the Word of God. Readers should study, pray, and meditate upon the assigned lesson before the service.

A note about appearance: there is no ‘unwritten rule’ requiring male readers to wear a jacket and tie rather than a sweater, or women to wear a dress rather than slacks. Everyday standards of sartorial neatness apply.

Preparing the Reading
Confirm what the Lesson will be in advance. Consult the Lectionary or call the Parish Office for this information.

Take home a copy of the reading to practice. If you don’t have a copy of the Lectionary at home, make a copy of the Lesson on Sunday morning. There is a copying machine on the second floor of the Parish House down the hallway behind the Choir Room. Practicing with a copy of the Lectionary text is easier than practicing from your Bible – not that you should stop reading your Bible! – because the text is laid out in the way you will see it on Sunday, without distracting footnotes, verse numbers, or other annotations. Omit optional portions. Many of the Lessons have portions, indicated with a vertical line next to the text, that may be omitted. Unless the preacher specifically asks you to read the indented portion, omit it.

The Reading
On the assigned day, sit in the front pew under the Lectern at the beginning of the service. (The Reader may move to his/her accustomed pew after reading the Lesson.) Remember that the clergy and servers at the sedilia can’t see the lectern and don’t know if the reader is actually present until he or she speaks. A lengthy gap between the Collect of the Day and the reader’s arrival at the lectern not only breaks up the flow of the liturgy, but is also a terrible strain on sacerdotal nerves.

Following the Collect of the Day the Reader should proceed to the Lectern (while the congregation is chanting “Amen”). Remember to genuflect upon leaving the pew to go to the Lectern.

If the Sacrament is not present at the High Altar, e.g., for certain Evensongs, Good Friday, and the Easter Vigil, bow instead of genuflecting.

Announcing the Reading
At Mass and Evensong, the reading is announced according to the usual form: “A reading from the …” (e.g., Book of the Prophet…; First Book of the Kings; Acts of the Apostles). At the conclusion of the reading the salutation is, “The Word of the Lord”, not “This is the Word …”

At Special Services
For Lessons and Carols (Advent and New Year’s Eve) the introduction to the reading is a set sentence printed on the page above the Lesson. The conclusion of the reading is “Thanks be to God,” with no congregational response.

For the Easter Vigil, there is neither introduction nor conclusion to the reading. The lesson is simply read in its entirety.

Guidelines for Technique and Style
Readers should project their voices toward the back wall rather than reading down “into the page.” Avoid making direct eye contact with people in the congregation.

The acoustics in the nave are superb; it is not necessary to yell – a slightly louder than normal conversational voice will suffice. Speak naturally but clearly, and enunciate carefully but without exaggeration.

The reading should be expressive, but not dramatic. Do not overemphasize words or phrases. The language of the Scriptures flows naturally and does not require artistic interpretation.

For tricky Old (and New) Testament names, there is a pronunciation guide in the Sacristy. Ask the MC to find it for you so that you can confirm and practice the pronunciation in advance.

Even if you are uncomfortable with or self-conscious about your speech, do not attempt to disguise your accent or adopt one which is not native to you. Whether you have a Dorchester twang or a Dixie drawl, speak in the voice God and your relatives gave you.

In general, do not draw attention to yourself with excessive movement or unnecessary enthusiasm. The Reader is a minister of the service as much as the vested choir, clergy, and servers in the chancel, and as such should maintain the standard of anonymity which is expected of all participants in the liturgy.

PROCESSORS are scheduled three at a time. One carries the offering basin, one the flagon, and one the ciborium.

The Offertory Procession consists of: the Thurifer (TH), two or four Torches (TT), the Verger, and the three Processors.

At the time of the Offertory, Processors leave their pews and go to the back of the church to wait for the Procession.

The Procession starts up the center aisle, led by the Thurifer, as the Choir begins to chant the Offertory Sentence.*

The order of the Procession is as follows:

TH
TT
[TT]
Verger
Basin
Ciborium Flagon

Processors should keep approximately two pews’ distance between themselves and the person in front of them. This prevents the procession from slowing down excessively.

As the Procession reaches the Altar Steps where the Sacred Ministers are waiting, the Thurifer steps off to the far right. The Torches take their appointed places at the altar rail. The MC will be inside the rail to the right to cue the genuflection, as described below. Processors should keep an eye out for this signal.

The Processor with the basin arrives at the steps first, hands the basin to the Celebrant, then steps to the left to make room for the other two Processors.

The Processors bearing the Ciborium and Flagon come up together, the Flagon-bearer on the right so that the Ciborium-bearer is in the middle (with the Basin-bearer, now empty-handed, on the left). The Celebrant receives the Flagon first, then the Ciborium.

When all the Gifts have been received, the Sacred Ministers bow to the Processors and turn toward the Altar. At this point, MC cues Torches, Thurifer, and Processors to genuflect. The cue is an outstretched forearm lowered straight down. All genuflect on this cue, and Processors turn and proceed single file out the Smoke Sacristy door and down the hall of the Parish House to return to their places in the pews.

* When the Choir is not singing (during the summer season), an Organ Voluntary takes the place of the Anthem and Offertory Sentence, and the Offertory Procession will simply start when it is ready, directed by the Verger.

Sundays:

Arrival by 6:30 a.m. Turn on all lights in church, including 2 switches in Lady Chapel on side wall across from organ console.

Vest in cassock:
Blue for Sundays in Advent, Easter Season after Easter Sunday, Ordinary Time, Feasts of Our Lady, and Evensong & Benediction. Weddings as well.
May wear crucifix for Ordinary Time; gold cross for all Sundays in Eastertide thru Corpus Christi.
Black for all of Lent from Ash Wednesday through Good Friday; All Souls Day; all funerals.
Red for all major feast days, Christmas and all Sundays of Christmastide; Feast of Epiphany; Easter Vigil; Easter Day; Ascension Day; Pentecost; Trinity Sunday; Corpus Christi. Gold cross.

8 a.m. Low Mass:
When vested: set up for Mass in Lady Chapel. Sacristan will have everything out:
Lavabo bowl & towel and cruets of wine & water. On first Sunday of month, oil and cotton bowl in another lavabo bowl.
Red lectionary notebooks are in labeled cabinet in the sofe. Note the current lectionary year (A, B, or C – the 1979 BCP lectionary, not the RCL). The lectionary is placed on the Lady Chapel lectern open to the propers of the day.
Light 2 Communion candles, Epistle (right) side first, then Gospel (left) side.
Remove blue dust cover – take each end to the center white knot, then same with next ends until it is neatly folded, then remove to side table.
The cruets and lavabo bowl with towel go to credence to right of altar. Bowl with oil for healing on gradine just to right of tabernacle.
Set Anglican Missal on missal stand and place on right (Epistle-side) horn of altar. The orange ribbon in the missal should be set to the appropriate Sunday propers. (Important note: during the season after Pentecost, the Missal observes the Sundays “after Trinity” so it will always be one number less than what is printed in the leaflet. So, if it’s the 10th Sunday after Pentecost, the Anglican Missal should be set to the 9th Sunday after Trinity.) Leave the Missal open to the proper Sunday (orange ribbon). Open the red prayer book (1979 BCP) to the traditional (Rite I) Collect of the Day and place it just to the left of the missal, marking the collect with a clip. Be sure to go over both first and second readings in advance as you will need to ask the celebrant or preacher which lesson they want.

High Altar:
Using one of the stick lighters, light all seven sanctuary lamps and the hanging lamp in the All Saints Chapel. In sacristy, take the single key for the Sacrament House from the priests’ closet, and from the sofe drawer labeled “veils” take the gold veil on rod. Put veil on rod in front of Sacrament House door, leaving veil “ajar.” There is a gilded wooden door, then a metal door; the key goes in the metal door. Using fingers, partially close both doors, so that it is easier for the clergy to open them easily when moving the Sacrament from the Lady Chapel to the High Altar.
Light the 6 office candles, starting from the inside out – right (Epistle) side first, then left (Gospel) side.

I I I † I I I
6 5 4 · 1 2 3

Then light the two carved standards on the steps.
Note: On a feast day, light the upper tier of candles first. The same order as the lower tier, using the very long candle lighter in the smoke sacristy. The box of wax tapers is in the cabinet in the smoke sacristy next to the door.
Hint: When lighting the high altar, bend wick down to get inside follower, especially for the upper tier and the standards.
After all candles are lit, remove blue dust cover from high altar, folding it in the same manner as the Lady Chapel dust cover. Put high altar dust cover in smoke sacristy. Leave the pull stick for the silver presence lamp on the altar step under the lamp.

The sacristan will leave the slip for attendance and wafer count with the ciborium and large glass-and-silver flagon on the sofe for the 9 a.m. Mass. Take those to the baptistry. The ciborium goes on the left, the wine on the right. Light the two candles in the baptistry. Put the slip on the reading-desk shelf in the vergers stall. The verger will count the congregation and all choir and chancel party and write that total on the slip for the Offertory. The slip will go on the Offertory plate so the clergy know how many wafers to consecrate.

In the cabinet next to the Moseley Hall door at the rear of the church are the bags for the Offertory processions for all three Masses. Take out all three (marked 8am, 9am, and 11:15am). On top of the cabinet is a white pouch containing coverlets for all the liturgical seasons; take out the appropriate one for the Sunday. Put the 9am and 11:15am bags in the ushers’ pew (rearmost on the right-hand side of the nave), and take one offering plate, the 8am bag, and the coverlet to the pew facing the Queen of Heaven shrine. There are three regulars at the 8am Mass who know what to do at the Offertory.

The verger will assist as acolyte during the 8am Mass, wearing the gray chimere over the cassock.
After the mass, return to the Lady Chapel and remove the Missal and stand from the altar, placing them on the Epistle-side chair. Return dust cover to altar (leaving the mass card on the fair linen) and extinguish the candles – Gospel-side (left) first, then Epistle-side (right). Use the small snuffer hanging on a hook to the right over the Lady Chapel credence.
Take the lectionary notebook to the lectern in the nave and set it to the first reading. Turn on the lectern light and the spotlight, for which the switch is on the pillar behind the lectern.
Return to Lady Chapel and if the Sacrament has already been moved to the High Altar Sacrament House, extinguish the presence lamp, then take the cruets and lavabo bowl and return them to the work sacristy, placing them by the sink. The 8am usher will put the bag in the safe and return the plate and coverlet to the back of the church for the 9am ushers.

9am Sung Mass:
Make sure there is a leaflet in the Rector’s stall if the Rector is not one of the Sacred Ministers. Same for preacher’s stall.
The order of procession on a normal Sunday is:
Thurifer
Cross & 2 Torches
Choir
Verger
Choir Clergy/Guest Preacher right behind verger if first time at the Advent. Need to rehearse and familiarize preacher how we do things, keep eye on him/her for anything needed.
In the procession, the Verger comes up the chancel steps, then turns right and stands on the crown-of-thorns tiles on the floor facing the High Altar. Optional bow as celebrant (or bishop) passes by. Genuflect when the MC signals the altar party, then go into vergers stall directly behind crown-of-thorns tiles and place the verge (the staff with cross) in its latched holder on the rood screen.
At the Gospel Procession, as the altar party is assembling, come out to center with preacher. Genuflect as the Gospel procession participants do, then lead preacher down steps toward pulpit and wait on right side, facing the Gospel party as the Gospel is read. After the reading, as soon as the Gospel book passes in procession, escort the preacher to the pulpit, removing cope if he/she is wearing one, laying it nicely open on the All Saints Chapel prie-dieux so that it will be easily put back on after the sermon. Sit in front pew to right of pulpit.
After the sermon, escort the preacher back to center of choir, genuflect, and peel off to return to seats for creed.
At the Offertory, take verge from holder and move to bottom of altar steps at the right. Thurifer comes out with 2 Torches. MC cues genuflection; thurifer goes to celebrant to have incense laid on, then returns to center and MC cues all to genuflect again. Order of procession to rear of church is: Thurifer, Torches, Verger. Verger brings along attendance slip with count of all in congregation, choir, and chancel. If ushers have not moved bread and wine from baptistry credence, verger will bring them to the table at the back of the church. When collection is ready, ushers place it in 9am bag and put on Offertory plate, draped with appropriate coverlet, then give it to reader of first lesson. The bread and wine are carried by ushers or a family selected from congregation, including children.
After anthem, the order of procession is: Thurifer, torches, verger, money, then bread and wine side-by-side, keeping two pews’ distance between each person or pair. In the chancel, verger peels off onto crown-of-thorns tiles facing altar while the rest of the procession goes up the chancel steps to the altar rail where the subdeacon receives the money, the deacon the wine and the celebrant the bread. Verger genuflects with all at MC’s signal then returns to verger’s stall, returning verge to holder.
At the Communion, the verger will assist any infirm people going up to or coming down from the steps to the altar rail. Also, if one side of rail is empty and no one is waiting, offer some from the other side to cross over – the object is to keep the line moving. Many won’t kneel in the middle; if young people are waiting, offer them the middle.
Once all have received, give celebrant a nod and remove kneeler from center if ushers have not already done so, and return to stall. After the final blessing and dismissal, get verge and go to crown-of-thorns tiles facing altar. Genuflect at MC’s signal, then turn left and bow when cross passes by. Once choir leaves, verger follows. The procession goes to the baptistry.

Summer Customary: There is no entering procession. The verger comes in through All Saints’ Chapel door and goes to stall, bowing to All Saints’ altar and genuflecting before High Altar. At the Offertory, verger alone goes to center, genuflects, and goes to back of church, getting bread and wine from baptistry and giving attendance slip (having counted the congregation during the psalm) to person carrying collection. Order of procession: Verger, money, bread & wine side by side. Turn off at the crown-of-thorns tile, genuflect with gift bearers, then return to stall. The rest of the Mass is the same. After the final blessing and dismissal, get staff, go to center of choir, genuflect with celebrant, then turn and lead altar party and choir ministers to baptistry for final prayer after hymn.

11:15 Solemn Mass:
The sacristan will set up the High Mass ciborium and large flagon with attendance slip. Bring them to baptistry credence, same as at 9am Mass – ciborium on left, flagon on right, slip between them (ushers will count congregation during the Psalm; verger will count choir and chancel party and add that to the count on the slip while preparing for Offertory procession). Verger follows thurifer and torches to back of church for Offertory procession. Once choir has finished anthem, tell thurifer to start down aisle. Order of procession: Thurifer, torches (either 2 or 4 depending on the day), verger, offertory plate, bread & wine together. Verger peels off to the right in front of verger’s stall, facing altar. Genuflect with rest of gift bearers and return to stall.
At Communion, go to center of choir at bottom of step to assist and direct communicants to keep altar rail full. Return to seat after all have received. After final blessing and dismissal, get verge and step out of stall, facing altar, and genuflect with rest of choir and chancel party, then turn to left. Follow behind choir and go to baptistry for Angelus with altar party.

Other duties include:
11:15 Solemn Mass Usher Rota. Verger is in charge of setting rota (John Boyd handles 9am Mass usher rota). Email 11:15 ushers with calendar dates (provided by Webmaster), usually three months at a time. Ask ushers to provide dates they cannot serve and schedule accordingly. Give ushers 10 days to respond, then set schedule, asking ushers to work out conflicts among themselves.
Tours: When I became verger, I offered to give tours of the church after the 9 and 11:15 Masses on the third Sunday of the month (usually, unless preempted by other events). This was a tradition of the Advent some 30 years ago, when a long-time parishioner offered it every Sunday after the Solemn Mass. It will be up to the next verger to decide whether to continue this.
The main purpose of the Verger is to be of service to the Rector and clergy in any task asked, and to be a welcoming presence to visiting clergy who may be guest preachers, walking them through the way we worship, escorting them to and from the pulpit, bringing them up for Communion, and assuring them that you will be of service to them for anything they should need. Finally, the verger is to be of service and welcoming to any visitors as well as the parish at all three masses.

Raymond B. Porter
Christ the King 2016

PREPARATION:

All servers should be present and vested 15 minutes before Mass. Any server not accounted for by this time will be replaced.

To credence: twin chalices, Aqua & Vino cruets, lavabo bowl & towel; veiled chalice with priest’s host and 3 purificators. Make sure Aqua contains water and Vino contains wine!

All Saints, High Altar, and footpace candles should already be lit from 9am Mass.

Fresh water glasses in pulpit and on retable (in front of innermost Epistle-side candle).

Holy water pot and Asperges card at bottom altar step.

Lectionary open to appointed lesson on lectern.

Gospel Book and Altar Book in priests’ sacristy to be reviewed by clergy.

Intercessions book in bookstand [not needed for Sundays when the Great Litany begins the Mass]. Once CEL has set Altar Book, it goes on Missal Stand and Book and Stand are placed on table under High Altar credence.

Mass leaflets on servers’ chairs, including Crucifer’s stall; preacher’s stall; verger’s stall; any other stalls not occupied by choristers.

If necessary, MC will assign Communion stations.

Silence should be maintained both in sacristy and in hallway prior to Mass.


ENTRANCE PROCESSION IN ORDINARY TIME:
After a prayer by CEL in the hallway, ALL enter in procession in the following order, keeping between one and two pews’ distance between individuals or pairs (give the TH a little more room):

\/
CEL
D
SD
MC
Choir cleric(s)
Verger
Choir
A CR A
TH
\/

The procession enters via the North door during the hymn play-through and proceeds across the transept and turns left into the chancel.

TH proceeds to altar steps (see schematic below).

CR enters CR stall, places cross in holder, and faces East (the High Altar).

AA proceed to altar steps (see schematic below).

Choir [and CM(s)] go into choir stalls and face East.

MC goes to left of Epistle-side A.

SD goes to TH’s right.

D proceeds to Altar, places Gospel Book in center, and returns to foot of steps at MC’s left.

CEL takes place between SD and D.

Opening lineup at altar steps:

|ALTAR|
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
A   TH   SD   CEL   D   MC   A 
==============             ==============

When all are lined up and D has returned from placing Gospel Book, ALL remain in place until conclusion of the hymn, at which time MC cues ALL to genuflect. Following genuflection, choir, CMs, Verger, and CR face across chancel. MC hands aspersorium to D, who passes it to Celebrant.

The Choir begins the Asperges chant. Celebrant sprinkles altar party, then, accompanied by D and SD, walks up center aisle and sprinkles congregation. The Sacred Ministers stop and face the altar during the Gloria Patri. This will usually be at the West Door of the church. When the Sacred Ministers return from sprinkling the congregation, D receives aspersorium and aspergillum and hands text card to Celebrant for the versicles and responses. At conclusion of versicles and responses, Celebrant returns card to D who gives up card and hardware to MC, who removes them to credence.

SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, and AA, TH, and MC file to sedilia/credence.

INTROIT:
The altar is customarily censed during the Introit. MC cues TH to bring thurible to CEL on footpace. TH then retires to sedilia and waits until D returns thurible after censing CEL. TH exits to smoke sacristy.

MC puts Altar Book on Epistle horn of altar immediately following censing of CEL.

OPENING ACCLAMATION, COLLECT FOR PURITY, SUMMARY OF THE LAW:
SMs line up in slanted “I” formation at Epistle horn for Opening Acclamation (ALL make the Sign of the Cross), Collect for Purity, and Summary of the Law.

MC and AA stand in place near credence.

WHEN THE MASS BEGINS WITH THE GREAT LITANY:

At the entrance, MC carries book with text of the Litany. Deacon carries Gospel Book. Th carries thurible with lighted coals in left hand. Cr carries the Lenten cross. All enter the short way in usual processional order. ACrA wheel to the side to allow the sacred ministers to pass, and then wheel out into the center of the choir. Th stands to the deacon’s right. When D places Gospel Book on the altar and returns to the foot of the altar steps, MC cues ALL to genuflect (except ACrA). Cel lays on incense, Th goes to stand west of ACrA on choir floor. MC cues all to kneel and hands Litany book to CEL. CEL allows time for the people to get to their knees and begins chanting the Litany.

At conclusion of Litany, the Choir begins the Kyrie and the altar is censed. The Asperges are omitted.

KYRIE ELEISON and GLORIA IN EXCELSIS:
After the Summary of the Law, SMs proceed across respective steps to closed “I” formation in center. Choir sings Kyrie.

MC signals SD and D to go up to footpace on the words, “Gloria in Excelsis Deo/Glory be to God on High.” SMs remain standing at Altar until “Quoniam/For Thou only art holy …” at which time SD and D bow and return to places in closed “I” at center. ALL make the Sign of the Cross during the words “in gloria Dei Patris/in the glory of God the Father”.

SALUTATION and COLLECT OF THE DAY:
Following conclusion of Gloria in Excelsis, CEL turns to face the people. D and SD split to left and right (“open I”) for the salutation and response, then proceed to closed “I” at Epistle horn for chanting of Collect. MC ascends to top side step to point Collect while CEL chants it.

LESSON & GRADUAL:
SD begins walking to lectern during the concluding clause of the Collect. [Note that there are two Collects in Lent; SD should not move until last phrase of second Collect.] D and CEL come off steps to sedilia. ALL sit. MC sits next to D. AA sit on either side of credence table.

SD reads the First Lesson.

GOSPEL PROCESSION:
After First Lesson, several things happen at once:

  • The Choir begins the Gradual.
  • ALL stand. MC directs AA to pick up candles and TH to enter from smoke sacristy.
  • As TH enters from smoke sacristy, AA meet TH at center for genuflection. AA then split to places in front of both horns of the Altar.
  • TH goes to CEL and has incense laid on, then proceeds to lineup between Gospel-side A and SD (see schematic below).
  • SD proceeds to High Altar, goes to Epistle Horn, picks up Missal Stand and moves it to left of center (under the innermost Gospel-side angel). SD then walks down steps and takes place near Gospel-side A, leaving room for TH who most likely isn’t there yet.

Once CEL has laid on incense, D goes up side steps to Altar, collects Gospel Book, returns via same path to CEL and genuflects for a blessing.

D and MC join lineup (MC leading D) and MC cues genuflection.

Lineup for Gospel Procession

|ALTAR|
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
A TH SD D MC A

The order of the Gospel Procession is as follows:

D
SD
TH
AA
MC
\/

MC leads procession approximately halfway down center aisle, turns and faces East. AA take places facing each other across aisle on either side of MC. MC steps out of the way alongside the right-hand A. Th stands beside left-hand A. SD stands between AA facing East.

D places Gospel Book in SD’s hands, introduces the Gospel and censes the Book.

Following the chanting, D returns Gospel Book to SD’s hands. SD leads returning procession, taking Gospel Book back to CEL (usually at sedilia). Because SD is carrying the Evangel, SD does not genuflect upon returning to chancel but goes directly to CEL.

MC follows SD, leading procession back to altar steps in the following order:

/\
SD
MC
AA
TH
D

Since the procession is one person smaller, servers should line up more tightly at steps so as not to be spread out like a necklace with beads missing. MC cues ALL to genuflect. MC, D, and AA retire to sedilia/credence. TH goes out to smoke sacristy.

SERMON:
ALL sit.

NICENE CREED:
MC gives Intercessions book to D and cues ALL to stand. SMs go to foot of steps (do NOT genuflect). AA, MC stand at bottom steps near credence. Creed is intoned by Choir member or CEL and sung by ALL. Following the words “came down from heaven,” ALL genuflect through the words “and was made Man.” ALL rise. ALL make the Sign of the Cross at the words “the life everlasting.”

The following are omitted when the Mass begins with the Great Litany.
[PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE and EXHORTATION:
ALL remain standing.

GENERAL CONFESSION and ABSOLUTION:
ALL kneel. Do not fuss with cushions unless knees are papier-mâché; the Confession is short.]

ALL stand. D and SD face CEL as he intones “The Lord be with you.” MC receives Intercessions book from D.

OFFERTORY:
Choir begins Offertory anthem.

C retires to Gospel horn. D retrieves stack from MC, and prepares the altar.

SD remains on bottom step, aligned with Gospel horn.

Preparation of the Gifts: AA go up to Epistle horn, bringing cruets and ciborium. Once they receive cruets back from D, they retire to credence.

When SMs are ready to cense, CEL goes to center of footpace and SD and D ascend to join him. TH ascends to CEL while MC goes behind reredos to remove Altar Book. MC goes down to stand on pavement near Sacrament House during censing.

MC returns Altar Book to Altar as D begins to cense CEL. After the CEL has been censed, AA approach CEL with water (upstage A) and bowl & towel (downstage A) for the lavabo. MC remains on Gospel side on pavement until sanctuary censing has been completed and TH goes down to choir.

MC returns to Epistle side, going behind reredos as before, arranges cushions on bottom step for AA and TH, and bids AA to their places. Order (from left to right): A A TH MC.

CEL turns and begins Sursum Corda as soon as the anthem/hymn is over, no matter where the Thurifer is.

SALUTATION and SURSUM CORDA:
ALL remain standing.

SANCTUS and BENEDICTUS:
ALL remain standing. MC, TH and AA bow with SMs for the first few phrases of the Sanctus (watch SMs for cues). ALL make the Sign of the Cross at the words “Benedictus qui venit/Blessed is He who comes …”.

PRAYER OF CONSECRATION:
After the Benedictus, MC signals ALL to kneel. D ascends to footpace and kneels beside CEL. SD remains on bottom step and kneels when D does. As CEL elevates the Host and Chalice, D lifts the edge of the chasuble. TH censes the Elements with three doubles centered on the elevations, not choreographed with bells or genuflections.

Following the Dominical Words, D returns to his step and SD rises. Both remain standing in closed I formation at center.

LORD’S PRAYER, FRACTION, and PRAYER OF HUMBLE ACCESS:
ALL remain kneeling, except SMs who are standing. The Fraction anthem will continue to be “The Peace of the Lord…”.

AGNUS DEI:
As choir begins Agnus Dei, MC signals ALL to stand. AA retire to places at credence. TH goes to centre, genuflects, and exits to smoke sacristy. D and SD join CEL at the footpace. SD retrieves reservation ciborium from aumbry and places it on the corporal.

The A closest to the reredos places all chalices on the Altar.

The MC and those who will be distributing Communion at the All Saints chapel go to the side steps at the Gospel horn to receive Communion. Either the Celebrant or the Deacon may communicate them. The Celebrant communicates the Deacon, Subdeacon, MC, and All Saints ministers during the singing of the Agnus Dei.

INVITATION TO COMMUNION and COMMUNION:
ALL remain standing in places for Invitation and Communion.

Distribution of Communion: Normally, CEL will distribute Hosts at Epistle side of High Altar, assisted by SD with chalice. D will distribute Hosts at Gospel side, assisted by MC with chalice. A choir cleric will distribute Hosts at the All Saints chapel, assisted by CR or an Acolyte with chalice. If there are only two priests available, CEL administers the length of the rail and D goes to All Saints, taking over on Gospel side after returning therefrom.

TH comes out to altar rail to receive Communion, then may retire to an empty choir stall for the rest of the Mass.

During Communion, AA are watchful and prepared to give any kind of assistance needed.

ABLUTIONS:
MC brings water cruet up to Altar and signals AA to stand at Epistle horn and receive cleansed vessels (ciborium, flagon, and extra chalices).

SD assists at ablutions as directed by CEL and passes vessels to MC to be removed.

At end of ablutions, SD takes up veil while D takes Missal. SD goes down to pavement, bows, and goes up to CEL’s left.

SD veils chalice: place pall over chalice (if not already there). Place veil over pall and set aside. Fold corporal, beginning with bottom edge.

Fold in from bottom, then from top, then from left, then from right. Place folded corporal inside burse.

Place burse on top of veiled chalice.

Take veiled chalice down to A, who is waiting at foot of steps on Epistle side.

The A closest to the congregation receives veiled Mass chalice from SD at bottom of steps. SD takes place in closed “I” at Epistle horn.

POSTCOMMUNION PRAYER:
MC and AA kneel on bottom step by credence. Do not fuss with cushions unless absolutely necessary.

MC ascends to top side step while CEL reads Post-Communion Prayer. As CEL moves to center for blessing, MC takes missal stand down to credence table, then kneels for the Blessing and Dismissal.

BLESSING and DISMISSAL:
ALL remain kneeling. SMs go to center and as CEL turns, spread into open “I” and kneel on steps. CEL blesses people and bids dismissal. D rises and sings Dismissal. ALL respond, then rise.

SMs go to Gospel Horn for Last Gospel, on their respective steps.

At conclusion of Last Gospel, MC cues AA to pick up candles and join CR at bottom of steps. SMs and MC line up at bottom of steps.

AA exit gate without genuflecting and face East on either side of CR. Choir, CMs and Verger face East in their stalls.

MC cues ALL to genuflect at end of hymn play-through. A CR A do not genuflect. Altar party then turns and faces West.

RETIRING PROCESSION:
The order of the retiring Procession is as follows:

\/
CEL
D
SD
MC
CM(s)
TH
Verger
Choir
A CR A
\/

Exeunt omnes down center aisle. Choir assembles at rear of nave on Gospel side. Servers and clergy retire to Baptistry and gather around font: CR in front of the John the Baptist statue flanked by AA.

IN BAPTISTRY:
CEL leads the Angelus or, during Eastertide, the Regina Coeli. SD departs via Lady Chapel aisle to retrieve veiled chalice from High Altar.

Servers with nothing else to carry receive vestments from clergy.

AFTER MASS CLEANUP:
MC supervises cleanup including lectern, pulpit, All Saints, Lady Chapel, and High Altar. Sermon text goes to priests’ sacristy desk; all vessels and water glasses go to work sacristy; all candles extinguished; credence table cleared; blue cover cloths placed on all altars; sanctuary left in perfect order.

Ite, missa est!

Original web publication on Nov 12, 1999 @ 01:49pm by Julianne Ture.
Updated June 13, 2022 @ 9:04am by Julianne Ture.


ETIQUETTE NOTES:
Servers who are not carrying anything else in procession may elect to carry hymnals or to walk empty-handed. Either way, servers in pairs always mirror each other.

When empty-handed, the hands should be folded at waist height in front of you.

The Bishop’s Throne is not a bookstand; hymnals, programs, and other printed matter are to be placed on TTs’ chairs or on the floor when not in use.

Servers face across chancel at all times except when facing the Gospel Book during the reading of the Gospel. When sitting, do not cross your legs.

When counting during Communion, servers should not look at the people. Instead, follow the clergy’s hands as they distribute the Sacrament.

How to genuflect: Put the right knee down and keep your back vertical! We are not football players.

How to carry a candle: The outside arm is always down and out.

How to walk and carry a candle at the same time: ALL step off on left foot first. Pairs should hold their candles at a level. If there is a height disparity between partners, the taller partner should accommodate the shorter by carrying his/her candle lower. Hold the candle far enough in front of you so that your knees do not knock into it as you walk.


PREPARATION:

All servers should be present and vested 15 minutes before Mass. Any server not accounted for by this time will be replaced.

To credence: twin chalices, Aqua & Vino cruets, lavabo bowl & towel; veiled chalice with priest’s host and 3 purificators. Make sure Aqua contains water and Vino contains wine!

All Saints, High Altar, and footpace candles should already be lit from 9am Mass.

Fresh water glasses in pulpit and on retable (in front of innermost Epistle-side candle).

Lectionary open to Old Testament lesson on lectern.

Gospel Book and Altar Book in priests’ sacristy to be reviewed by clergy.

BCP and Intercessions book in bookstand. Once CEL has set Altar Book, it goes on Missal Stand and Book and Stand are placed on Credence Table.

Copy of Mass Leaflet distributed to ALL to follow Psalm.

If necessary, MC will assign Communion stations.

MC assigns TT to count High Altar and CR to count All Saints.

Silence should be maintained both in sacristy and in hallway prior to Mass.

PROCESSION:
ALL enter in procession in the following order:

/\
CEL
D
SD
MC
TT
CM(s)
Verger
A CR A
TH
/\

The procession enters via the North door during the hymn playthrough and proceeds to the chancel the “short way,” across the transept and up the choir steps.

TH proceeds to altar steps (see schematic below).

CR enters crucifer’s stall, places cross in holder, and faces East (the High Altar).

AA proceed to altar steps (see schematic below).

CM(s) go into choir stalls and face East.

TT proceed to places below altar rail, between the innermost pairs of medallions.

MC goes to left of Epistle-side A.

SD goes to TH’s right.

D proceeds to Altar, places Gospel Book in centre, and returns to foot of steps at MC’s left.

CEL takes place between SD and D.

Opening lineup at altar steps:

|ALTAR|
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
A TH SD CEL D MC A
======(T at rail)==== ====(T at rail)======

When all are lined up and D has returned from placing Gospel Book, MC cues ALL to genuflect. Following genuflection, CMs, Verger, and CR face across chancel.

MC may take hymnals from SMs. SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, and AA, TH, and MC file to sedilia/credence. TT proceed through far-left opening in altar rail to chairs flanking Bishop’s Throne.

Altar is censed during the opening hymn. TH brings thurible up to CEL as soon as TH arrives at credence. TH then retires to credence and waits until D returns thurible after censing CEL. TH exits to smoke sacristy. MC puts Altar Book on Epistle horn of altar.

OPENING ACCLAMATION, COLLECT FOR PURITY, SUMMARY OF THE LAW:
SMs line up in slanted “I” formation at Epistle horn for Opening Acclamation (ALL make the Sign of the Cross), Collect for Purity, and Summary of the Law.

MC and AA stand in place near credence. TT stand in front of their chairs.

KYRIE ELEISON and GLORIA IN EXCELSIS:
After the Summary of the Law, SMs proceed across respective steps to closed “I” formation in centre. Congregation sings Kyrie.

MC signals SD and D to go up to footpace on the words, “Glory be to God on High” (intoned by CEL). SD and D return to places in closed “I” at the words “For thou only art Holy…” ALL make the Sign of the Cross during the words “in the glory of God the Father.”

SALUTATION and COLLECT OF THE DAY:
Following conclusion of Gloria in Excelsis, CEL turns to face the people. D and SD split to left and right (“open I”) for the salutation and response, then proceed to closed “I” at Epistle horn for chanting of Collect. MC ascends to top side step to point Collect while CEL chants it.

LESSONS and PSALM:
SMs come off steps to sedilia. ALL sit. MC sits next to D. AA sit on either side of credence table. TT sit on either side of Bishop’s Throne.

A member of the congregation reads the First Lesson.

A priest leads the reading of the gradual Psalm. Approximately 3 verses before the end of the psalm, SD leaves sedilia, genuflects at gate, turns and goes to lectern for Epistle Lesson. ALL bow for the Gloria Patri.

GOSPEL PROCESSION:
After Epistle Lesson, several things happen at once:

–ALL stand. MC directs AA to pick up candles and TH to enter from smoke sacristy.

–As TH enters from smoke sacristy, AA meet TH at centre for genuflection. AA then split to places in front of both horns of the Altar.

–TH goes to CEL and has incense laid on, then proceeds to lineup between Gospel-side A and SD (see schematic below).

–SD proceeds to High Altar, goes to Epistle Horn, picks up Missal Stand and moves it to left of centre (under the innermost Gospel-side angel). SD then walks down steps and takes place near Gospel-side A, leaving room for TH who most likely isn’t there yet.

Once CEL has laid on incense, D goes up side steps to Altar, collects Gospel Book, returns via same path to CEL and genuflects for a blessing.

D and MC join lineup and MC cues genuflection.

Lineup for Gospel Procession

|ALTAR|
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
A TH SD D MC A

The order of the Gospel Procession is as follows:

/\
D
SD
TH
AA
MC
/\

MC leads procession approximately halfway down centre aisle, turns and faces East. AA take places facing each other across aisle on either side of MC. MC steps out of the way alongside the right-hand A. Th stands beside left-hand A. SD stands between AA facing East.

D places Gospel Book in SD’s hands, introduces the Gospel and censes the Book.

Following the chanting, D returns Gospel Book to SD’s hands. SD leads returning procession, taking Gospel Book back to CEL (usually at sedilia). Because SD is carrying the Evangel, SD does not genuflect upon returning to chancel but goes directly to CEL.

MC follows SD, leading procession back to altar steps in the following order:

/\
D
TH
AA
MC
/\

Since the procession is one person smaller, servers should line up more tightly at steps so as not to be spread out like a necklace with beads missing. MC cues ALL to genuflect. MC, D, and AA retire to sedilia/credence. TH goes out to smoke sacristy.

SERMON:
ALL sit.

NICENE CREED:
MC gives BCP and Intercessions book to D and cues ALL to stand. SMs go to foot of steps (do NOT genuflect). AA, MC and TT stand at bottom steps on either side. Creed is intoned by CEL and sung by ALL. Following the words “came down from heaven,” ALL genuflect through the words “and was made Man.” ALL rise. ALL make the Sign of the Cross at the words “the life everlasting.”

PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE and EXHORTATION:
ALL remain standing.

GENERAL CONFESSION and ABSOLUTION:
ALL kneel. Do not fuss with cushions unless knees are papier-mâché; the Confession is short.

PEACE:
ALL stand and exchange Peace. SMs genuflect and return to sedilia. MC receives BCP and Intercessions book from D. TT exit via side door to smoke sacristy to collect their torches.

OFFERTORY:
MC may have to prompt TH to enter with TT. TH leads out, followed by TT walking single file. TH goes to gate and waits for TT to reach places between innermost medallions at altar rail, then cues genuflection.

TT remain in places as TH goes to CEL to have incense laid on. TH returns to gate and cues genuflection, turns and departs. TH, followed by TT, goes down South (Lady Chapel/Baptistry) aisle to rear of nave to wait for Offertory Procession to assemble.

D goes up to prepare vessels on Altar. SD, CEL and AA sit. D returns to sedilia and he and MC sit.
When Offertory Procession is ready, MC cues ALL to stand. SMs, led by SD, go to gate and genuflect, then turn and wait for the gifts.

TH leads Offertory Procession up centre aisle, followed by TT, Verger, and Processors:

/\
Processors
Verger
TT
TH
/\

MC cues TH, TT, and Processors to genuflect after the gifts have been received and SMs have turned back to face Altar. TT remain in places at altar rail, while TH enters through far-right opening and proceeds to credence.

SMs take offerings to Altar. MC goes up to Epistle horn [with water cruet] and receives bason from SD. [MC may assign an A to carry the water cruet and retrieve it after chalice has been mixed.]

When SMs are ready to cense, MC and TH go up to Altar together, MC on TH’s left. MC removes Altar Book and goes down to stand on pavement near Sacrament House during censing.

MC returns Altar Book to Altar as D begins to cense CEL. MC remains on Gospel side on pavement until sanctuary censing has been completed and TH goes down to choir.

MC returns to Epistle side, genuflecting at centre, arranges cushions on bottom step for AA and TH, and bids AA to their places. Order (from left to right): A A TH MC.

SALUTATION and SURSUM CORDA:
ALL remain standing.

PREFACE:
At the words “Therefore with Angels … ” MC signals SD and D to go up to footpace.

SANCTUS and BENEDICTUS:
ALL remain standing. MC, TH and AA bow with SMs for the first few phrases of the Sanctus (watch SMs for cues). TT do not bow. ALL make the Sign of the Cross at the words “Blessed is He who comes … “.

PRAYER OF CONSECRATION:
MC signals ALL to kneel. After the words, “until His coming again,” SD and D kneel on either side of CEL for the Dominical Words. Following the elevation of the Chalice and CEL’s second genuflection, SD and D rise.

LORD’S PRAYER, FRACTION, and PRAYER OF HUMBLE ACCESS:
ALL remain kneeling.

AGNUS DEI:
As Agnus Dei begins, MC signals ALL to stand. AA retire to places at credence. TH goes to centre and cues TT to genuflect before exiting. TH and TT exit to smoke sacristy. TT put up candles and return to places by Bishop’s Throne.

Downstage A places chalices on the Altar, then takes place at credence.

INVITATION TO COMMUNION and COMMUNION:
ALL remain standing in places for Invitation and Communion.

TH comes out to altar rail to receive Communion, then may retire to an empty choir stall for the rest of the Mass.

During Communion, TT and CR count as directed. MC and AA are watchful and prepared to give any kind of assistance needed. MC may mark final hymn in hymnals for Recessional.

ABLUTIONS:
MC brings water cruet up to Altar and signals AA to stand at Epistle horn and receive cleansed vessels (ciborium, flagon, and extra chalices).

Upstage A receives veiled Mass chalice from SD at bottom of steps. SD takes place in closed “I” at Epistle horn.

POSTCOMMUNION PRAYER:
AA and TT kneel on bottom step at either side. Do not fuss with cushions unless knees are papier-mâché.

MC ascends to top side step while CEL leads Post-Communion Prayer. At conclusion of prayer, MC takes missal stand down to credence table and kneels for Blessing and Dismissal.

BLESSING and DISMISSAL:
ALL remain kneeling. SMs go to centre and as CEL turns, spread into open “I” and kneel on steps. CEL blesses people and bids dismissal. D rises and sings Dismissal. ALL respond, then rise.

MC cues AA to pick up candles and join CR at bottom of steps. AA exit gate without genuflecting and face East on either side of CR. CMs and Verger face East in their stalls.

All others line up on pavement:

|ALTAR|
__________________________
__________________________
__________________________
T SD D MC T

MC may distribute hymnals; MC cues ALL to genuflect on first word of hymn. A CR A do not genuflect. Altar party then turns and faces West.
RECESSIONAL:
The order of the departing Procession is as follows:

\/
CEL
D
SD
MC
TT
TH
CM(s)
Verger
A CR A
\/

Exeunt omnes down centre aisle. Servers and clergy retire to Baptistry and gather around font.

IN BAPTISTRY:
CEL leads a final prayer. SD departs (via Parish House hallway and smoke sacristy entrance) to retrieve veiled chalice from High Altar.

Servers with nothing else to carry receive vestments from clergy.

AFTER MASS CLEANUP:
MC supervises cleanup including lectern, pulpit, All Saints, Lady Chapel, and High Altar. Sermon text goes to priests’ sacristy desk; all vessels and water glasses go to work sacristy; all candles extinguished; credence table cleared; blue cover cloths placed on all altars; sanctuary left in perfect order. TT and CR give their counts to MC to record in register along with attendance figure (on slip from offering bason). MC is responsible for counting Communions of servers.

Ite, missa est!

GENERAL NOTES:

Staffing for the 9:00 AM Mass will normally be as follows:

Celebrant (CEL).

Deacon or Priest in choir, known as choir clergy (CC)

Master of Ceremonies (MC)

Chalice Minister (a layman) (CM)

The MC should routinely review personnel assignments with the Cel before the Mass.

At this time any changes or additions to the liturgy should be discussed. (eg. Baptism)

Set Up

Candles lit by 8:30 AM

On the Credence: veiled chalice and one or two extra chalices, depending on #of clergy/servers; the Lavabo; Cruets; Breadbox

After it has been check by Cel, Missal should be on its stand on the Epistle horn of the altar.

Gospel book placed on the cushion on the lower shelf of the table below the Credence.

Intercessions book on the little stand next to the MC.

Bulletin on the chairs of the CEL, MC, CM, and in stalls of Verger & any Choir Clergy.

Water in place on the altar and in the pulpit.

Lectionary transferred to Lectern after 8 AM mass

Entrance & Liturgy of the Word:

CC, Verger, and any guest clergy enter from All Saints’ door during Prelude and sit in Choir.

CM, MC and CEL enter from Smoke Sacristy during the opening hymn and stand in the gate in the following order, left to right: CM‚ CEL‚ MC. The MC signals the genuflection.

After the Collect for the Day all sit for the Lessons and Psalm.

–The First Lesson is read by a member of the congregation.

–The Psalm is announced by CEL and read responsively.

During the Psalm the CM goes down to the lectern and is in place so that s/he may read the second lesson. After reading, the CM goes up to the altar and moves the Missal to the Gospel side of center, then returns to chair next to the Bishop’s Throne.

During the Gospel Hymn, MC gets the Gospel Book, proceeds to the base of the altar, genuflects, and processes to the chancel steps where s/he is met by the Gospeller, (CC).

MC holds the Gospel and stands on whichever step allows the CC to be seen and heard by the congregation while he reads. MC has back to the congregation.

After the Gospel, the MC takes the Gospel Book to the CEL for the kiss, then takes the Book to the lower shelf of the table in front of the credence, without genuflecting at the gate.

All sit during sermon.

Creed, Prayers of the People, Confession and Absolution

MC & CM stand, move to green lines at the base of the steps, flank the Cel, and face the altar for the Creed and Prayers of the People.

They kneel in place for Confession and absolution.

At the Peace they stand and turn 90 degrees so that they face one another, with the Cel in between them.

The Cel exchanges Peace with the MC first, then the CM.

After the Peace, CM and MC return to their respective sides of the altar.

Offertory : (CC prepares vessels during the collection of the alms.)

During the Offertory Procession, CM and CC flank the CEL to receive the gifts.

CM, CEL and CC go up to the altar where CEL receives and returns the alms basin to the CM who takes it to the MC and exchanges it for the water cruet. CM leaves the cruet for the CC, passes behind SM and returns to stand in front of Bishop’s throne. MC removes water cruet when Cel is through with it.

MC gets water, Lavabo and towel for ablutions.

Consecration:

CM kneels on the steps in front of the Bishop’s Throne during the Consecration; MC kneels in usual place. The CC may kneel on either side for the Consecration.

At the Agnus Dei, CM goes to side of the altar, 2nd step down, leaving room for CC to remove Reserved Sacrament and place it on the altar.

MC goes and stands next to CM.

CC and CM will administer at the All Saints Altar and the CM will count the Communicants.

MC serves the chalice at the High Altar. (The Verger will count the High Altar.)

When finished at All Saints, CC and CM return and serve half the High Altar.

Ablutions : (Note that CM will help during ablutions only if CC leaves altar.)

If there is wine left over, CEL will direct its disposition.

CC and MC assist CEL wiping out vessels, etc.

MC clears the altar. CM assists in removing items from the altar in order to keep things going at the best clip.

CC moves the Missal back to the Epistle horn while MC takes veiled chalice and returns it to Credence.

CM and MC kneel in place during final prayers, and stand after Blessing & Dismissal.

Closing Hymn:

CM, CEL, CC, MC go to the gate, genuflect, turn and leave in procession as follows:

CEL
CC ( if he has returned to choir he will follow Verger )
MC
CM
Verger

The Verger leads the procession to the Baptistery for final prayers.

Cleanup is as usual with MC removing the veiled chalice.

NOTE: For ease of comprehension, these instructions are written with the assumption that the Celebrant is also the Officiant at the baptism(s).

Preparation:
Before the service, the sexton raises the lid of the font and partially fills it with water. The Paschal Candle (which resides in the baptistry outside Eastertide) is lit.

The following hardware (set out by Altar Guild) goes to the Baptistry before Mass: ewer containing slightly warm water, silver scallop shell, oil of chrism, a few extra lavabo towels, aspersorium and aspergillum, a lavabo or other dish with a few pinches of exorcised salt, and sufficient unlit baptismal candles for the number of baptizands. If the officiant wishes to use the Easter Vigil Baptismal Rite notebook (containing the chant for the Blessing of the Water), that should also be placed on the Baptistry altar; otherwise, the Altar Book from the Lady Chapel (the regular Altar Book, not the Anglican Missal) is placed in the Baptistry.

The Celebrant wears a cope for the first part of the Mass and the Baptism. Chasuble [and all three maniples] draped over the Epistle-side altar rail. MC should remind CR to collect the cope at the Offertory.

The Service:
The opening versicles and responses appointed for Baptism (pg. 299, BCP) may replace the Collect for Purity, the Summary of the Law, and the Gloria in Excelsis, in which case the Collect of the Day immediately follows the versicles and responses.

After the Sermon, in place of the Nicene Creed, MC and SMs go to center, genuflect, and turn. If the D or CEL is preaching, the others will meet him at the top choir step.

MC goes to “stage left”.

SD goes to stage left.

D goes to stage right.

CEL goes to center.

CEL invites the baptismal party to come forward to choir steps.

The Presentation and Examination take place at the choir steps: baptismal party on transept floor, SMs on top step.

The Apostles’ Creed is used, as part of the Baptismal Covenant, in place of the Nicene Creed. The Prayers for the Candidate(s) take the place of the Prayers of the People.

The Confession of Sin is omitted.

After the Presentation and Examination of the Candidates, the CEL may invite the congregation to cluster toward the baptistry to witness the baptism.

The party then proceeds to the font, via the main aisle, in the following order:

\/
Baptismal Party
CEL
D
SD
[choir clergy]
MC
[ Verger]
\/

SD holds book open for CEL as he blesses the water and performs the baptism(s).

MC stands ready with extra towels, etc., as needed to dry officiant’s fingers. After each baptism, MC or an assisting cleric lights a small presentation candle from the Paschal candle (if necessary, with the help of someone tall) and gives it to CEL to present to baptizand or baptizand’s parents.

The Peace is NOT, repeat NOT, bidden after the Welcoming of the Newly Baptized. Following this communal prayer the Celebrant scoops baptismal water into the aspersorium. The baptismal party returns to their pews and the Verger leads the procession back to the chancel via the main aisle in the following order:

\/
D-CEL-SD
MC
[choir clergy]
[Verger]
\/

The D and SD hold edges of CEL’s cope while he sprinkles the congregation with the baptismal water during the procession back to the chancel.

[Verger and choir clergy return to their stalls.] MC and SMs line up at foot of altar steps where MC cues genuflection. CEL hands off aspersorium and aspergillum to MC, who retires to sedilia. CEL then turns and bids the Peace, comme d’habitude.

The Mass continues with the Offertory, beginning with laying on of incense. CEL changes to chasuble after laying on incense.

Processions:
Add to Preparation: chasuble [and maniples] laid over altar rail on Epistle side. MC should remind CR to collect copes of choir clergy after Procession and to collect CEL’s cope at Offertory.

Enter in silence [organist may be either finishing prelude or doodling], short way from North door. TT[TT] carry lighted torches.

Line up at altar steps as usual; genuflect after D returns from placing Gospel Book on altar.

Th has incense laid on and goes to choir floor behind ACrA; D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. MC cues ALL to genuflect as hymn play-through begins.

D turns to bid procession, then turns back to face altar. MC cues genuflection; as CEL turns to face people, SD and D cross on steps behind him. SMs walk three abreast, D and SD holding Cel’s cope, down center aisle and across front and back of nave, single file elsewhere.

The direction of the procession is as follows: down centre aisle, turn right, up north aisle, across front aisle, down south (Lady Chapel) aisle, through Baptistry, back up centre aisle to chancel.

ALL return to places as in opening lineup. MC leads genuflection and ALL retire to accustomed places (SMs to Altar, MC and AA to sedilia/credence). TT[TT] depart to smoke sacristy to dispose of candles and re-enter to places by Bishop’s Throne.

Altar censed during Gloria in Excelsis.

At Offertory, after CEL has blessed incense, MC assists SD to change CEL from cope to chasuble. CR should be ready to receive cope and remove it to the sacristy. If CR forgets, MC should put cope in Lady Chapel or behind High Altar reredos.

Advent Sunday (Feast of Dedication and Title):
The service on this day begins with a Procession (see notes above). All three SMs, plus choir clergy, are vested in white copes [and stoles] for the Procession; the altar and chalice are veiled in blue as usual for the season.

At the conclusion of the Procession, the SMs come back to their places in lineup at foot of altar steps. MC cues genuflection; ALL genuflect.

AA, MC, and TH retire to credence. CR collects choir clergy copes as usual.

SMs exit to priests’ sacristy where they change into purple vestments. CEL dons purple chasuble – no more copes in this service. SMs then return to chancel, go up to altar and kiss it, then receive thurible from TH to begin altar censing.

During Advent:
No Gloria; altar censed during Introit as usual.

During Lent:
Additional Preparations as above for Processions.

The “A-word” in all Altar Books should be covered over with a trimmed “sticky note” to discourage a celebrant on autopilot from saying it.

Litany in Procession: start of Mass as for a Procession.

The SMs walk single file throughout the Litany. They do not walk three abreast at any time.

The Procession turns left (toward Baptistry) at the back of the church and proceeds around the nave at approximately half the normal speed in a mirror image of the customary Procession route.

Cense altar during Kyrie.

The Gloria in Excelsis is omitted. A Tract, which may be lengthy, replaces the Alleluia Verse before the Gospel. When the Tract is lengthy, the Gospel Procession is modified as follows: after the Epistle, SD moves book and returns to sedilia. MC cues Th to enter. Incense is laid on and A1 leads off, followed by Th, SD, MC and A2. D goes to retrieve Gospel book from altar, is blessed by Cel as usual, and goes to lineup. MC cues ALL to genuflect and Gospel procession continues per custom.

No Intercessions or Confession – the Peace immediately follows the Creed.

CEL changes from cope to chasuble after laying on incense at the Offertory.

During Eastertide: Vidi Aquam
Add to Preparation: set out holy water bucket on step near Epistle-side pavement candle, and chasuble [and maniples] over Epistle-side altar rail.

The Paschal Candle resides in the centre of the choir through Whitsunday. Servers walking alone should pass the candle with the left shoulder. Servers in pairs split around it.

Entrance Procession is as usual.

The Mass begins with the Vidi Aquam as the Introit, immediately following the entrance hymn.

Immediately after ALL genuflect, MC gives holy water bucket to CEL and CEL asperges himself, SMs, and servers. When CEL turns to asperge choir and congregation, SD and D cross behind him and hold his cope; at back of aisle turn with him again (NB: CELs often run up and down aisle!). NOTE: With the Paschal Candle in centre of choir floor, SD will have to release cope to get around it.

MC, AA, and Th remain in entrance lineup until SMs return from asperging congregation.

Returning from nave, SMs genuflect and CEL gives bucket to MC; SMs go up to reverence altar while MC and others retire to places.

The Easter Acclamation, Collect for Purity, and Summary of the Law follow as usual. Altar is censed during Gloria. The Customary is normal thereafter.

CEL changes vestments at Offertory, as with a Procession.

The Easter Dismissal is used throughout Paschaltide.

On Rogation Sunday:

The cope will be needed at the end of the Mass, so instead of giving it to CR at Offertory MC should retire it to Lady Chapel or behind the High Altar reredos for easy retrieval.

At least twice the usual amount of holy water should be provided for the Vidi Aquam at the entrance and the Rogation Procession at the end of Mass.

At the end of the Mass, after the Blessing and Dismissal, the Sacred Ministers reverence the altar and then turn and descend to the sedilia. The final hymn begins as usual and will cover much of the following:

  • The Deacon and Subdeacon assist the Celebrant in removing chasuble and changing back to cope. All SMs remove maniples. MC lays chasuble and maniples over altar rail.
  • MC signals TH to enter from smoke sacristy. CEL lays on incense in the normal manner.
  • CR brings processional cross to middle of choir floor as for normal depature. TH and AA genuflect at gate and TH leads AA into choir. TH takes position to west of CR while AA flank CR, all of them facing the altar.
  • TT, SMs and MC line up at altar steps. MC has holy water bucket and passes it to CEL.
  • MC cues genuflection and ALL genuflect and turn westward.
  • TH and A-CR-A lead procession, in normal order.

When the hymn is over, the Choir or a Cantor appointed begin the Litany of the Saints. All, including the congregation, sing the responses as the procession continues.

Weather permitting, the procession goes out the West door, turns left, and proceeds around the block onto Mount Vernon Street, the congregation following the SMs. CEL asperges every green growing thing in sight along the way.

  • If the weather is foul, the procession goes down centre aisle, out side door to Hale House, down stairs into Moseley Hall and gathers in bay window end for prayer, blessing, and madrigal.

The procession goes down Mount Vernon Street to the firehouse, turns left, and turns left again into alley leading to Parish Garden. In the Garden, CEL reads a suitable prayer and asperges the flora. The Choir sings a madrigal. At the earliest possible moment following, the MC marshals servers to take vestments from clergy and retire upstairs via the kitchen staircase to proceed with cleanup.

The following notes refer to most occasions for which a Solemn Procession is fitting, e.g., Feast Days. Special days which include Processions, such as the Litany in Procession, Palm Sunday, or Corpus Christi, are not covered here.

ENTRANCE
Incense is not laid on before Mass.

CEL and choir clergy wear copes.

ALL enter the short way via the north door in silence, or while the organ prelude is concluding, led by TH:

/\
TH
A CR A
CHOIR
VERGER
CHOIR CLERGY
TT
TT
MC
SD
D
CEL
/\

TH proceeds to altar steps on the right. A CR A, once they reach the choir floor, wheel to the right and remain standing against the south choir stall until CEL passes, at which time they wheel out to stand abreast facing the altar. TTTT take places outside the rail standing in front of the spaces between the medallions, facing the altar. MC, SD, D and CEL take their customary places at the altar steps. At MC’s cue, ALL except A CR A genuflect.

TH gives incense boat to D and opens thurible so that CEL may charge and bless incense. TH closes thurible, goes to center below rail, genuflects, and proceeds down to choir west of A CR A, facing altar.

D turns to congregation to bid the procession. After the response, D faces altar again.

Organist plays introduction to the processional hymn. This will often include a fanfare as well as the hymn play-through. As the play-through concludes, MC cues ALL to genuflect. As ALL except SD, D, and TTTT turn to face congregation, SD and D change places by going behind CEL, SD ascending a step higher than D. SD and D take edges of CEL’s cope. TTTT face across.

TH leads procession. A CR A should anticipate 360’s in center aisle and leave enough room for TH to swing freely.

At MC’s cue to innermost Gospel-side T, inner TT meet in center, turn to congregation and process out, followed similarly by outer TT.

ALL process in order up center (nave) aisle, right at the west door of the church, down north aisle, right across nave, up south aisle through Baptistery, and down center (nave) aisle to chancel. TH may do 360’s in center aisle and across the front of the church, but nowhere else during the procession.

In chancel, ALL take their pre-procession positions. At MC’s cue, ALL genuflect. As SMs ascend altar steps, all others go to their customary places, except TTTT who exit to sacristy to put up their torches and return to stools by Bishop’s throne.

SMs will most likely cense altar at this point, unless there is not enough hymn remaining in which case they will cense at the Gloria.

Mass proceeds as usual. When Procession concludes, CR collects copes from Choir clergy and discreetly removes them to sacristy. CR will also retrieve CEL’s cope when he changes into chasuble at Offertory.

PREPARATION

• Usual Solemn Mass setup [plus 9:00 AM chalice and ciborium on credence to be used at communion station in the Lady Chapel]
• Chasuble and three maniples on epistle side altar rail.
• Christ the King vestments and frontal.

SEATING:

Sedilia: D, CEL. SD, Cr2, [Tympanist]
Credence: A, (credence), A, MC
Bishop’s Throne & Aumbry: Th2, T, (throne), T, (aumbry), Cr1
Epistle side clergy stalls: Verger to usual stall, choir cleric to Rector’s Stall, other assisting priest to middle stall

ENTRANCE:

• A/Cr1/A stay on floor and pivot – then wheel in after all have entered
• Line-up:
– Th2, SD, CEL, D, Th1, MC
– T/Cr2/T enter following choir clergy and wheel back against front Gospel side pew to allow SMs to pass, then wheel forward to stand perpendicular to choir screen on floor at Gospel side of stairs into the choir, so as to be ready to wheel forward into the procession after the choir clergy.
– Choir clergy and Verger to Epistle side clergy stalls.
• After incense is laid on, Th1 go to floor, below A/Cr1/A, Th2 to floor next to T/Cr2/T.

PROCESSION:

• After bidding, all wait to genuflect until after hymn introduction, then turn, and process according to custom.
• SMs proceed single file through Choir, join at top of Choir steps – on returning, resume single file at top steps
• Line-up at conclusion of procession
– Altar steps: A, Th2, SD, CEL, D, Th1, MC, A
• – Back line-up: Cr2, T,T, Cr1.(Crucifers place crosses in holders in choir screen)
• At conclusion of hymn, all genuflect – TT go to sacristy, deposit torches, and re-enter through altar rail opening at Bishop’s Throne
• Note: As is our custom with all festal Masses, there is no Introit, Opening Acclamation or Collect for Purity

KYRIE:

• SMs ascend steps, kiss altar, cense – then go to center-I to stand for remainder of Kyrie

GLORIA:

• SMs remain in center-I for opening choral measures – at MC’s cue, SMs turn right (in parallel), descend steps, turn and sit at sedilia for remainder of Gloria – all others sit

COLLECT:

• At conclusion of Gloria, all stand on MC’s cue
• SMs go to center of pavement, form center I – split for bidding, turn right to form straight I at epistle horn for Collect of the Day – MC puts Missal on altar
• After CEL chants Collect, SMs go to sedilia, as usual
• Everything proceeds as usual until conclusion of epistle

GOSPEL:

• At conclusion of epistle, SD moves book, but then goes to sedilia and remains standing
• MC cues all to stand for gradual and tract
• At MC’s cue – at beginning of verse 3 of the Golden Sequence – Th enters and all proceeds as usual for Gospel, homily, etc.

CREED:

• At conclusion of sermon, all stand – SMs remain standing at sedilia
• After opening measures of Creed – at MC’s cue – all sit
• At MC’s cue, all stand, and genuflect for the Incarnatus
• At MC’s cue, all stand and resume seats
• Prayers, Confession, Absolution, and Peace proceed as usual

OFFERTORY:

• After the Peace, Th leads in TT via Bishop’s Throne altar rail opening At MC’s cue, Th and TT genuflect, and Th proceeds to sedilia, where incense is laid on
• Procession is executed as usual, except that at its conclusion, Th, TT and processors form above altar rail – SMs stand on bottom altar step (not pavement) to receive the gifts
• After the customary genuflection, processors exit, TT, move forward and rest torches on bottom step for the conclusion of hymn, Sursum Corda, Proper Preface, Sanctus, and Benedictus
• Censing sequence: Th censes SMs as usual, goes to center behind SD, censes MC, servers on Gospel side, servers on epistle side – then proceeds directly to top of Choir steps (between Verger and Crucifer’s stalls), turns, censes clergy in hierarchical order, then Gospel side of Choir, then epistle side of Choir – then turns, descends steps to floor and censes people with full swings as usual – the rest proceeds as usual

SANCTUS:

• All stand in their customary places

EUCHARISTIC PRAYER, ETC.:

• The Mass proceeds as usual

AGNUS DEI:

• All stand, TT exit, deposit their torches and return as usual
• All servers receive communion during Agnus Dei:Priest and CM go to Gospel steps, TT receive in place at Bishop’s throne – Clergy, Verger go to epistle steps, while MC and AAs receive in place
• Distribution of elements:
– All Saints: Priest (ciborium), Crucifer1 (chalice), Torchbearer (counting)
– Lady Chapel: Priest (ciborium), Verger (chalice), Acolyte (counting)

COMMUNION, MOTET, POST-COMMUNION PRAYER:

• As usual

TE DEUM
• After the Blessing, SMs turn and go to the sedilia, where celebrant is assisted to change into cope.
• TT go to smoke sacristy to retrieve torches (leave them lighted after communion.) On MC’s cue, TT lead Th1+2 in and go to usual positions above rail. MC cues TT and Th’s to genuflect, Th’s go to sedilia to have thuribles charged, and then go back to center, genuflect, and go below rail.
• Cr’s go to stand (without crosses) in front of choir stalls. Face east.
• Led by A1, SM’s , MC and A2 line up at foot of altar steps. Te Deum begins Th’s swinging thuribles lavishly.

EXIT PROCESSION:

• Upon conclusion of Te Deum, MC cues ALL to genuflect.
• As organ accompaniment begins, ALL turn to face the congregation. Cr’s retrieve crosses. AAs go to join Cr1 – then A/Cr1/A lead procession out the long way.
• Verger and choir clergy follow A/Cr1/A.
• TT go to join Cr2.
• MC and SMs follow.
• Thurifers exit to smoke sacristy.

These notes are provided in case we find ourselves with less than a full complement of servers. In this situation, the Acolytes will double as Torches at the Offertory, so that the complete roster consists of [CEL, D,] SD, MC, TH, AA, and CR.

ALL enter through the north door in the usual order. In the absence of TT, MC immediately follows CM(s). The entrance procession is as usual, up the north aisle and down the center aisle. The lineup at the altar steps is the same except for the absence of TT below the rail. ALL genuflect at the conclusion of the hymn and not before! The Choir begins the Introit, the SMs ascend to the altar, and the MC, TH, and AA proceed single file to the credence. AA put up their candles and TH brings thurible up to CEL for the Introit censing.

The Mass proceeds according to custom until the Offertory, at which time the AAs pick up their candles and go to meet TH when he/she enters to have incense laid on – the same procedure as at the beginning of the Gospel procession lineup. AAs and TH genuflect, but AAs remain in place while TH goes to have incense laid on – they do not split, as at the Gospel.

TH has incense laid on and returns to place between AAs. They genuflect on MC’s cue, turn and depart the usual way, through the Choir, up the south aisle through the Baptistry, led by TH.

When the Offertory is brought up, following the reception of the gifts by SMs, AA, TH, and Processors genuflect at MC’s cue as usual. Processors exit via Smoke Sacristy. TH enters via side as usual. AAs come together at center opening in altar rail and, without genuflecting again, proceed single file to credence and put up their candles, and immediately pick up water cruet and ascend to side step to receive offering bason from SD and hand off water for commingling.

The Mass continues according to custom. AAs will count Communions at the High Altar – not including themselves or other servers, who are counted by the MC – and CR will count at All Saints, as usual.

** NOTE: Whenever the SMs are going to do something, they follow their genuflection with a very slight turn toward the Bishop and a very slight bow, as a sign of respect and courtesy to acknowledge the Bishop. **

_______________________________

PREPARATION:

A prie-dieu is set before the Bishop’s Throne for his use.

Sacristan should determine beforehand whether the Bishop is bringing his own vestments and if so which ones (Sacristan may have to provide either cope or mitre, or both, depending).

If the Bishop is the Ordinary of the Diocese, a seventh candle is placed at the center of the gradine and lit.

THE ENTRANCE:

– The Bishop is the last person to enter, preceded by the Verger and the Bishop’s Chaplain, who line up behind and slightly to the left of the Gospel side half of the lineup.

– MC cues genuflection. ALL genuflect; Bishop retires to the throne, the Chaplain to chair at his right.

GOSPEL PROCESSION:

– TH proceeds to centre, meets As; A/TH/A genuflect together; TH goes to Bishop to have incense charged and blessed. TH gives boat to the Bishop’s Chaplain. TH kneels on the left knee while incense is charged and blessed by the Bishop, then goes to his/her place in Gospel lineup.

– Deacon goes to Bishop for blessing of Gospel Book.

– At conclusion of Gospel, SD proceeds to Bishop, who kisses book where SD indicates. SD, holding closed book on chest, crosses to sedilia after rest of Gospel procession has returned to their places and Bishop has started down to pulpit.

CONFESSION AND ABSOLUTION:

– The Bishop pronounces the Absolution.

AFTER THE PEACE:

– TH leads TT from sacristy to centre. TH and TT genuflect together; TH goes to Bishop for charging and blessing of incense, as above. TH leads TT to rear of church as usual.

OFFERTORY CENSING:

– Deacon censes Celebrant as usual and then goes to Bishop and censes him with 3 doubles. Deacon then censes Bishop’s Chaplain**, then returns to opposite side to return thurible to TH. Censing pattern resumes as usual (TH censes D and SD from side, then MC from centre). (**NOTE: if chaplain is a lay person, he/she is not censed separately; chaplain and MC are censed as a group.)

PONTIFICAL BLESSING:

– After Post-Communion Prayer, SMs remain at Epistle horn, turn to face the Bishop, and kneel on their steps. Bishop goes to High Altar and faces people to give the blessing. After blessing, Bishop retires to throne; ALL stand, SMs go to centre and D and SD go up to top step to flank CEL. D turns and sings dismissal, then turns back to face Altar. SMs to kiss Altar as usual, turn, and descend to pavement for lineup.

RECESSIONAL:

– Same order as at Entrance, with Bishop at end preceded by Chaplain.


Appendix: The Litany in Procession in the Presence of a Bishop

If the Bishop is the Ordinary of the Diocese, a seventh candle is placed in the center of the gradine and lit.

1. When a Bishop is Presiding

At the Entrance, the Bishop is the last person to enter, preceded by the Verger and the Chaplain.

The Bishop goes directly to his throne.

Without reverencing, ALL take their places as usual except for TH who stands to the left of the SD in order to be nearest the Bishop.

At MC’s cue, ALL except A CR A genuflect.

TH goes directly to the Bishop. TH gives boat to Bishop’s chaplain and genuflects on the left knee while the Bishop charges and blesses the incense. TH then closes thurible, rises, goes to the center, genuflects and goes down to choir floor to take his/her place to the west of A CR A, facing altar.

During the Litany, the Bishop is the last person in the procession, preceded by the Chaplain.

At the Kyrie, the altar is censed as usual. CEL hands off thurible to D who censes him as usual, then, retaining the thurible, goes to center and censes the Bishop with three doubles. D then hands off thurible to TH who genuflects and exits as usual.

At the Gospel Procession, TH proceeds to center, meets AA as usual and genuflects on MC’s cue. AA split and TH goes to Bishop, as described above, to have incense charged and blessed.

Deacon goes to Bishop for blessing of Gospel Book.

At conclusion of Gospel, SD brings Gospel Book to Bishop, who kisses it. SD, holding closed book on chest, crosses to sedilia after rest of Gospel procession has returned to their places and Bishop has started down to pulpit.

At the Offertory, TH leads TT from sacristy. TT take places below altar rail, TH in gate. MC cues genuflection. TH goes to Bishop for charging and blessing of incense, as above. Rest of Offertory procession is as usual.

For the Offertory censing, D censes CEL as usual, then retains thurible and goes to center, faces Bishop and censes him with three doubles. D then hands off thurible to TH who censes D and SD as usual. TH then censes Bishop’s Chaplain and MC, in that order, if Chaplain is in Holy Orders. If the Chaplain is a lay person, he/she is censed after the MC. The rest of the Offertory censing pattern is as usual.

After the Post-Communion Prayer, SMs remain at Epistle Horn, turn to face the Bishop, and genuflect. Bishop ascends to High Altar and faces the people to give the blessing. After the blessing, the Bishop retires to the throne. SMs go to center, split, and CEL faces the people and sings the salutation. D faces the people and sings the Dismissal. SD and D ascend to top step to reverence Altar as usual.

The retiring procession is in the same order as the entrance, with Bishop at the end preceded by Verger and Chaplain.

2. When a Bishop is Celebrating

When the Bishop is Celebrant at Mass, there is no Chaplain. The MC and Deacon of the Mass will execute those functions. (See Guidelines for Bishop’s Chaplain for instructions regarding the disposition and handling of miter and crosier.) The Bishop will sit in the Celebrant’s chair at the sedilia rather than in the Throne.

Without reverencing, ALL take their places as usual.

At MC’s cue, ALL except A CR A genuflect.

TH goes to the Bishop. TH gives boat to D and genuflects on the left knee while the Bishop charges and blesses the incense. TH then closes thurible, rises, goes to the center, genuflects and goes down to choir floor to take his/her place to the west of A CR A, facing altar.

All other ceremonials are as usual; when the Bishop is celebrating the only particular mark of honor given is the thurifer’s genuflection when incense is laid on and blessed.

At the conclusion of the Mass the Bishop sings the pontifical blessing from the top step while D and SD split and kneel on their steps as usual.

An extra chair is placed at the sedilia, to the left of the Subdeacon, for the Chaplain. There will be a hook in the wall nearby to hold the Bishop’s crosier.

There is a seventh candle on the gradine, signifying the presence of the Ordinary.

[If Confirmation, Reception, and/or the Reaffirmation of Vows is to be administered, the portable throne is placed in the choir, off to one side so that it is not in the way of traffic.]

An extra cushion is provided for the Chaplain to kneel during the Canon of the Mass.

The Bishop may or may not wear a cope.

THE ENTRANCE

The Choir will be in place before the service begins.

The MC carries the aspersorium and aspergillium.

The Thurifer carries the thurible with coals charged but no incense.

At the appointed hour, the servers and clergy enter through the North Door and proceed in silence [or to a subdued organ accompaniment] up the North aisle to the back of the church. The Bishop and Chaplain go out the West door.

TH stops at door. CR and AA go into the aisle and turn to face the door. D and SD remain outside the inner doors. The Bishop will rap on the door with his crosier. The Rector goes to the door and opens it to receive the Bishop. He then brings the Bishop into the Church.

The Bishop kneels and the Rector presents him with a small crucifix to venerate. The Bishop then rises and the MC hands him the aspersorium and aspergillum. He asperses the congregation from the back of the church (while others stand aside) and returns the implements to the MC.

The thurifer approaches to have incense laid on and blessed (kneeling on the left knee to the Bishop), then hands off the thurible to the Bishop who censes the congregation (center-left-right) from the back of the church and hands the thurible back to the thurifer.

The entrance procession now forms in the usual order except that the Bishop’s Chaplain follows the Deacon of the Mass, preceding the Bishop. The procession should go at a slightly slower pace than usual.

As the procession starts up the aisle the Choir intones the chant Ecce sacerdos magnus… (“behold a great high priest”).

All go to their accustomed places in the lineup. The Chaplain goes to the Subdeacon’s left, between the SD and the Thurifer (who should leave room). When the D has placed the Gospel Book and returned to the lineup, MC cues ALL to genuflect. The Choir begins the Introit and the Sacred Ministers ascend to the altar for the censing. All retire to their usual places.

When the Bishop is not wearing the miter, it rests on the horn of the altar opposite the Missal. The Chaplain is responsible for placing it appropriately and retrieving it when necessary. When the Chaplain must handle the Bishop’s crosier, responsibility for the miter shifts to the Deacon of the Mass, who may don a vimpa (a form of humeral veil) to handle the miter.

THE LITURGY OF THE WORD

The Liturgy of the Word is as usual except that the Thurifer, coming to the Bishop/celebrant for incense to be laid on, kneels.

After the Gospel, the Verger escorts the Bishop to the pulpit.

[If Confirmation/Reception/Reaffirmation are to be administered, at the conclusion of the Sermon, the Crucifer moves the portable throne to the middle of the Choir, at the top of the steps (leave room for confirmands to kneel). The Deacon [clad in vimpa] bearing the miter and Chaplain bearing the crosier go to center, genuflect, and descend into the Choir, the chaplain first, to meet the Bishop at the throne. The Bishop dons the miter and sits. The Chaplain remains standing, holding the crosier, throughout.

[The Rector (or other cleric appointed) presents the confirmands et al.

[The Confirmation service proceeds as set forth in the Prayer Book.

[The Bishop bids the Peace from the throne.]

If Confirmation/Reception/Reaffirmation are not administered, after the Sermon the service proceeds per custom with the Creed, Intercessions, Confession, and Peace.

THE OFFERTORY AND CANON OF THE MASS

[After the Bishop exchanges the Peace with the confirmands, clergy, Chaplain, and Deacon, and anyone else who catches his fancy, the Deacon and Chaplain escort him back to the sedilia. They genuflect at the altar steps and come over to the sedilia. The Chaplain replaces the crosier in its hook. The Bishop exchanges the Peace with the rest of the altar party.]

The Offertory proceeds as usual. The Bishop may sit to lay on incense. If he is wearing a cope, he changes to chasuble – assisted by the Deacon and Subdeacon – after incense is laid on and blessed.

The Canon of the Mass, Communion, and Ablutions proceed as usual.

After the Post-Communion Prayer the Sacred Ministers move to the center on their respective steps. The D and SD split and kneel for the Pontifical Blessing. If the Bishop is not prepared to say or chant the versicles from memory, the Chaplain may come up to the predella and kneel, facing the Bishop, holding the text.

After the Blessing, the Bishop says or chants “The Lord be with you.” The congregation responds. The Deacon stands, turns, and bids the Dismissal appropriate to the season. The congregation responds again.

All rise and take their places for the departing lineup. If the Chaplain is at the predella, he descends to the sedilia to fetch the crosier.

The departing procession is as usual except for the Chaplain, who follows the Deacon and precedes the Bishop.

The Bishop leads the Angelus in the Baptistry.

Whenever the bishop is present, for practical assistance and as a sign of honor, a chaplain attends the bishop. The bishop’s chaplain assists the bishop at all solemn functions at which the miter is worn and the crosier carried.

The principal responsibility of the chaplain is to make it easy for the bishop to focus on the liturgy and the congregation without having to worry about variations in local liturgical custom or juggle books, miter, crosier, etc. Your confidence in assisting the bishop will make the visitation much more relaxed and beneficial for everyone.

The master of ceremonies will outline your duties and review the order of service with you in advance so that you will be able to guide the bishop.

The chaplain greets the bishop on arrival in the sacristy and assists him or her to remove vestments from their carrying case and to vest. The chaplain should have a prayer book and hymnal ready at the throne and a service leaflet and whatever books are needed for the entrance procession ready in the sacristy.

THE MITER
The miter is worn when the bishop is moving, seated (including during the act of confirmation or ordination), or pronouncing absolution or giving a blessing.

The miter is removed during the Collect, Gospel, prayers of the people, confession, the eucharistic prayer, and the post communion prayer.

The bishop may remove his or her own miter, or may turn to you to remove it. Grasp it at the sides with your fingertips and remove it sideways so that you do not hit the bishop in the face with the lappets (especially if your ordination is at stake). Hold the miter on your upturned palms, with the front facing you and the lappets hanging freely. When the bishop is ready to put it on again, turn it so that the front faces down and fold the lappets up over the back so that they are out of the way. The bishop will take it from you and whip it over his or her head so that the lappets fall down the back. If the bishop will be without the miter for some time, such as at the eucharistic prayer, you may place the miter on the bishop’s throne, with the front facing the back of the chair and the lappets spread out neatly over the cushion.

THE CROSIER
The bishop will hold the crosier in procession, when pronouncing absolution or giving a blessing, and during the reading of the Gospel (although he or she will not wear the miter at that point.)

If the bishop is the ordinary of the diocese, he or she will hold the crosier with the opening of the crook facing out toward the people. If it is the suffragan bishop (or sometimes a visiting bishop, although they customarily will not carry a crosier outside of their own diocese), the opening of the crook faces back toward the bishop.

As chaplain, you will need to take the crosier from the bishop whenever it is not in use and put it in the wall hook provided. In some parishes it is customary for the bishop to rest it across the mensa of the altar after the entrance procession. When you hand the crosier to the bishop, assist with the miter first, and then hand the crosier to the bishop, who will take it in the left hand.
During the acts of confirmation and ordination when the bishop has his or her hands occupied, you will need to take the crosier from the bishop and, holding it with the opening of the crook facing inward, stand next to the bishop. Remember that you are not the bishop, even when you are holding the crosier. Keep your eyes focused on your bishop, not the congregation.

THE BOOK
You will customarily hold the prayer book or hymnal for the bishop to sing or to lead the congregation in prayer. Stand to the bishop’s left turned slightly inward and hold the book from behind. Be careful not to let your fingers cover any part of the text. Follow along with your eyes so that you can prompt the bishop if he or she loses his or her place. Always have a service leaflet with you, and know what the action following this one will be so that you can guide the bishop appropriately.

PROCESSIONS
The bishop is always last in the procession. The bishop will wear the miter and carry the crosier in all processions, whether they are solemn processions, Great Litany in procession, or a procession to the font or a shrine. Your role as chaplain is to accompany the bishop and carry whatever he or she may need at the endpoint of the procession, although the MC will also help with this. Walk slightly ahead and to the left of the bishop. The bishop may carry his or her own hymnal for the procession if there is singing, but open the book to the correct hymn before you hand it off.

If the bishop is the preacher, conduct him or her to the pulpit for the sermon. Make sure that the sermon text and a glass of water are in the pulpit prior to the service. Turn and face the pulpit as the bishop ascends and be aware of any last second needs the bishop may have. You may be seated for the sermon, but be on your feet right after its conclusion. The bishop may choose not to carry the crosier to the pulpit.

BISHOP PRESIDING
The bishop will ordinarily be the celebrant and preacher on all visitations, but on other occasions, or in the case of a visiting prelate; the bishop will preside from the throne while another priest celebrates. In this case, protocol is the same. The sacred ministers will turn and make a slight bow to the bishop whenever they go to perform an action.

The bishop may lead the prayers in the sacristy before and after the service.

The bishop customarily will bless the incense, so the thurifer goes to the bishop for laying on and the chaplain assists as the deacon would. If the bishop prefers to remain seated, the thurifer should genuflect on the left knee and hold the thurible so that the bishop may easily spoon in the incense. The bishop is censed after the celebrant but before anyone else.

The bishop blesses the deacon who will read the Gospel. The bishop is given communion after the celebrant and before the sacred ministers. The bishop will give the absolution and benediction, usually from the footpace.

The bishop, attended by his or her chaplain, follows the sacred ministers in procession. The bishop will turn and face the liturgical action. Except for celebrating at an eastward-facing altar, the bishop does not face east. The bishop is the east.

MORE THAN ONE BISHOP PRESENT
Each bishop should have his or her own chaplain and the presiding bishop may have two, in addition to the server who carries the primatial staff ahead of the PB in procession. The MC should determine order of rank and arrange seating and order of censing, etc., in advance. Normally, the ordinary will perform all the official functions, but at the ordination of a bishop, functions may be divided among bishops present.

AFTER THE SERVICE
When the service has ended, if the bishop is in the sacristy, help him or her to unvest and place all the vestments in their traveling case. Be sure that the rector or warden is present to conduct the bishop to the coffee hour or reception.

If the bishop is in a receiving line at the rear of the church, assist the bishop to remove miter, cope or chasuble, stole, take the crosier and return to the sacristy and begin to pack them up. Your job includes preventing would-be bishops from trying on the miter.

Stay calm, pay attention to the bishop, and be proud that you have served the church by allowing the bishop to carry out his or her ministry more effectively.

PREPARATION:

Blue cloth removed from High Altar.

The six office lights on the gradine and the two Pavement candles are lit.

White burse with corporal placed on High Altar.

Isaacs monstrance, covered with veil, placed at credence.

MC should make sure that the luna with Benediction Host is in Aumbry and that the key is in the Aumbry door.

MC sets the RSV Bible to the appropriate Lessons and places it on Lectern.

MC should confer with the choirmaster to determine the length of the anthems/motets.

Twin candelabra placed on the horns of the altar, turned at a slight angle. Two candle lighters placed near the credence.

Humeral veil, carillon, and Benediction cards placed on the second altar step to the right of center.

Officiant is vested in a cope in the colour of the season, Deacon and Subdeacon in corresponding Dalmatic and Tunicle.

ENTRANCE:

AA lead procession in the short way via the North door, followed by Choir, MC, SD, D, and Officiant.

AA split at altar steps, as at Mass. MC, Officiant, D, & SD take positions between them.

A-SD-OFF-D-MC-A

ALL genuflect and go to their places at sedilia and credence.

ALL remain standing for the opening hymn and the Preces.

ALL sit for the Psalmody (bowing at the Gloria Patri) and the First Lesson, read by a member of the congregation.

THE MAGNIFICAT:

ALL stand and cross themselves at the opening words.

TH enters holding thurible in left hand, incense boat in right. TH genuflects and proceeds to Officiant at sedilia.

TH gives boat to OFF. Officiant charges and blesses incense.

OFF, D, and SD go to center, genuflect, ascend steps to footpace, and reverence the altar. MC signals TH to ascend altar steps. TH gives thurible to OFF and returns to sedilia.

OFF censes the altar while the Magnificat is being sung; D and SD hold edges of cope.

OFF hands thurible to D. D descends steps near credence and censes OFF with 3 doubles then gives thurible to TH. SM’s return to their positions at the sedilia.

TH goes to center at altar steps and censes D (2 doubles), SD (1 double), MC (1 double), and AA (1 double each, but bowing to AA as a group, not individually).

TH genuflects, moves to head of choir, and censes Choir Clergy, if any (2 doubles each), choir (center-left-right), and people (center-left-right).

TH turns, ascends steps, genuflects in center below altar rail and exits to the Smoke Sacristy.

ALL bow at the Gloria Patri.

SD goes to Lectern to read the Second Lesson. ALL sit for the Second Lesson.

ALL stand for the Nunc Dimittis, the Apostles’ Creed, the Lesser Litany, the Lord’s Prayer, the Suffrages, the Collects, the Grace, and hymn (if there is one).

[If there is a Sermon, ALL sit.]

THE BENEDICTION:

While the choir sings a motet, AA retrieve candle-lighters, proceed to center at altar steps, and genuflect together. AA ascend steps, ignite lights from innermost of the six office lights, and light the Benediction lights, inner to outer.

AA descend steps to center, turn, genuflect, then return to their places at the credence and discreetly replace candle-lighters.

TH re-enters with thurible in left hand, genuflects, and proceeds to sedilia.

Meanwhile, D places veiled monstrance on the altar, facing north, while TH gives incense boat to OFF. OFF charges the incense WITHOUT blessing it.

At the conclusion of the motet, ALL, including AA with lighted torches, line up at the foot of the altar, proceeding single-file in this order: A-TH-SD-OFF-D-MC-A.

ALL genuflect and rise.

D proceeds to aumbry, genuflects, and retrieves the luna. MC rings carillon once. ALL kneel, except D, who unveils the monstrance and places the luna in it. D “crab-walks” down to the foot of the altar, resumes his/her place and kneels.

TH passes thurible to OFF via SD.

Choir begins O Saving Victim. ALL bow. Remaining kneeling, OFF censes the Sacrament with 3 doubles at the hymn’s doxology. After censing, ALL bow.

ALL observe a moment of silent adoration.

The first verse of the Tantum Ergo is sung, during which time ALL make a profound bow. During the second verse, OFF censes the Sacrament a second time.

While all others remain kneeling, OFF stands to intone the versicle. ALL respond. OFF chants the collect.

OFF kneels again. MC rises, retrieves humeral veil, places it on OFF’s shoulders and helps D secure it. MC kneels.

SM’s ascend the altar steps, double genuflecting; SD remains kneeling while OFF, assisted by D (who then kneels) lifts monstrance from the altar and then, holding the monstrance, turns to the people. MC rings the carillon once.

OFF blesses the congregation with the monstrance. MC rings the carillon a second time and TH censes the monstrance with 3 doubles.

OFF turns and replaces the monstrance on the altar, assisted by D. MC rings the carillon a third time.

SM’s double genuflect and “crab-walk” to the foot of the altar. MC rises and removes the humeral veil, then returns to his/her place and kneels.

OFF stands to lead the Divine Praises, while ALL others remain kneeling.

CONCLUSION:

As the Choir begins chanting Psalm 117, D ascends the steps to the footpace, double genuflects, removes the luna, re-veils the monstrance, and turns it northward.

D returns the luna to the aumbry and genuflects. MC rings the carillon once.

D resumes his/her place in the line-up. At the conclusion of the Psalm, ALL stand, genuflect, turn,

and led by the TH, exit slowly and solemnly via the north door (short exit) in the following order:

OFF
D
SD
MC
[CHOIR CLERGY]
[VERGER]
CHOIR
AA
TH

Before Mass:

Stretch forth thy hand, O God, from thy dwelling place on high, and strengthen me (us) for thine appointed service; that standing un-condemned before thy dread altar, I (we) may fulfill the sacred and un-bloody rite; for thine is the power and the glory unto endless ages of ages. Amen

Before thy throne, O God, stand the six-winged seraphim and the many-eyed cherubim: they fall on their faces and unto Thee, Alleluia!, do they cry:
Grant, O Lord, that being made thankful and acknowledging Thee as the giver of all good gifts, we too may sing in thy kingdom:
Grant this, O ever-blessed Trinity, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, now and ever and unto endless ages of ages. Amen.

O Lord, most precious Lamb of God, most tender priest of man;
who feedest thine own with the bread which cometh down from heaven, in whose hands is a cup and the wine is red:
We pray Thee with this food and drink so to satisfy our hunger, that we hunger yet more and our thirst that it never be quenched:
who with the Father and the Holy Spirit livest and reignest, one God, in glory everlasting. Amen. ( Liturgy of St. John Chrysostom )

Mercifully hear us, O Father, as we plead the sacrifice of thy Son Jesus Christ; and grant that the feebleness of our intention may be made perfect through that intention whereby He offered Himself upon the altar of the Cross, both Priest and Victim, who liveth and reigneth with Thee and the Holy Ghost, ever one God, world without end. Amen.

O God, who hast suffered the Heart of thy well-beloved Son to be wounded for our sins, and in that same Heart hast bestowed upon us the abundant riches of thy love: grant that the devout homage of our hearts which we render unto Him may be deemed a recompense acceptable in thy sight; through the same Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.

( Collect for the Feast of the Sacred Heart )

Before Proclaiming the Gospel: ( Celebrant at Low Mass; Deacon at High Mass )

Cleanse my lips, O Lord, as Thou didst cleanse the lips of the prophet Isaiah with a live coal, that with faith, hope, and charity I may proclaim thy Holy Gospel. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.

Blessing of the Deacon before the Gospel (High Mass):

May the Lord be in thy heart and upon thy lips that thou mayest worthily proclaim his Holy Gospel. In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.

Priest’s Private Prayers

At the Blessing of Incense:

Be thou blessed by Him in whose honor thou art to be burnt, In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.

The Blessing of Incense at the Offertory:

By the intercession of Blessed Michael the Archangel, who stands at the right hand of the altar of incense and of all the elect, be thou blessed by Almighty God and accepted as a sweet smelling savor in His presence; In the name of the Father, and of the Son, and of the Holy Ghost. Amen.

At the Offering of the Bread and Wine:

Blessed art Thou Lord, God of all creation, through thy goodness we have this bread to offer, which earth hath given and human hands have made! It will become for us the Body of Christ.

Blessed art Thou Lord, God of all creation, through thy goodness we have this wine to offer, fruit of the wine and the work of human hands! It will become for us the Blood of Christ.

( In some places, “our Spiritual Food” and “our Spiritual Drink” are used in place of “the Body of Christ” and “the Blood of Christ” in the Roman manner. This has always struck me as rather namby-pamby. )

At the Lavabo:

Fully mindful of my sins and offenses, O God, do I offer Thee this sacrifice: and I pray that it may be to me and to many remission of sins, amendment of life, and growth in the grace of thy Holy Spirit, through Christ our Lord. Amen.

I will wash my hands in innocence and call upon the Name of the Lord. O Lord, I pray thee, hear the voice of my supplication.

During the Censing of the Gifts and Altar:

Let my prayer be set forth in thy sight as the incense and let the lifting up of my hands be an evening sacrifice. Glory be to the Father, and to the Son, and to the Holy Ghost, as it was in the beginning, is now and ever shall be, world without end. Let may prayer be set forth . . . .

After the Gifts have been prepared:

Come Thou Almighty God, Thou Sanctifier, and bless this sacrifice now made ready for thy Holy Name. Amen.

At the Elevation:

Sanctus Deus! Sanctus Fortis! Sanctus Immortalis! Eleison ymas!

Or

My Lord and my God!

The Embolism:

Deliver us, we beseech Thee, O Lord, from all evils, past, present, and to come and at the intercession of the ever-blessed and glorious Virgin Mary, the Mother of God, the holy Apostles, Peter and Paul, Andrew and all saints, vouchsafe to grant peace safely in our time; that we, being holpen by the succour of thy mercy, may be delivered from all disquietude of heart: through Jesus Christ, our Lord. Amen.

At the Commixture:

May this mingling and consecration of the Body and Blood of our Lord Jesus Christ be unto us who receive it and approach unto everlasting life. Amen.

At the Priest’s Communion:

O taste and see how gracious the Lord is!

I will receive the Bread of Heaven and call upon the Name of the Lord. The Body of our Lord Jesus Christ keep me in eternal life.

I will receive the cup of Salvation and call upon the Name of the Lord. The Blood of our Lord Jesus Christ keep me in eternal life.

At the Ecce:
The Gifts of God for the People of God! Take them in remembrance that Christ

died for you and feed on Him in your hearts with faith and thanksgiving.
Behold the Lamb of God! Behold Him who taketh away the sins of the world!

Happy are they who are called to his supper.

Or

O taste and see how gracious the Lord is.

The following may be added:

Lord I am not worthy that Thou shouldst come under my roof, but speak the word only and my soul shall be healed.

After Mass:

Thanks be to God who giveth us the victory through our Lord Jesus Christ!

Blessed be Christ Jesus! Blessed be he on his throne in Glory, and in the Most Holy Sacrament of the Altar, and in the hearts, minds, and lives of his faithful people. Amen

The mystery of thy dispensation, O Christ our God, hath been accomplished, as far as in us lies. We have performed the memory of thy death; we have seen the type of thy resurrection; we have been filled with thine endless life; we have tasted thy heavenly delights: of which, we pray Thee, make us more worthy hereafter. Through the grace of God the Father and of the Holy and life-giving Spirit, let us depart in peace. Amen.

( Liturgy of St. Basil )

Holy Father, we thank Thee for the gift of thy dear Son.
Praised be Thou, Lord Jesus, who hast refreshed us with the bread of life, and

granted us to drink of the brook in the way. May we go in the strength of this meat unto the mount of God.

Blessed Spirit, give us grateful hearts that we may live in thankfulness and praise. Thanks be to God for his unspeakable gift. Amen

( Liturgy of St. Basil )

Priest’s Private Prayers

Appendix: Additional and Exotic

Before Mass:

Almighty God, our heavenly Father, who hast given thy Son our Savior Jesus Christ not only to die for us, but also to be our spiritual food and sustenance in the most comfortable Sacrament of the Altar; Grant that we may celebrate the memorial of his death with reverence and godly fear, and offer the sacrifice of praise and thanksgiving with holiness and joy, to the benefit of thy Church and the honor of thy name, through the same Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen

Accept us this day, O Son of God, as partakers of thy mystic feast; for we will not speak of thy Mystery to thine enemies, nor as Judas will be greet thee with a betrayer’s kiss, but as the thief will we confess thee and pray: Lord, remember me when thou comest into thy kingdom: for thine is the power and the glory now and ever and unto ages of ages. Amen

Lord, this is thy feast,
prepared by thy longing,
spread at thy command,
attended at thine invitation,
blessed by thine own word,
distributed by thine own hand,
the undying memorial of thy sacrifice on the Cross, the full gift of everlasting love,

and its perpetuation till the end of time.

Lord, this is the Bread of Heaven,
Bread of life, that whoso, eateth, shall never hunger

more.
And this the Cup of pardon, healing, gladness, strength, that, whoso drinketh, thirsteth not again.

So may we come, O Lord, to thy table. Lord Jesus, come to us. Amen.

Vouchsafe unto us, O Lord God, that we may stand before thee in purity and holiness, and may serve thee with knowledge and fear in the beauty of spiritual order; who art Lord and Creator, and to whom all worship is due from all creatures, Father, Son, and Holy Spirit, now and ever and unto ages of ages. Amen

( Liturgy of Syrian Jacobites )

Holy, most high and terrible Lord God, though that art present in all things; do thou thyself make us holy, and bring us to thy precious altar with a good conscience. Cleanse our hearts from all defilements, and count us worthy of these aweful Mysteries. Drive away from us all evil feelings and hallow our heart and mind that we may perform the worship of this Holy Sacrifice in thy fear; seeking the favor of thy countenance though all things; for thou art he who blessest and hallowest. Amen.

( Liturgy of St. Mark )

O Lord Jesus, who hast deigned to open to the Church, thy spouse, the unspeakable delights and riches of the sanctuary of thy Heart; Grant that we, thy servants, may be worthy to be enriched, nourished, and refreshed with the heavenly graces springing from that sweetest source; who livest and reignest with the Father and the Holy Ghost, one God, world without end. Amen.

Almighty and Everlasting God, behold we approach the Sacrament of the Passion of thy only-begotten Son, our Lord Jesus Christ.

As sick, we come to the physician of life;
As unclean, to the fountain of mercy;
As blind, to the light of eternal splendor;
As needy, to the Lord of heaven and earth.
We pray thee, of thine infinite mercy to heal our sickness, to wash our foulness, to

lighten our darkness, and to enrich our poverty; that receiving the Body and Blood of thy dear Son, we may be incorporated into his mystical Body, and ever be reckoned among his members; who with thee and the Holy Spirit liveth and reigneth, one God, world without end. Amen

O Lord Jesus Christ, living and quickening source of eternal life, infinite treasure of Divinity, thou are our supreme and only Salvation; We beseech thy most loving Heart to pour into our souls and preserve therein that Divine Charity which burned so ardently within thy Sacred Breast. May it penetrate the whole of our being and be diffused over every sense of our bodies and every faculty of our souls, for thy eternal honor and glory; who livest and reignest with the Father and the Holy Ghost, world without end. Amen.

O Lord our God, whose might is ineffable, whose glory inconceivable, whose mercy infinite and whose love toward mankind is beyond telling; Look down in thy tender compassion upon us and upon this holy temple, and deal with according to the riches of thy mercy. Grant, O Master, that what we eat and drink at thy table may be to us a foretaste of the heavenly Banquet in thy Kingdom; who with the Father and the Holy Spirit liveth and reigneth, one God, now and forever. Amen

( Liturgy of St. John Chrysostom )

Let us pray with faith to our Lord, God, and Savior, Jesus Christ, that at this hour of sacrifice and prayer we may be found acceptable to him. May he listen to the voice of our hearts and receive our requests, forgive us our sins, and ever have mercy upon us. May our needs and petitions be ever in the sight of his Sovereign Majesty, and may he strengthen us in the unity of the faith and in the justification of good works. May he bestow upon us the grace of his mercy, pity us, and save us. Amen.

( Armenian Liturgy )

Heavenly King, Paraclete, Spirit of Truth, who art present in all places and fillest all things; Treasury of Good and Master of Life; Come and dwell within us, cleanse us from all stain, and save our souls. Amen.

( Liturgy of St. John Chrysostom )

O God, who by the blood of thy dear Son hast consecrated unto us a new and living way into thy Holy of Holies; Grant unto us, we pray thee, the assurance of thy mercy and sanctify us by thy heavenly grace; that we, drawing near to thee with pure heart and undefiled conscience, may duly celebrate these Holy Mysteries and offer to thee a Sacrifice in Righteousness; through the same Jesus Christ our Lord. Amen.

( Liturgy of St. James )

After Mass:

We give thanks to thee, Lord, who lovest mankind, benefactor of our souls and bodies, for that thou hast vouchsafed this day to feed us with thy heavenly and immortal Mysteries. Guide our path aright; establish us in thy fear; guard our life; make sure our steps; and bring us at last to thy Kingdom; where with the Father and the Holy Spirit, thou livest and reigneth, one God, in glory Everlasting. Amen.

O Lord Jesus Christ, who dost wonderfully refresh thy Church with thy precious Body and Blood; pour out upon it thy quickening Spirit, that, having been nourished by thee on earth by partaking of the Divine Mysteries, we may attain to life with thee in heaven; where with the Father and the Holy Spirit thou livest and reigneth, one God, for ever and ever. Amen.

We give thanks to thee, O Lord our God, for the participation in thy pure and heavenly Mysteries, given to us for the welfare, sanctification and healing of our souls and bodies. And grant, we pray thee, that the communion of the Body and Blood of Christ may be for us unto faith which cannot be put to confusion, unto love unfeigned, unto increase of wisdom, unto the fulfilling of thy commandments and the turning aside of every adversary; for thou art gracious, O Lover of souls, and to thee we give glory, now and forever. Amen.

( Liturgy of St. John Chrysostom )

PREPARATION
The Upper tier of candles is lit.
The Crystal cross is carried in the procession.
The book with the Bidding Prayer and lessons is placed on the lectern in the center of the Choir.
The book with the final collect and blessing is placed at the sedilia.
The seven hanging lamps and silver sanctuary lamp are lit (the Sacrament remains at the High Altar).
Servers include an MC, crucifer, and two acolytes. Clergy are vested in cassock, surplice, and tippet and academic hood, or cope.
Six ushers are needed to greet people and assist with the collection.
Readers are normally chosen from congregation, choir, and clergy. The officiant reads the final lesson.

ENTRANCE
The crucifer and acolytes lead the choir in from the entrance to Moseley Hall. The choir will normally sing the Matins responsory from this place. At the beginning of the entrance hymn, ACrA lead the choir up the main aisle to the choir. AA go to foot of altar steps and split to either side to await the MC. Cr goes to stall, puts up cross, and faces east. Choir members and assisting clergy file into their pews and face east. MC goes to foot of altar steps with AA, and cues ALL to genuflect, and then servers go to their seats as choir turns to face across. Officiant stops at foot of choir, genuflects on MC’s cue, and goes to lectern to begin the service.

BIDDING PRAYER
Officiant says Bidding Prayer and leads congregation in the Lord’s Prayer then goes to rector’s stall.

THE LESSONS
First reader goes to lectern and reads first lesson. The readers precede each lesson by reading the introduction provided, and conclude by saying “Thanks be to God.” Music follows each lesson, either sung by choir, or by choir and congregation as indicated in the program.

THE FINAL LESSON
Off goes to lectern to read final lesson, for which all stand. Off reads lesson and goes to the sedilia upon its conclusion, taking the book with him. Following this lesson, there is an organ voluntary, during which the ushers take up the collection. The offering is not presented at the altar. The choir then sings the Vesper Responsory. Off goes to the altar toward the end of the Responsory, and turns to face the people for the Versicle and Response, then faces the altar for the Collect. Off turns to people for the Blessing.

THE EXIT PROCESSION
The last hymn begins immediately after the Blessing. Off comes straight down altar steps and is joined by MC. AA go to join CR in center of choir floor. Choir and choir clergy face east. At last chord of playthrough, MC cues ALL (except ACrA) to genuflect, and ACrA lead ALL out of chancel to back of church as after Mass.

PREPARATION
The Upper tier of candles is lit.
The Crystal cross is carried in the procession.
The book with the Bidding Prayer and lessons is placed on the lectern in the Choir.
The seven hanging lamps and the silver sanctuary lamp are lit (the Sacrament will remain at the High Altar).
Servers include an MC, crucifer, and two acolytes. Clergy are vested in cassock, surplice, and tippet and academic hood, or cope.
Six ushers are needed to greet people and assist with the collection.
Readers are normally chosen from congregation, choir, and clergy. The officiant reads the final lesson.

ENTRANCE
The crucifer and acolytes lead the choir in from the processional door in the north transept. Choirmaster leads choir. Soloist begins hymn in procession. ACrA lead the choir up the main aisle to the choir. AA stop at bottom of altar steps and split slightly. Cr goes to stall, puts up cross, and faces east. Choir members and assisting clergy file into their pews and face east. MC goes to foot of altar steps and cues ALL to genuflect. MC and AA then go to their usual places at the credence. Officiant stops in choir, genuflects on MC’s cue, and goes to lectern to begin the service.

BIDDING PRAYER AND INVITATORY MOTET
Officiant says Bidding Prayer and leads congregation in the Lord’s Prayer, then goes to rector’s stall. ALL remain standing for the invitatory motet, then sit.

THE LESSONS
First reader goes to lectern and reads first lesson. The readers precede each lesson by reading the introduction provided, and conclude by saying “Thanks be to God.” Music follows each lesson, either sung by choir, or by choir and congregation as indicated in the program.

THE FINAL LESSON
The officiant reads the last lesson, for which all stand. Following this lesson, there is an organ voluntary, during which the ushers take up the collection. The officiant takes the book from the lectern and goes to the sedilia. Off goes to the altar toward the end of the voluntary, and turns to face the people for the Versicle and Response, then faces the altar for the collect. Off turns to people for the Blessing.

THE EXIT PROCESSION
The last hymn begins immediately after the blessing. Off comes straight down altar steps and is joined by MC. AA go to join CR in center of choir floor. Choir and choir clergy face east. At last chord of playthrough, MC cues ALL to genuflect (except ACrA), and ACrA lead ALL out of chancel to back of church as after Mass.

PREPARATIONS –
ON THE CREDENCE:
Jeweled chalice with priest’s Host, three purificators and corporal in burse.

11:00 chalice covered with medium-sized pall and ciborium with cover.

Twin chalices with small palls.

9:00 ciborium with cover.

Lavabo bowl and towel.

Tall, narrow flagon with at least one-half liter wine, breadbox with one hundred peoples’ wafers.

Cruets with water and wine.

Altar Book and missal stand. Altar Book is set as follows: Collect – Christmas II; Preface – of the Incarnation; Canon – Prayer A; Post-Communion Prayer – Collect for Christmas III.

IN THE BAPTISTERY:
Emerald flagon with two liters of wine.

Jeweled ciborium with 200 wafers

OVER EPISTLE SIDE ALTAR RAIL:
Chasuble [and three maniples] (CEL wears cope for Procession)

ON THE LECTERN:
Lectionary – opened to Christmas I.

ADDITIONAL DIRECTIONS
The CR is vested in alb and tunicle and carries the Crystal Cross.

The pavement lights are removed to the crèche, and the Great Candelabra are placed on the floor right and left of the lowest altar step.

Banner-holders are placed just inside the North door and next to the Smoke Sacristy door. The Banner is installed in the holder by the North door before the Choral Prelude.

The choir is in place before the beginning of Mass.

Choir clergy are vested in copes for the procession.

The Collect is the second alternative, the third is used as a post-communion prayer.

The proper lessons and psalm are Christmas I. Brass Gospel Book w/ KJV insert.

Card w/ John 1:1-14 on gradine at Gospel Horn for use at the Last Gospel.

MC carries book w/ crèche prayers at entrance.

MC should assign Communion stations and clean-up tasks before Mass.

CANDLE-LIGHTING
Most candles should be lighted before the sacred concert, which usually begins at 10:15 P.M. However, because of their limited wick life the Great Candelabra and rood screen candles should be lighted as late as possible – around 10:30pm.

Both upper and lower tiers of the High Altar candles are lighted.

All candles in All Saints’ Chapel and the Lady Chapel are lighted.

Candles throughout the church, including baptistery, crèche and lectern, are lighted.

N.B., the Great Candelabra have thirty candles each and require 15 minutes to light.

THE ENTRANCE
The procession lines up in the hallway in the following order:

TH
A/CR/A
VERGER
CHOIR CLERGY
BANNER
TT
TT
MC (carrying Crèche Prayers)
SD
D
CEL

The Banner-bearer enters just before the rest of the altar party and uses their movement to cover the process of getting a proper grasp of the banner staff and cords. He/she then follows the Choir Clergy in the procession. TTTT may have to wait a few moments while Banner-bearer gets into place.

At 11:00 P.M., ALL enter the short way to soft organ accompaniment and line up as follows:

Altar steps: SD-CEL-D-TH-MC
Choir stall (South): A/Cr/A
Choir stall (N): Banner
Below the rail, aligned with the medallions: TTTT
Choir clergy and lay choir ministers: to their stalls

After SMs pass, A/Cr/A wheel to take customary pre-bidding place at foot of altar rail steps.

THE PROCESSION
D places Gospel book on altar and returns to foot of steps. MC cues ALL to genuflect.

TH turns to CEL to have incense laid on. TH goes down to choir floor behind A/Cr/A

D bids procession, congregation responding.

MC cues genuflection on first word of the first verse. Procession begins according to custom, but in the following order:

TH
A/CR/A
* MC *
* SD-CEL-D *
CHOIR
VERGER
CHOIR CLERGY
BANNER
TT
TT

Procession follows usual figure-eight route around the church. The congregation remains in their seats.

THE STATION AT THE CRÈCHE

At crèche, TH proceeds to left of Library doors and stops. A/Cr/A proceed to baptistery entrance, stop and turn to face east; they rest cross and candles.

SMs line up facing crèche: TH-SD-CEL-D-MC. When hymn stops, MC cues ALL to genuflect (except A CR A) – but ALL remain in genuflection position. CEL chants versicle and ALL respond. CEL stands to chant the collect. MC cues ALL to stand. Then CEL censes the crèche.

The hymn resumes. At MC’s cue, TH goes to the head of the procession (in baptistery). A/Cr/A turn to follow TH. MC signals CHOIR to follow A/Cr/A. All others follow in previous order, except that MC leads SMs into procession following TT – that is, SMs are now at end of procession, per usual custom.

THE CONCLUSION OF THE PROCESSION

CR goes to crucifer’s stall. Choir clergy and verger to their stalls.

ALL in choir face east for genuflection.

Altar party lines up at altar steps: A/SD/CEL/D/MC/TH/A.

TTTT go to usual position below altar rail.

BANNER places banner in holder by smoke sacristy door and stands to TTTT left.

MC cues ALL to genuflect, per custom.

SMs ascend altar steps and kiss the altar. The altar may be censed if there is enough hymn left over. Otherwise, SMs take center “I” formation for the Kyrie.

As SMs break, all others go to their usual places – TTTT deposit hardware in smoke sacristy and come out to places by Bishop’s Throne. (Extra seat provided for Banner-bearer.)

CR and Verger retrieve copes of choir clergy, take them to sacristy and return to stalls.

If the altar was not censed during the hymn, it is censed during the Gloria.

THE COMMUNION

An extra communion station is provided in the Lady Chapel. Clergy person and CM on epistle side will receive on epistle side of high altar steps, mirroring CMs on gospel side, and then administer in the LC to avoid crossing in front of the altar. CR will count communions as usual at All Saints’ Chapel, and a T will count communions in the Lady Chapel. If an additional clergy person is available, he should assist at the High Altar, Gospel side.

TH takes seat in the choir.

THE LAST GOSPEL

After dismissal, SMs rise, turn and go to Gospel horn and assume “I” formation.

CEL reads the Last Gospel facing the altar, pausing after the words “nor of the will of man, but of God.” ALL genuflect through and the Word was made flesh. At the conclusion of the Last Gospel (full of grace and truth), ALL respond: Thanks be to God.

THE RETIRING PROCESSION

MC cues ALL to rise. SMs turn and go to center, ascend the steps per custom, kiss the altar, and line up on the pavement.

AA go to their usual place on choir floor flanking CR

BANNER picks up banner and stands in front of north choir stall.

At the first word of the first verse of the last hymn, MC cues ALL to genuflect.

Retiring procession begins. After choir passes, BANNER steps out into center of choir.

All leave in the following order, via the Main Aisle as usual:

A/CR/A
CHOIR
VERGER
TH
CHOIR CLERGY
BANNER
TT
TT
MC
SD
D
CEL

The Celebrant says a concluding prayer in the Baptistery.

Natum videte, Regem angelorum: venite adoremus, Dominum.

PREPARATION:

The upper tier of candles and candles in the Rood Screen are lit.

The Crucifer carries the Crystal Crucifix.

Handheld candles, unlit, are placed in the choir and clergy stalls. Candles for MC and SMs are placed on a table in the chancel up against the North choir stall, along with the text of the candle-blessing in a black notebook.

MC may either carry in the aspersorium and aspergillum, or place them against the South choir stall.

The Gospel Book is placed on the Altar before Mass.

TTTT carry lighted torches.

The Celebrant and Choir Clergy are vested in copes. The chasuble and maniples are placed over the altar rail on the Epistle side.

ENTRANCE:

ALL enter the short way via the North Door in the usual order:

/\
TH[+Boatbearer]
A CR A
CHOIR
VERGER
CHOIR CLERGY
TT
TT
MC
SD
D
CEL

Thurifer [and boatbearer] enters choir and step off to left, by North choir pews, facing East (toward the Altar).

Crucifer goes into his/her stall, puts up cross, and faces East.

Acolytes stop at top of steps, in front of Crucifer’s/Verger’s stalls, and face East.

Choir, Verger, and Choir Clergy go into their places in choir and face East.

TTTT go up to their places at Altar Rail and face East. Lead T should look over his/her shoulder to watch MC for genuflection cue.

MC enters choir and steps off to right.

SD, D, and CEL enter choir, stand three abreast, and face East.

MC cues genuflection. After genuflection, TTTT turn and face the congregation.

SMs turn and face the congregation, and SD and D change places behind CEL.

TH [and boatbearer] approaches CEL, who lays on just a token amount of incense. TH steps aside. 

MC places table with candles and notebook in front of SMs. SD holds notebook for CEL.

The congregation hold up their candles. CEL reads the Candle Blessing.

MC hands CEL the aspersorium and aspergillum and CEL asperses the people’s candles, going swiftly up and down the center aisle accompanied by SD and D. Upon return to chancel, CEL hands aspersorium and aspergillum back to MC who sets them aside out of harm’s way.

CEL then receives thurible from TH and censes the people’s candles (single swing, center-left-right) from the top of the steps. CEL returns thurible to TH and TH [and boatbearer] immediately ascends to altar steps, to right of center.

The Choir begins to sing the Nunc Dimittis. Ushers, MC, and Choir Clergy light their hand-held candles from the Acolytes’ torches. MC distributes candles to SMs. Choir Clergy light the Choir’s candles after they finish singing.

While the Nunc Dimittis is being sung, MC leads SMs up to altar steps. TTTT face East. A CR A take their processional places in the middle of the Choir.

THE PROCESSION:

As the Nunc Dimittis concludes, at altar steps, CEL lays on incense. TH [and boatbearer] descends steps, pass A CR A and face East.

D faces people and bids Procession, then faces East again.

Organist begins hymn play-through. At conclusion of play-through, MC cues genuflection. ALL genuflect, except A CR A. MC and SMs turn and face the congregation, D and SD changing places on steps behind CEL. TTTT face across. TH [and boatbearer] and A CR A face congregation.

TH [and boatbearer] step off. A CR A give TH plenty of room for 360’s.

During the Procession, those in pairs carry candles in outside hands. Those walking alone carry candles in right hands.

Upon returning from the Procession, ALL go to normal entrance places. When SMs reach lineup, MC cues ALL to genuflect. SMs extinguish their candles and hand off to the MC. SMs, AA, TH [and boatbearer], and MC remain in place at altar steps until hymn concludes. 

Following the hymn, the Celebrant sings the salutation and Station Collect. After the Collect, the SMs ascend altar steps and reverence, then go into “straight I” for Kyrie.

CR takes copes from Choir Clergy and takes them to sacristy.

When SMs ascend, TTTT exit single file to smoke sacristy and extinguish and put away their torches, then return quietly to seats by Bishop’s Throne.

The Mass continues comme d’habitude with the Kyrie and Gloria. The altar is censed during the Kyrie.

If CEL is preaching, Verger escorts him to pulpit and assists him to remove cope before ascending pulpit steps. Verger puts cope back on CEL after sermon.

CEL changes to chasuble after laying on incense at the Offertory. CR takes cope out to sacristy. If CR is unable (or forgets) to retrieve cope, MC places it in Lady Chapel or behind reredos.

PREPARATION:

  • MC should ensure that the Sacrament has been transferred to the Sacrament House.
  • MC should check Altar Book to make sure the “Alleluias” before & after the Fraction are covered up.
  • MC places aspersorium, aspergillum, and ashes in 3 covered containers (prepared beforehand by Altar Guild) on small table placed near sedilia (use the oblong table near the Lady Chapel steps). Towels, extra water cruet, and tray with cut lemon pieces and slices of bread are placed on table below credence.
  • MC reminds clergy and choirmaster that choir will receive ashes after the service in the Lady Chapel.
  • MC confirms with clergy the number of ash stations, corresponding usually to the number of communion stations – usually two at the High Altar and one at All Saints. Ushers should let MC know beforehand if anyone is present who needs ashes brought to them.
  • SMs wear purple vestments.
  • Service leaflets and hymnals are placed in sanctuary.
  • CR carries small wooden cross.
  • MC should remind sexton to open north doors at conclusion of the Mass.
  • Incense (myrrh) is laid on in smoke sacristy prior to entrance, as usual.

ENTRANCE:

There is no entrance hymn. ALL enter the short way (via the north door) in silence in the accustomed order. The choir should already be in place in the gallery.

Mass begins with Introit; CEL censes altar during Introit.

The customary is normal through the Sermon. There is no Gloria in Excelsis; the Kyrie is immediately followed by the Salutation and Collect for Ash Wednesday. A Tract replaces the Alleluia verse at the Gradual.

IMPOSITION OF ASHES:

There is no Creed. After the sermon, SMs assemble at High Altar steps and genuflect. AA and TT take customary places at steps. MC cues TH to enter from smoke sacristy. TH has incense laid on and steps aside toward sedilia. SMs turn to face congregation and CEL bids the Lenten invitation.

SMs face altar and ALL kneel for “O Lord, save thy servants …”

SMs, MC, and TH stand. All others remain kneeling. SMs turn to face people. MC brings table with ashes to opening in center of altar rail. TH follows and stands beside SD ready to hand off thurible for censing of ashes.

CEL reads prayer and blesses ashes. MC gives aspersorium and aspergillum to CEL, who sprinkles ashes. TH passes thurible to CEL, with assist from SD if necessary, otherwise SD steps back. CEL censes ashes.

TH genuflects and exits, going above the rail and out through the gap by the smoke sacristy door. CEL distributes containers of ashes and MC removes table to side. ALL others remain kneeling.

Ashes are distributed in this order: D or priest in choir puts ashes on CEL’s forehead as CEL kneels. [CEL reciprocates to kneeling choir priest.] CEL imposes ashes on D and SD, who kneel. MC and servers receive ashes kneeling on floor. Once AA and TT have received their ashes, they may sit. SD retires to sedilia and sits.

At conclusion of distribution, SMs genuflect at center and proceed to credence where they clean their hands, assisted by MC and AA as needed.

Once CEL and D have cleansed their hands, they join SD who leads them out to center steps. SMs face altar and kneel for “Turn thou us…”

CEL alone stands and faces people for the Declaration of Absolution.

ALL stand for the Peace.

The Mass proceeds as usual, except that the Fraction is said, not sung, and Alleluia is omitted (and will be throughout Lent).

DISMISSAL:

There is no closing hymn. Following Blessing and Dismissal, ALL take their usual places facing the Altar and genuflect (except A CR A) on MC’s cue, then turn and exit in the accustomed order, in silence and with great solemnity, the short way via the north door.

Cleanup is per usual; someone should remember to move the “ash table” back to its place near the Lady Chapel.

The Great Litany is sung in procession on the first Sunday in Lent. When the Mass begins with the Litany, the Asperges are omitted.

The celebrant wears purple cope; choir clergy do not wear copes. At the entrance, MC carries book with text of the Litany. Deacon carries Gospel Book. Th carries thurible with lighted coals in left hand. Cr carries the Lenten cross. All enter the short way in usual processional order. ACrA wheel to the side to allow the sacred ministers to pass, and then wheel out into the center of the choir. Th stands to the deacon’s right. When D places Gospel Book on the altar and returns to the foot of the altar steps, MC cues ALL to genuflect (except ACrA). Cel lays on incense, Th goes to stand west of ACrA on choir floor. MC cues all to kneel and hands Litany book to Cel. Cel allows time for the people to get to their knees and begins chanting the Litany.

O God the Father, Creator of heaven and earth,
Have mercy upon us.
O God the Son, Redeemer of the world,
Have mercy upon us.
O God the Holy Ghost, Sanctifier of the faithful,
Have mercy upon us.
O holy, blessed, and glorious Trinity, one God,
Have mercy upon us.

MC cues ALL to rise and turn to face west (TT face each other). Th begins to slowly proceed as Cel begins the next petition. The Sacred Ministers walk single file, not three abreast as in a Festal Procession. The procession turns left at the west door. Checkpoints for the thurifer are indicated below.

Remember not, Lord Christ, our offenses, nor the offenses of our forefathers; neither reward us according to our sins. Spare us, good Lord, spare thy people, whom thou hast redeemed with thy most precious blood, and by thy mercy preserve us for ever.
Spare us, good Lord.
From all evil and wickedness; from sin; from the crafts and assaults of the devil; and from everlasting damnation,
Good Lord, deliver us.
From all blindness of heart; from pride, vainglory, and hypocrisy; from envy, hatred, and malice; and from all want of charity,
Good Lord, deliver us.

CENTER OF CHURCH

From all inordinate and sinful affections; and from all the deceits of the world, the flesh, and the devil,
Good Lord, deliver us.
From all false doctrine, heresy, and schism; from hardness of heart, and contempt of thy Word and commandment,
Good Lord, deliver us.

WEST DOOR

From lightning and tempest; from earthquake, fire, and flood; from plague, pestilence, and famine,
Good Lord, deliver us.
From all oppression, conspiracy, and rebellion; from violence, battle, and murder; and from dying suddenly and unprepared,
Good Lord, deliver us.
By the mystery of thy holy Incarnation; by thy holy Nativity and submission to the Law; by thy Baptism, Fasting, and Temptation,
Good Lord, deliver us.

EXIT BAPTISTRY

By thine Agony and Bloody Sweat; by thy Cross and Passion; by thy precious Death and Burial; by thy glorious Resurrection and Ascension; and by the Coming of the Holy Ghost,
Good Lord, deliver us.
In all time of our tribulation; in all time of our prosperity; in the hour of death, and in the day of judgment,
Good Lord, deliver us.
We sinners do beseech thee to hear us, O Lord God; and that it may please thee to rule and govern thy holy Church Universal in the right way,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to illumine all bishops, priests, and deacons, with true knowledge and understanding of thy Word; and that both by their preaching and living, they may set it forth, and show it accordingly,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

LEFT AT LECTERN

That it may please thee to bless and keep all thy people,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to send forth laborers into thy harvest, and to draw all mankind into thy kingdom,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

CENTER CROSSING

That it may please thee to give to all people increase of grace to hear and receive thy Word, and to bring forth the fruits of the Spirit,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to bring into the way of truth all such as have erred, and are deceived,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

DOWN NORTH AISLE

That it may please thee to give us a heart to love and fear thee, and diligently to live after thy commandments,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee so to rule the hearts of thy servants, the President of the United States (or of this nation), and all others in authority, that they may do justice, and love mercy, and walk in the ways of truth,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to make wars to cease in all the world; to give to all nations unity, peace, and concord; and to bestow freedom upon all peoples,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to show thy pity upon all prisoners and captives, the homeless and the hungry, and all who are desolate and oppressed,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

UP CENTER AISLE

That it may please thee to give and preserve to our use the bountiful fruits of the earth, so that in due time all may enjoy them,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to inspire us, in our several callings, to do the work which thou givest us to do with singleness of heart as thy servants, and for the common good,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to preserve all who are in danger by reason of their labor or their travel,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

CENTER OF CHURCH

That it may please thee to preserve, and provide for, all women in childbirth, young children and orphans, the widowed, and all whose homes are broken or torn by strife,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to visit the lonely; to strengthen all who suffer in mind, body, and spirit; and to comfort with thy presence those who are failing and infirm,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to support, help, and comfort all who are in danger, necessity, and tribulation,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

CHANCEL STEPS

That it may please thee to have mercy upon all mankind,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to give us true repentance; to forgive us all our sins, negligences, and ignorances; and to endue us with the grace of thy Holy Spirit to amend our lives according to thy holy Word,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

ALTAR STEPS

That it may please thee to forgive our enemies, persecutors, and slanderers, and to turn their hearts,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to strengthen such as do stand; to comfort and help the weak-hearted; to raise up those who fall; and finally to beat down Satan under our feet,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
That it may please thee to grant to all the faithful departed eternal life and peace,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.

Th stands in usual position to left of where Subdeacon will stand. Cr goes to stall, puts up cross and faces east. AA take their usual positions at the horns of the altar. All others go to the usual places and face east.

That it may please thee to grant that, in the fellowship of Blessed Mary Ever-Virgin, blessed Michael the Archangel, blessed John the Baptist, the holy Apostles Peter and Paul, and all thy Saints that we may attain to thy heavenly kingdom,
We beseech thee to hear us, good Lord.
Son of God, we beseech thee to hear us.
Son of God, we beseech thee to hear us.
Lamb of God, that takest away the sins of the world,
Have mercy upon us.
Lamb of God, that takest away the sins of the world,
Have mercy upon us.
Lamb of God, that takest away the sins of the world,
Grant us thy peace.
O Christ, hear us.
O Christ, hear us.

At the end of the Litany, MC cues All to genuflect. When the Kyrie begins, the sacred ministers ascend the steps and venerate the altar. All other servers take their positions at sedilia and bishop’s throne. Th brings thurible to Cel. SMs cense the altar. When they have censed Cel, SMs take center “I” position. At the conclusion of the Kyrie, SMs split as usual, Cel sings the salutation, and SMs move to line “I” formation at the epistle horn as MC brings missal and stand to Cel, opens book and indicates the collect. The collect for Ash Wednesday is said following the Collect of the Sunday. The Prayers and Confession of Sin are omitted. The salutation and Offertory immediately follow the Creed.

PREPARATION:

Before Evening Prayer if at all possible:
• Service booklets set out on table by Mt. Vernon Street door.
• Make sure that priest has moved Benediction Host (in luna) from Lady Chapel tabernacle to High Altar Aumbry.
• Service booklets set near kneelers for server and officiant.
• Blue cloth removed from High Altar and six Office Lights lit. Two six-branched Benediction lights (on top of sofe in priests’ sacristy) placed at either horn of altar, unlit.
• Set out on altar steps:
o Kneeling cushions on bottom step at center for server and officiant.
o Humeral veil on Deacon’s step near server’s kneeler (on right).
o Carillon by server’s kneeler.
o Isaacs monstrance, veiled, on uncovered altar, to right of center, facing North.
o Key in Aumbry door.
o Light thurible immediately before Stations – leave the coals to heat up while Stations is proceeding.
o NOTE: use regular “Advent blend” incense for Benediction – not myrrh.

THE STATIONS OF THE CROSS:

Server, in cassock and cotta, leads Officiant into church via smoke sacristy. Reverence High Altar, turn proceed to nave floor at crossing, turn and face altar.

Officiant and server kneel on top choir step for opening devotions.

Officiant and server stand after opening devotions. They turn and proceed slowly to first Station by All Saints’ Chapel, followed by the congregation.

Following each Station, during singing of one verse of Stabat Mater, proceed slowly to next Station. In some cases this will involve moving only a step or two.

As the congregation arrives at the twelfth Station (by the Mt. Vernon Street doors), server departs via Lady Chapel, lights Benediction candles on High Altar, then collects thurible and incense boat and waits at smoke sacristy door for officiant and congregation to assemble.

The concluding devotions of Stations are said at the foot of the choir. The officiant and people then ascend toward the altar.

BENEDICTION:

As officiant comes inside altar rail, server enters from smoke sacristy and joins him. They genuflect, and officiant lays on incense. The congregation kneels at the altar rail.

After incense is laid on, server kneels.

Officiant goes to Aumbry to remove Host from tabernacle. Server remains kneeling. When officiant takes out the Host, server rings the carillon once.

Kneel for hymns of adoration. Pass thurible to officiant for censing as directed during the hymns. Bow profoundly during doxology verses (watch officiant for cues).

Officiant stands for Benediction Collect (“O God who in a wonderful Sacrament…”).

Following Collect, officiant kneels. Server rises and places humeral veil over his shoulders and assists him to secure it, then resumes place at kneeler.

Officiant goes up to the altar and blesses the people with the Host. Ring the carillon thrice – once as he faces the people, once as he turns left, once as he turns right.

Officiant replaces monstrance and returns Host to tabernacle. Ring the carillon once.

Officiant returns to foot of altar steps. Server removes humeral veil, lays it on Deacon’s step, and returns to kneeler for concluding prayers.

At conclusion, stand and genuflect with priest and lead him out via smoke sacristy.

CLEANUP:
Douse candles and return candelabra to sacristy.
Replace blue cloth on altar.
Carillon returned to top of incense closet in smoke sacristy.
Thurible cleaned and put away.
Humeral veil neatly folded and placed in appropriate drawer in sacristy.
Remove monstrance from altar and return to sacristy.
Return service booklets to sacristy.

*REMIND PRIEST TO RETURN BENEDICTION HOST TO LADY CHAPEL TABERNACLE!*

I hope that these comments will be helpful. It might be a good idea to read through the description of each service before you come to Church. You will then be familiar with what is going to take place in these unique liturgies and will be better able to enter into the action and drama of the liturgy.

Father Warren

The Collect for Holy Week

Assist us mercifully with thy help, O Lord God of our salvation,
that we may enter with joy upon the contemplation of those mighty acts,
whereby thou hast given us life and immortality;
through Jesus Christ our Lord.
Amen.

Palm Sunday

On this day the entrance of our Lord into Jerusalem is commemorated at the beginning of the Mass, and accordingly the Entrance Rite of the Mass is altered and elaborated to re-enact this event and to mark our own entrance into the sacred time of Holy Week. Acolytes and clergy enter and stop at the bottom of the Choir. The collect printed above is sung to mark the beginning of Holy Week. Then the story of Christ’s entrance into Jerusalem is intoned, and the palms which we have been given are blessed. After this we process out of the Mount Vernon Street doors and around to the front doors on Brimmer Street, singing All Glory, Laud, and Honor which recalls Christ’s triumphant reception into the city. The liturgical color for this first part of the Palm Sunday liturgy is bright red, a sign of that triumph.

As we re-enter the church, however, there is an abrupt change in the mood of the service, signaled by a change in color. Red becomes oxblood. The frontal has been changed while we are in procession. The Sacred Ministers of the Mass change their vestments immediately after we enter. Our Lord was acclaimed as he arrived in Jerusalem, but quickly the powers that be conspired to do away with him. Triumph became betrayal and death. And so it is the story of the Passion which is the Gospel for this Mass. It is sung in parts to make us aware of the great drama that is beginning to unfold. During the last hymn the organ is turned off verse by verse until we are singing a capella. It will not sound again until the First Mass of Easter. The congregation leaves in silence.

Maundy Thursday

The liturgy on this day differs from that of an ordinary Solemn Mass in two respects: a ceremony, unique to the day, following the sermon and another at the conclusion of the Liturgy. The Gospel appointed is St John’s account of the last supper of Jesus and his disciples. In this account Jesus gives his followers a new commandment – “Love one another” – and to show what this means He humbles Himself and washes their feet. This Gospel is proclaimed, a sermon is preached, and Jesus’ washing of his disciples’ feet is re-enacted. Twelve persons representing the twelve Apostles come forward, and the clergy wash their feet as the choir sings the words of Jesus’ commandment of love and servanthood. Each is given a coin as a symbolic reversal of the betrayal which is to come. The service then proceeds as usual until after the Communion. It has been the custom of the Church for many centuries not to celebrate the Eucharist on Good Friday, but to receive from the Sacrament reserved from the previous evening. The liturgy, then, ends with a procession to the Altar of Repose in the Lady Chapel where the Sacrament is reserved until Good Friday. There a watch of prayer is kept until midnight, commemorating our Lord’s time in the Garden of Gethsemane. After the procession of the Sacrament the clergy, acolytes, and choir return to the sanctuary to prepare it for the next day. The lamps are extinguished and the sanctuary is stripped of all ornamentation. The bare Altar is washed with water and vinegar. The tabernacle is left open and empty. The choir intones Psalm 22 – “My God, my God, why hast Thou forsaken me” – to remind us of the desolation of Gethsemane and the Cross.

Good Friday

We have commemorated our Lord’s entrance into Jerusalem and His institution of the Eucharist. On Good Friday the liturgy focuses our attention upon His death. Appropriately, the ceremonial is stark, direct, and powerful. Its meaning is unmistakable.

The night before the Church has been liturgically destroyed. Everything which pertains to its life – even the Blessed Sacrament – has been removed and the building is empty and lifeless – no longer, in a liturgical sense, a church. This day speaks to us only of death. Consequently, the Mass, which proclaims resurrection and life, is not celebrated on Good Friday. Rather, in the Liturgy of the day Communion is made from the Sacrament reserved from the evening before.

The Sacred Ministers enter the Church in silence. At the foot of the altar they prostrate themselves. Upon rising, the Celebrant sings in monotone the Collect for the day. After this brief entrance the Liturgy of the Word begins. Today it is different from any other celebration chiefly in its simplicity. The Old Testament Lesson and the Epistle are read without the usual ceremonial. St. John’s account of the Passion and Crucifixion is sung by members of the Choir.

After the sermon the Sacred Ministers gather at the foot of the altar for the Solemn Collects of Good Friday, the intercession for this day’s rite. These are a series of very ancient prayers for the whole world, “all sorts and conditions of men,” which are traditionally associated with the day on which Christ suffered for all humanity. The Deacon bids us pray silently for various aspects of the life of the world, and the Celebrant sums up or “collects” our prayers with the appropriate Collect.

At this point the usual structure of the liturgy is interrupted by an ancient ceremony peculiar to Good Friday. The Sacred Ministers go to the rear of the Church, and there take up a large veiled crucifix. They then process down the aisle by stages solemnly unveiling and displaying the cross to the congregation. “Behold the wood of the Cross whereon was hung the world’s salvation! O come, let us worship!” When they have reached the foot of the altar, the cross is set up to be venerated by those who wish to do so. This very emotional ceremony began in the fourth century Church in Jerusalem when what was believed to be a relic of the true Cross was displayed on Good Friday.

When the veneration has been completed, the Sacred Ministers and Acolytes go to the Altar of Repose to bring forward the Blessed Sacrament which was consecrated the night before. This corresponds to the Offertory Procession in an ordinary celebration, but because the Eucharist is not celebrated on Good Friday, it is the reserved Sacrament which is brought to the altar, thus another name for this liturgy, the “Mass of the Presanctified Gifts.” On this day the Liturgy of the Sacrament is made stark and simple. It consists only of the breaking of the bread and the Communion, for there is no consecration. As preparation this is preceded by the Confession and Absolution and the Lord’s Prayer. After the Communion and a concluding prayer the liturgy is ended and the Sacred Ministers, Acolytes and Choir leave in silence.

The Paschal Vigil and First Mass of Easter

The service begins with the Church in darkness, expectant, seemingly just as it was when we left on Good Friday. The Resurrection of Christ is the act of God which brings the Church into being, and during this first Mass of the Resurrection the Church will ritually and, indeed, literally come into being again. It will be “re-built” liturgically in order to become what it was before the desolation and death of Good Friday. Light will enter the Church and the lamps will be rekindled. Persons will be baptized into the household of God. The Eucharist will be celebrated once again and the Blessed Sacrament – Christ’s risen presence among us – will be returned to the Aumbry. In this Mass the Church becomes alive again and whole through the power of Christ’s rising, no longer broken, desolate and empty as it was the day before.

The Choir, Acolytes, and Sacred Ministers enter the rear of the church in silence and in the dark. A fire is kindled and blessed and the Paschal Candle, a symbol of the Resurrection, is lit. The Deacon of the Mass takes the candle and leads us into the Church by stages. In a reversal of the procession of the veiled cross on Good Friday, he stops three times. This evening, however, he exclaims “The Light of Christ,” and at each exclamation the light spreads from the Paschal Candle first to the clergy, then to the choir, and finally to the congregation. Having entered, we all fill the Church with the light of the Resurrection. The Paschal Candle is put in place. Given the size of the candlestick, this is a moment of great excitement and anxiety here at the Advent. The Exsultet, an ancient hymn extolling the joy of Easter, is sung by a cantor.

Then follows the Vigil – a period of anticipation which awaits the solemn proclamation of Easter. Originally, the Vigil would continue until the stroke of midnight when the Resurrection would be announced. In our celebration it is much shortened. Five lessons from the Old Testament are read which in the early Church were understood to be prefigurings or “types” of God’s action in the Resurrection of Jesus. Silence follows each lesson. A psalm is chanted and the Celebrant prays an appropriate collect.

After the last of these collects, the Vigil itself is ended, and we proceed to the Administration of Baptism, Easter being a traditional and most appropriate time to initiate new members into the Church. The Deacon takes the Paschal Candle from its holder and leads a procession of Clergy and Acolytes to the Font. The candidates for baptism and the congregation join them. The Celebrant questions the baptizands, parents, and godparents and hears their vows. We reaffirm our own vows together with them. He then sings the Blessing of the Baptismal Water during which the Paschal Candle is plunged three times into the font, as if it were inseminating the water with the power of the Resurrection. Baptism is administered, and afterwards we all are sprinkled with water from the font to remind us of our own Baptisms. The procession returns to the Altar as the Litany of the Saints is sung, and we join our prayers to the prayers of those who have gone before us and know the fullness of the power of the Resurrection.

At this point the Celebrant proclaims the news we have all been waiting for, “Alleluia! Christ is risen!” and all respond, “He is risen indeed! Alleluia!” The Gloria in excelsis is sung for the first time since we began Lent; the Collect for Easter; and the Liturgy of the Word begins. Before the proclamation of the Gospel, the Great Alleluia is sung by a cantor. This wonderful word, itself a joyful exclamation, has been suppressed during Lent. As if delighting in it, the cantor and congregation sing it three times, each time on a higher note.

After the sermon the Liturgy then proceeds as usual. Bread and Wine are brought to the altar and the First Mass of Easter is sung. The tabernacle, previously open and empty, is now replenished with the risen, sacramental presence of Christ. Easter has once again given birth to the Church. The Deacon dismisses us, “Depart in peace,” and he adds, “Alleluia, Alleluia!” We all respond, “Thanks be to God. Alleluia, Alleluia!”

ABOUT THE SERVICE:

The Palm Sunday liturgy is actually two liturgies joined into one. The first, the Liturgy of The Palms, sets the stage for the pivot to Passiontide and then flows seamlessly into the opening procession of the main Eucharist of Palm Sunday, which begins with a procession.

PREPARATION:

On the High Altar, the Altar Guild overlays the Lenten Array frontal (oxblood color) and fair linen with the red frontal. The sacristan will change the frontal during the Palm Procession.

MC arranges the following:

  • A small table covered with a linen cloth against the north choir stalls.
    • On it are placed palms for SMs and MC.
  • Palms for CHOIR and CHOIR CLERGY in their respective stalls.
  • The notebook with the Palm Gospel and Palm Blessing in the Verger’s stall.
  • Aspersorium and aspergillum on floor in front of north choir stalls.
  • On the credence table: the veiled Mass chalice + 2 extra, and 1 ciborium.
  • The wooden processional cross is veiled and adorned with palms.
  • The missal is placed on the missal stand at the credence.
  • Hymnals for the final hymn are set for  the SMs (at the sedilia) and TT (at their chairs).
  • Weather permitting, the procession will go outdoors; however, if the weather is inclement the procession will remain indoors.
    • If going outdoors, the AA will carry outdoor torches and the regular AA torches (turned wood) will be lit and placed in their stands at the credence before the Mass.
    • If not going outdoors, the AA will the regular AA torches (turned wood) during the procession.

D will not carry gospel book in procession — cantors from the Choir will chant the Passion Gospel.

CEL is vested in red cope and stole; D in red stole and dalmatic; SD in tunicle. Maniples are not worn.

CHOIR CLERGY are vested in red copes and stoles. Purple or oxblood stoles are placed in their stalls to be donned after the Procession. Servers and Choir are vested in cottas and black cassocks.

AA and TT light outdoor torches in Smoke Sacristy.

TH prepares thurible prior to Preparatory Prayers. Incense is not charged and blessed in Smoke Sacristy. 

THE ENTRANCE:

CHOIR enter via Smoke Sacristy and proceed in silence to choir stalls before Mass begins. They face altar, genuflect, and begin entrance anthem.

For entrance, MC cues servers and SMs to enter solemnly from north crossing door (the short entrance) in the following order, while Choir sings entrance anthem:

CEL
D
SD
MC1
TT
CHOIR CLERGY
VERGER
A CR A
TH
\/

Upon arriving in the chancel:

  • TH turns to the left and takes position abutting the north choir stalls on the altar side of the table holding palms.
  • CR goes into the CR stall and puts up cross.
  • AA split and stand at the base of the choir chancel in front of crucifer and verger stalls, facing the altar.
  • CHOIR CLERGY take their places in stalls.
  • TT line up below altar rail, facing altar. One of the TT is designated to monitor for the cue to genuflect from MC.
  • MC, SD, D, and CEL proceed to the middle of choir chancel (closer to the choir gate than the altar rail) and face the altar.

When all are in place, not waiting for entrance anthem to conclude:

  • MC cues genuflection, which is echoed by the designated T.
    • Note: the CHOIR does not genuflect here.
  • TT, turning inward, turn to face the congregation.
  • SMs and AA remain facing altar, as MC cues TH to approach SMs for laying on and blessing of incense.
  • The TH returns to the position abutting the north choir stall.
  • MC, SMs, and TH turn to face congregation.
  • D and SD swap places behind the CEL (as for a procession).
  • AA turn inward to face each other and frame SMs.

The final organization should be:

THE LITURGY OF THE PALMS

THE COLLECT AND THE GOSPEL:

After conclusion of entrance anthem:

  • Verger gives ritual notebook to SD.
  • SD holds book while CEL chants the Salutation and Collect.
  • SD hands ritual book to MC1, who gives it to D for the CEL’s blessing.
  • After CEL blesses D, SD moves to middle chancel step to hold book for D.
  • TH gives thurible to D, who censes book and chants the Gospel.

After Gospel:

  • SD ascends steps and presents book to CEL, who kisses it.
  • SD holds onto book for the Palm ritual.

THE BLESSING OF THE PALMS:

When all are in position, MC places table with palms on it in front of CEL. NOTE: MC should rearrange palms on table so that tips face congregation, to allow easy movement around the table.

While SD holds book, CEL intones the palm blessing.

CHOIR begins anthem.

SD hands notebook to Verger.

MC takes the aspersorium and aspergillum from the Verger’s stall and hands them to CEL who asperses palms on the table.

In single file, SD leading with D and CEL following, they move around the table and down the steps. Once they have passed the table and descended the steps, the D and SD again flank the CEL, D on the CEL’s right and SD on the left. They then take up the edges of the CEL’s cope and proceed down main nave aisle to west door and back, aspersing people’s palms. At the back of the church, D and SD switch positions, keeping the D on CEL’s right and SD on the left. Upon reaching the crossing, they again form a single file SD, D, and CEL, in that order, ascend the steps and return to their original places behind the palm table.

CEL gives bucket and aspergillum to MC, who puts them on the floor of the Verger’s stall.

TH gives thurible to CEL, who censes palms on the table. CEL alone (D & SD stay in place) moves to top of chancel steps and thrice censes the people’s palms. CEL gives thurible to TH.

MC distributes palms to SMs and cues the SMs to turn and face the altar. When the SMs turn, the TT likewise turn to face the altar.

MC then removes the table and cues the TH to lead MC and SMs single file to their places at altar steps, with the TH between D and MC. As soon as TH, SMs, and MC have reached the altar steps, the AA and CR take their procession positions in the center of the choir chancel in preparation for the procession. TH has incense laid on and takes up position below (just west of) A CR A, also facing altar. 

THE EUCHARIST OF PALM SUNDAY

THE PROCESSION:

When all are in place, MC cues the D to turn to congregation to bid the procession. After the response, the D again turns to face altar.

The organist plays the introduction to the processional hymn. After the introduction:

  • MC cues ALL to genuflect.
  • After the genuflection, simultaneously, TT turn inward, SD and D switch places (going behind the celebrant).
  • CEL, MC, A CR A, and TH, then turn to face the congregation.
  • TH leads the procession.
  • At MC’s cue, TT meet at center, turn to congregation and process.
  • SD and D hold edges of CEL’s cope.

Weather permitting, TH leads procession very slowly out South (Mt. Vernon Street) door, around corner, and in the West (Brimmer Street) doors, maintaining a slow pace at all times. Note: “360’s” are NOT done outdoors

If the singing of the hymn falters, silence should be kept. No talking is permitted.

When most of the congregation has exited the building, the Sacristan changes the frontal from red to oxblood (by lifting the red frontal off, folding it from the ends to the middle, and taking it out to the sacristy).

The procession re-enters the church at the West door. The head of the procession may need to wait at the back of the nave for the remaining parishioners to leave the church. Note, if torches have gone out during the procession, it is unseemly to stop the entire procession to relight them.

Upon returning to the chancel, all take their usual places: SMs, MC, and AA at the foot of the altar steps inside the rail. TT at the altar rail. CR goes to the CR stall and puts up cross.

When all are in place:

  • MC cues all to genuflect.
  • MC and SMs exit to the Priests’ Sacristy to change into oxblood vestments.
  • If the AA and TT are carrying outdoor torches, then those above the altar rail file out in order: A, TH, SD, CEL, D, MC, A, followed by the TH and then TT.
  • If the AA and TT are carrying indoor torches, they stay in place, with the TH exiting after the SMs.

If the TT have exited, they reenter together as soon as they have put up their torches, and take up their positions flanking the bishop’s throne.

When the SMs are ready, all re-enter chancel, lead by MC, with TH carrying uncharged thurible (incense is laid on at the altar) and assume their places in the line-up at the altar steps.

If AA and TT have exited, all above the altar rail return in single file as they would line up at the altar: A, TH, SD, CEL, D, MC, A.

MC cues ALL to genuflect. While the hymn is still being sung, SMs ascend the altar steps. MC, AA, and TH take their places at the credence.

THE MASS:

When the CEL is ready, the TH presents the thurible, incense is laid on, and the altar is censed in the usual manner during the remainder of the hymn(s). MC places Altar Book on altar at Epistle horn. During the censing, CR and Verger collect copes and red stoles from Choir Clergy and take them out to sacristy while Choir Clergy change to oxblood/purple stoles.

After the censing, the SMs take up the center I formation, split for the salutation, and then immediately move to the Epistle horn of the altar. CEL reads the Collect of the Day, after which CEL, D, and MC take their places at sedilia. Immediately after Collect, SD genuflects, turns, and proceeds to the lectern to read the Lesson. 

SD returns to altar, genuflects, ascends altar steps and moves Altar Book to Gospel side. SD takes short route to sedilia and sits.

ALL will remain seated for gradual, tract, and first portion of the Passion Gospel. Three Choir Cantors enter, genuflect, and kneel at the altar steps. Remaining seated, the CEL blesses them according to the usual form. Cantors stand and take their places for the Passion Gospel.

ALL remain seated during the passion until the arrival at Golgotha. The exact words of the Gospel may vary, but the directions are printed in the bulletin. ALL stand, and remain standing through the words,”Jesus, when he cried again with a loud voice, yielded up the ghost.” ALL genuflect and observe a pause. At CEL’s cue, ALL rise. The Passion Gospel resumes.

At the conclusion of the Passion Gospel, the three cantors proceed to the altar rail, where they genuflect and return to their places in choir.

Since the Passion Gospel is rather long, TH should avoid firing up the coals for the Offertory prematurely.

The Celebrant or other cleric may give a very brief homily. The Verger does not escort the homilist to the pulpit.

There is no Creed.

Out of repugnance for the kiss of Judas, the Peace is not exchanged.

As usual, MC cues TH to enter, genuflect, and TH proceeds to sedilia, where incense is laid on.

The Mass follows according to custom. TT kneel opposite MC, TH, and AA during the Canon of the Mass, and receive Communion standing at their seats flanking the Bishop’s Throne.

THE CONCLUSION:

At the conclusion of the Mass, MC hands out hymnals to SMs, and ALL line up for the last hymn (Ah, Holy Jesus) in the standard formation. ALL remain standing in place, facing the altar, to sing the entire hymn, during which the organ accompaniment gradually fades out.

At the conclusion of the hymn, MC cues ALL (except A CR A) to genuflect. ALL turn to face the congregation and solemnly and silently exit via the north crossing door (the “short” exit).

Original web publication on Nov 12, 1999 @ 01:48pm by Julianne Ture 

Updated Apr 1, 2018 @ 10:30am by Ciarán Anthony DellaFera, BSG

PREPARATION:

The color of the Mass is white. However, the crucifix on the second gradine of the High Altar and the processional cross are all veiled in purple. All the images and crosses in side chapels are veiled in purple. Side chairs are removed from the choir. Flowers may be placed on the High Altar. Votive stands are removed from before the shrines; the prie-dieux remain. The holy water stoups at the Mt. Vernon and Brimmer Street doors are emptied and covered over.

The Lady Chapel Altar is the designated Altar of Repose and will be decorated by the Flower Guild. MC should review the flowers in the Chapel to be sure there will be room for all servers during the Transfer of the Blessed Sacrament. The frontal is white.

  • The crucifix is removed from the top of the Lady Chapel tabernacle.
  • Four kneelers are placed for acolytes (in front of the two prie-dieux) and thurifers (adjacent to lowest altar step).
  • The credence cloth is removed from the Lady Chapel credence.
  • The Sanctus bell and mallet, missal stand, and lectern are removed from the Lady Chapel.
  • A corporal is spread on the Lady Chapel Altar.

Servers light all candles on all altars before the Mass. There are usually a great many candles in the Lady Chapel for the Watch; sufficient time for their lighting should be set aside. Servers remove the dust covers from all altars.

MC sets the following in the sanctuary:

  • The Sacramentary with the required Maundy Thursday interpolations in the Canon: “and on this night did institute, and in his holy Gospel command us to continue…” and “For in the night in which he was betrayed, even this night, he took bread …”
  • Book containing Footwashing rite, at sedilia
  • Hand-bells for SMs and servers, where they can be easily retrieved but not knocked over
  • A wooden rattle (crotalus), near where the sacring bell usually sits, by the credence
  • Maniples, either at the sedilia or over the Gospel-side altar rail, to be donned at after the footwashing for the Offertory
  • A humeral veil, either at on the High Altar steps behind the Epistle-side pavement light, or at the High Altar sedilia
  • A white cope over, either over the altar rail in the Lady Chapel, or behind the reredos.
  • A veil, and ribbon for the ciborium, either placed on the gradine to the far Epistle-side or at the credence, to be used for the Vigil at the Altar of Repose

MC sets the following in the choir for the foot washing:

  • Twelve chairs, six on either side of the choir, for those who will have their feet washed.
  • A small table covered by a linen cloth is placed in front of the north choir stalls nearest the altar, just after the 6th chair on that side of the choir.
  • A basin, towels, pitcher(s) of warm water, and a plate of coins placed on the small table.

MC sets the following in the sacristy for the stripping of the altars:

  • Towels, a bowl of water, a bottle of vinegar, and dried palms on the sofe in the Priests’ Sacristy.
  • Oxblood stoles easily accessible in the Priests’ Sacristy (the Stripping of the Altars is done with SMs in albs and oxblood stoles).

MC designates one of the acolytes to rattle the crotalus at the invitation to communion, as the MC will be on the opposite side of the altar at that time.

MC confirms that the sexton or verger has designated someone to extinguish the church lights during the stripping of the altars.

Sacristan will have negotiated with clergy the number of people’s wafers for distribution at this Mass and for reservation. It is very important to note that all peoples’ wafers provided should be consecrated in this Mass, including two Priests’ Hosts. All peoples’ wafers must fit in one ciborium. Provision should also be made for a necessary amount of low-gluten hosts. The usual amount of wine for a Solemn Mass should be provided; the wine will not be reserved for Good Friday (Communion will be administered in only one kind on that day).

The readings are those for Maundy Thursday. The Gospel is John 13:1-15. The preface is that of Holy Week.

Twelve people are designated beforehand to have their feet washed. The verger will receive a master list from the office. They are instructed to check in with the verger before the service.

Servers and choir vest in cottas and black cassocks.

In the smoke sacristy before the service, the CEL charges and blesses incense in TH1’s thurible as usual. TH2 does not carry a thurible at the Entrance.

ENTRANCE:

All enter from the north crossing door and proceed to the chancel the “long way” (normal Sunday entrance) during the opening hymn. The procession is in the usual order except that TH2, without thurible, follows Verger and precedes Choir Clergy. As usual, the TT do not carry torches at entrance.

All proceed to their customary places for the line-up, except for TH1, who stands at MC’s right, and TH2, who stands to SD’s left.

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
      A   TH2   SD   CEL   D   MC   TH1   A
====================               ====================
T                               T

All genuflect and take their customary places except TH2 who goes to a chair provided near the aumbry.

The altar is censed during the Introit.

After the Kyrie, the cantor intones the Gloria, and servers then pick up their handbells and ring them furiously. The organist will begin a fanfare. When the fanfare is over servers stop ringing. The choir will then continue the Gloria.

With the exception of the bell-ringing during the Gloria (after which the organ will be silent until the Easter Vigil Gloria), the rites follow custom until the conclusion of the sermon.

The Verger does not escort the preacher to the pulpit on this night.

THE WASHING OF FEET:

After sermon, the MC cues ALL to stand. MC and SMs form at center and genuflect. Led by MC carrying book for footwashing, SMs proceed single file to the chancel steps (at the rood screen), where they face the congregation.

D CEL SD MC
_____________________________
_____________________________
_____________________________

CEL reads the Invitation. After the Invitation, all SMs turn and proceed single file back to the step at the altar rail. The CEL kneels, and the D and SD remove CEL’s chasuble. MC places it over the altar rail.

The persons designated to have their feet washed start to come forward as soon as the CEL concludes the invitation to the foot washing. The verger prompts them as necessary. They sit on the chairs in the choir and remove shoes and stockings from their right feet only.

The SMs start with the Gospel side parishioner nearest the congregation, and then washes one foot of each parishioner in turn. It is important that the SMs should do this in a manner such that they do not block the congregation’s view of the washing as it happens. MC gives the pitcher to D, a towel to the SD, the basin to CEL, and the plate with coins to an Assisting Priest or other assisting minister. After each foot is washed and dried by the CEL, the CEL takes a coin from the plate and gives it to the parishioner. The other SMs assist by passing towels, fresh empty basins, and additional water as necessary. Parishioners may individually replace their socks and shoes as soon as CEL has dried their feet and given them the token. However, they remain seated as a group in the choir until the concluding prayer of the rite.

After the footwashing, SMs return to the step at the altar rail, where CEL kneels. MC retrieves chasuble. D and SD re-vest CEL in chasuble, while TH2 removes basin, towels, pitcher, and plate to smoke sacristy. Led by MC, SMs line up at altar steps, the SMs turn and the CEL reads the concluding prayers. Then the SMs alone genuflect (CHOIR and SERVERS do NOT genuflect), and return to the sedilia. At the sedilia the SMs put on maniples, and sit.

The peace is NOT exchanged.

The Offertory anthem is sung and the Mass continues as is customary until the conclusion of Communion. The Canon of the Mass is celebrated with the interpolations noted above. The MC clacks the crotalus at the three times during the Canon when the Sanctus bell would otherwise be rung and designates an acolyte to clack at the invitation to communion:

  1. MC: All glory be to thee, […] until his coming again. [clack]
  2. MC: For in the night in which he was betrayed […] “Do this in remembrance of me.” [clack at genuflection, elevation, and genuflection]
  3. MC: Likewise, after supper […] “Do this, as oft as ye shall drink it, in remembrance of me.” [clack at genuflection, elevation, and genuflection]
  4. AA: Behold the Lamb of God … or The gifts of God for the people of God […] feed on him in your hearts by faith, with thanksgiving. [clack]

After receiving Communion, TH1/TH2 exit to prepare coals for the Transfer of the Blessed Sacrament.

During Communion, if these items are not already in their proper places, an acolyte places the humeral veil on altar step near Epistle pavement light and brings the veil with ribbons for ciborium to the altar.

TRANSFER OF THE BLESSED SACRAMENT:

After Communion all sacred vessels are abluted per custom and removed to the credence, with the following changes:

  • The ciborium, without its lid, is topped by a pall and the white veil, and then tied with a white ribbon. This is arranged by the CEL and D at the end of the ablutions, before the CEL goes to the usual post-communion position at the epistle horn at the High Altar.
  • The Mass chalice, with its paten, purificator, burse, and veil, are placed to the left of the corporal and the veiled sacrament.

After the ablutions, the D and SD swap places as usual and the SD veils the chalice, but – leaving the corporal and the veiled sacrament on the altar – crab-walks down and give the veiled chalice to an Acolyte.

When all this is accomplished, the MC signals TT to exit to retrieve their torches. They re-enter only on MC’s cue (see below).

SMs take their usual positions for Post-Communion Prayer. After the prayer, they crab-walk to the sedilia and remove maniples. MC removes missal stand to credence. D and SD remove CEL’s chasuble and drape it on the altar rail. MC retrieves cope from the altar rail in the Lady Chapel and gives it to D and SD, who then vest CEL.

On MC’s cue, TH1/TH2 carrying uncharged thuribles in their left hand, enter the sanctuary with the TT following. Simultaneously, AA pick up their torches and go to center at the altar steps. The TT stay below the altar rail and take up positions between the outer (second and third) medallions at the altar rail, leaving the positions between the inner (first and second) medallions for the AA. AA proceed inside the altar rail and meet TH1/TH2 (as if for the Gospel procession).

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
 A   TH2   TH1   A
====================               ====================
T                                                          T

At the MC’s cue, all genuflect. Upon genuflection, the AA move below the altar rail and take innermost places at the altar rail. 

MC signals TH1/TH2, who are holding thuribles in left hands, to proceed to sedilia. TH1 gives boat to CEL, who puts incense on thuribles, but does not bless it. Thuribles are now carried in the right hand. TH1, SMs, MC, and TH2 then file out to the altar steps and face altar:

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
       TH2   SD   CEL   D   MC   TH1
====================               ====================
T              A                            A              T

ALL kneel. CEL receives thurible from TH2. ALL at altar steps make a profound bow. CEL censes the Blessed Sacrament. ALL at altar steps make a second profound bow. CEL hands thurible back to TH2. MC stands and places the humeral veil on CEL. After this point, reverences in the presence of the Blessed Sacrament will consist of a double genuflection. SMs will not turn their backs to the Sacrament.

SMs rise, proceed up to the footpace, and genuflect before the Blessed Sacrament. With D assisting, CEL takes the ciborium. SMs turn to face congregation with the D and SD supporting the CEL’s arms while carrying the Blessed Sacrament.

Immediately when the SMs turn, ALL stand.

MC and servers then turn to face congregation, except for TT, who turn in to center. CR goes to center, turns to congregation and is joined by AA. The SMs, carrying the Blessed Sacrament, then proceed down to the altar step to join the other SMs.

As soon as everyone has taken their positions, the CR flanked by the the AA begin to lead the procession very solemnly – but not turgidly – down main nave aisle, through the Baptistry, and into the Lady Chapel. As the procession leaves the High Altar, Pange Lingua is sung. The verses of the hymn will be repeated as needed to cover the procession. In the side aisles, D and SD should move behind CEL. The order for the procession is:

D CEL SD
TH1 TH2
MC
TT
[ CHOIR CLERGY ]
VERGER
A CR A
\/

Once arriving in the Lady Chapel, AA go to kneelers or prie-dieux set just inside the Lady Chapel altar rail; the CR stays outside the rail to the left; the verger stays outside the rail to the right; the TT take up positions just at the opening of the altar rail. The MC, TH1 and TH2, file inside the altar rail and line up at altar steps, followed by the SMs who wait at the altar steps.

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
 TH2 SD CEL D MC TH1
A (on kneeler)                          (on kneeler) A
====================               ====================
        CR  [ Clergy ]    T                      T    [ Clergy ]  Verger

As soon as CEL arrives, the MC signals ALL OTHERS (except CR) to kneel.

The CEL places the Blessed Sacrament on the Corporal on the altar, double-genuflects on footpace, crabs down to the pavement, and then kneels at altar steps between the SD and D. MC then stands and removes humeral veil from CEL.

TH2 passes thurible to CEL. ALL at altar steps bow profoundly. CEL censes the Blessed Sacrament during the singing of the doxology (verse 6) of Tantum ergo Sacramentum. ALL at altar steps bow profoundly. CEL hands off thurible back to TH2.

The Sacrament will remain on the corporal on the Lady Chapel altar from this point until the Good Friday Liturgy.

ALL make a profound bow (except CR) and then stand. All torches are extinguished. Led by CR, servers below the rail file out behind the organ console, move across the Chancel without reverencing, go behind the All Saints Altar, and leave via that exit. Generally TH1/TH2, MC, SD, D, and CEL follow them, but there is no order for this exit; simply leave in the most expedient order and follow the described path.

In the sacristy, SMs remove white vestments. CEL and D put on oxblood stoles over albs. Other servers put away torches and processional cross, and remove cottas.

MC brings dried palms to smoke sacristy and places them with the pitcher of water and towels.

THE STRIPPING OF THE ALTARS:

The Choir chants Psalm 22 as the sexton, or other designated person, turns off lights in the sanctuary in prearranged sequence, beginning at the back and sides, and then moving forward.

While SMs prepare for the purification of the altar, the servers remove everything from the sanctuary except the cross veiled in purple, chairs, and stools. Typically there is a list in the smoke sacristy of tasks that need to be performed, and the MC helps to coordinate this.

  • Extinguish all candles.
  • The hanging lamps are lowered and their flames blown out.
    • It is advisable to let their glass cups cool before removing them.
    • However, it is important that weights be swapped for the glass cups as they are removed so that they do not shoot upward in an uncontrolled manner!
    • The lamps are to be left in lowered position.
  • SMs remove items from the High Altar and hand them to servers.
  • The fair linen and frontal should be removed before the candles so that the wax may have time to congeal before they are removed.
  • All rug and cushions are removed
  • All flowers (with an assist from the Flower Guild) – must be removed from the High Altar
  • The credence, the All Saints Altar, and the Baptistry are stripped as well.
  • MC should make sure that the humeral veil is retrieved from the Lady Chapel.

After the stripping is complete, SMs enter. CEL carries palm brush, D carries bowl of water, and SD carries towels. They proceed to the High Altar without reverencing, and purge the altar table with water and dried palms. They dry it with towels. When they have finished, they exit.

The watch before the Altar of Repose begins.

The watch concludes at midnight. A sexton, server, or cleric is appointed to close the church at that time. The person designated enters the chapel vested in black cassock with the candle-lighter, double-genuflects at the foot of the steps, may kneel for a moment in silent prayer, and then rises and extinguishes all the candles except the hanging Presence lamp. The person appointed then double-genuflects and leaves the chapel. People will generally understand that this is the sign that the watch is over and leave voluntarily.

Original web publication on Nov 12, 1999 @ 01:49pm by Julianne Ture.

Updated Mar 30, 2018 @ 11:00am by Ciarán Anthony DellaFera, BSG

PREPARATION:

From the Maundy Thursday service:

  • The High Altar is stripped bare.
  • The aumbry door is wide open.
  • The Blessed Sacrament remains on the Lady Chapel Altar.

The Altar Guild arranges, but the MC should confirm:

  • The hanging lamps are empty, but raised to normal position (they were lowered Maundy Thursday night at the conclusion of that service).
  • Red cushions at the rail for the High Altar are restored for use by communicants at the Mass of the Presanctified.
  • The higher altar cross and the All Saints cross are veiled in black.
  • The crucifix above the Lady Chapel tabernacle will already have been removed from the Altar of Repose.
  • The statue of Our Lady remains veiled in purple.
  • The cross stand is placed in the center of the High Altar retable.
  • The High Altar retable is marked with the location for the placement of candles after transfer of the sacrament during the service.
    • AA should check these out before the service.
  • In the Baptistry is placed a cross veiled in black for veneration.
  • The crypt is unlocked.
  • The lights in the choir and the church are turned on.

The MC then places:

  • Service texts and hymnals in stalls and at sedilia.
  • Crotalus (wooden rattle) on the deacon’s step near the epistle side of the reredos.
  • Lectionary (marked with the appropriate lesson) on the epistle lectern.
  • Black chasuble is laid over Gospel-side altar rail, and black dalmatic and tunicle over Epistle-side altar rail. Maniples are omitted.

At the credence is placed:

  • Black burse containing corporal
  • Ciborium for the crypt
  • Small cruet of water for the post-communion ablutions
  • Lavabo bowl and a towel for the post-communion ablutions

On the table below the credence is placed:

  • Folded fair linen for the High Altar.

In the Lady Chapel:

  • All candles are lit.
  • On stands near altar should be two candles for use during the Transfer of the Sacrament (they will be placed in the marked places as noted above).
  • Any candles placed on the steps outside the Lady Chapel should be lit.
  • A humeral veil (as undecorated and as simple as possible — generally the cream-colored Vimpa is used) is placed on the Lady Chapel steps aligned with the epistle horn.

At the crossing:

  • A prie-dieu is placed at the bottom of the chancel steps, to the left of the gate.
    • This will be moved to the center of the step for the Veneration of the Cross.

There is no crucifer for this service. The MC should appoint one of the CHOIR CLERGY to take any unconsumed sacrament to the Crypt chapel at the end of the Mass of The Presanctified.

SMs initially vest in albs and cinctures and nothing else. The Eucharistic vestments will be donned during the service. CHOIR CLERGY wear surplices, with black stoles in their stalls. SERVERS and CHOIR wear cottas and black cassocks.

CHOIR sings from the south gallery and are not part of the entrance procession. However, they will move to the chancel from the balcony at Communion and will be part of the exit procession.

TH does not carry thurible at entrance.

Important notes about reverencing:

  • At the beginning of the service all reverences will be profound bows until the Cross is unveiled.
  • After the Cross is unveiled, all reverences to the Cross are single genuflections.
  • Once the Blessed Sacrament is present, all reverences change to double genuflections.

THE ENTRANCE:

ALL enter in silence via the north crossing door and proceed to the chancel the short way:

CEL
D
SD
MC (carrying Service Book or BCP)
CHOIR CLERGY
VERGER
AA
TH (without thurible)
\/

AA go into the Sanctuary, reverence (bow) to the altar, and then stand at the bottom altar step near their chairs at the credence. TH goes to CR’s stall. CHOIR CLERGY to choir stalls. MC goes into a choir stall on the Gospel side of the choir. SMs stop on choir floor, where they prostrate themselves. ALL OTHERS kneel.

A painfully long silence is observed, after which the SMs kneel upright in place on the choir floor.

MC leaves choir stall and passes Service Book (or BCP) to CEL, who alone stands and sings the Collect. After the Collect, CEL passes the Service Book (or BCP) to MC. D and SD stand and, led by MC, SMs proceed single file to the altar step, reverence (bow) and then retire to their places at the sedilia. MC puts book on credence table. ALL sit.

FIRST READING

PSALM

SECOND READING

GRADUAL

TRACT AND THE PASSION ACCORDING TO ST JOHN:

ALL remain seated. Towards the end of the tract, three cantors enter, reverence (bow), and kneel at the altar steps. While seated at the sedilia, CEL blesses them in the usual form. Cantors stand and take their places for the Passion Gospel.

ALL stand at the words “Then delivered he him therefore unto them to be crucified.” ALL remain standing through the words “and he bowed his head, and gave up the ghost.” ALL GENUFLECT. A pause is observed. ALL rise, led by CEL.

At the conclusion of the Passion Gospel, the three cantors proceed to the altar rail, where they reverence (bow) and exit via the smoke sacristy.

THE SERMON:

The Verger does not escort the preacher. ALL sit.

MOTET (VESTING):

At the start of the motet, ALL stand. SMs don vestments. The CEL is assisted by the MC at the gospel-side rail, and the D and SD assist each other at the epistle-side rail.

During the vesting, the AA pick up fair linen and the Service Book(s) with the Solemn Collects for the D and the CEL, go to center, reverence (bow), ascend steps and spread fair linen and place the Service Books(s) in the center of the Altar, then descend steps at center, reverence (bow), and return to sedilia.

THE SOLEMN COLLECTS:

ALL remain standing. SD, CEL, and D line up at altar steps and ascend to the footpace. MC and AA line up at altar steps at sedilia. SMs kiss the altar.

Facing the altar, CEL chants the bidding. After D sings Let us bow the knee, ALL kneel. A pause is observed. When D sings Arise, ALL stand. CEL chants the Collect. This form is repeated throughout the Collects.

THE SOLEMN VENERATION OF THE HOLY CROSS:

After the Collects, SMs descend steps. MC joins them on D’s right. AA remain at credence. During the singing of the Pange Lingua, the SMs and MC reverence (bow), turn, and proceed single file to the Baptistry via the main nave aisle, led by the MC.

Once they are moving up the aisle, the TH, assisted by Verger or choir clergy, move the prie-dieu to the center of the floor at the bottom of the chancel steps.

In the Baptistry, MC hands SD and D the veiled cross, and then hands the intonation card for the Ecce lignum crucis to the CEL.

When all are ready, lead by the CEL, the SD and D carry the cross and to narthex end of the main nave aisle; the MC brings up the rear.

SMs and MC pause at the back of the nave aisle, in line with the first set of pillars. The CEL then turns to face the cross and uncovers the LEFT arm of the cross and sings in a low pitch, Behold the wood of the Cross, whereon was hung the world’s Salvation. ALL respond, O come, let us worship. At MC’s cue, ALL, except SD and D, kneel for a moment in adoration (allowing the congregation sufficient time to kneel in and pause).

MC and SMs turn and proceed to the second set of pillars, where CEL then turns to face the cross and unveils the RIGHT arm of the Corpus, singing the verse at a higher pitch. The previous form is repeated.

SMs and MC proceed to the crossing, where CEL then turns to face the cross and removes the veil completely and hands it to MC. CEL may then either repeat the form above, singing the verse at a higher pitch, or may take the cross from SD and D, elevate it, and sing the verse at a higher pitch during the elevation. The rest of the form is repeated.

Once the three intonations are complete, the SMs proceed to the prie-dieu. The CEL stands facing the prie-dieu, the MC goes to the Epistle side of the prie-dieu, while the SD and D go behind the prie-dieu, and standing on the bottom step facing the congregation they rest the cross on top of the prie-dieu.

CHOIR begins singing The Reproaches.

CEL venerates the cross, then changes places with the D, and holds the cross with the SD while D venerates. The D then changes places with the SD. CEL and D hold cross for the remainder of the Veneration. SD and MC venerate, then stand to either side of the prie-dieu, SD on the Gospel side and the D on the Epistle side, to assist the people.

CHOIR CLERGY, AA, and TH all venerate by quietly exiting the chancel via the All Saints altar and coming across the transept. They return to the chancel by going through the All Saints altar. MC gives the black veil to TH who removes it when exiting to the smoke sacristy after venerating.

As the spirit moves them, the people come forward to venerate.  Ushers do not control traffic in any way.

During the venerations, one A takes the burse to the altar, moves the Service Book to the center of the gospel side, as in the Canon of the Mass, and spreads the corporal in the center of the altar. The A returns to credence. AA sit until venerations are completed.

When all have venerated, the MC leads SD, CEL and D, carrying the cross, up to the altar steps. MC retires to sedilia. SMs ascend to footpace. SD and D assist CEL to place cross on the gradine. SMs descend single file to the sedilia and sit.

*** Once the SMs have returned to the sedilia a choir cleric and the Verger move the prie-dieu aside.
***
This is frequently forgotten leading to a traffic jam during the following procession.
*** PLEASE make certain that the appointed persons are committed to doing this.

THE MASS OF THE PRESANCTIFIED:

After The Reproaches and the antiphon Crucem tuam conclude, ALL rise. MC cues TH, who enters, reverences, and proceeds to sedilia. CEL puts on incense, but does not bless it.

With one acolyte leading, the altar party files out and lines up at altar steps in the usual order (A, TH, SD, CEL, D, MC, A):

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
       A   TH   SD   CEL   D   MC   A

ALL genuflect. They proceed the short way to the Altar of Repose in silence:

CEL
D
SD
TH
AA (without candles)
MC
\/

AA pick up the two candles set aside for them on stands, and take their places near the desks. ALL kneel:

[altar]
______________________
________________________
__________________________
TH SD CEL D MC
A                                      A

From this point until the Sacrament is removed to the Crypt, all genuflections are double genuflections.

TH hands thurible to CEL. ALL bow profoundly. CEL censes the Sacrament. CEL hands thurible back to TH. ALL repeat profound bow. The general order for censing the Sacrament is always: pass the thurible, bow, cense, bow, hand off thurible.

The MC hands the humeral veil to the D, who then places humeral veil on CEL. SMs rise, go to the footpace, pause, and double-genuflect. The CEL takes up the ciborium, flanked by the D on the CEL’s right and the SD on the CEL’s left. ALL except the SMs now rise, double-genuflect and turn west. During the singing of Vexilla Regis, the S and SD change places behind the CEL, and ALL proceed to the chancel through the Lady Chapel, past the epistle lectern, and through the choir to the High Altar:

D   CEL  SD
TH
AA (with candles)
MC
\/

Once all have left the Lady Chapel, ushers may then extinguish any candles in and around the chapel.

Arriving at the High Altar, AA continue to the footpace and place their candles on in the places marked for them as noted in PREPARATION above. They then turn, descend, and take usual their places at the altar steps and are joined by ALL others:

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
       A   TH   SD   CEL   D   MC   A

SMs then go to the footpace, place the Blessed Sacrament on the corporal, remove the veil from the ciborium, double-genuflect, and return to their places at the altar steps as above. ALL kneel.

D removes humeral veil from CEL and passes it to MC who folds it and places it on the deacon’s step. They return to their positions and kneel.

TH gives thurible to CEL. ALL bow profoundly. CEL censes the Sacrament, as at Benediction. ALL repeat profound bow. CEL returns thurible to TH.

THE CONFESSION OF SIN:

ALL remain kneeling. D leads Confession. CEL stands (sideways) and gives absolution.

THE LORD’S PRAYER:

D and SD rise and accompany CEL to the footpace, where CEL leads the Lord’s Prayer.

At the same time, MC and AA stand, double-genuflect, and go to credence. With them, TH stands, double genuflects, and exits. Ciboria are brought up to the altar. The Sacrament is divided up among the vessels. CHOIR MINISTERS, as needed, approach the altar to receive ciboria.

The TH should return to count communion at the All Saints altar. The TH should then take their usual seat in choir and exit in the usual manner with the altar party.

After CEL announces the invitation, MC rattles crotalus.

COMMUNION:

CHOIR communicates and then sings Psalm 22 and antiphons from the choir stalls. As much of the Psalm will be sung as is necessary to cover the duration of the Communion.

At the conclusion of Communion, one of the CHOIR CLERGY removes any unconsumed Sacrament to the crypt tabernacle.

Vessels are abluted according to form, except that CEL folds corporal and puts it in burse. The burse and ciboria are removed at the same time to the credence.

RECESSIONAL:

Changing position, as at 11:00 Mass, SD takes a place at CEL’s left, and D on right. D and SD empty-handed, and the CEL carrying a the Service Book (or BCP). The SMs descend to bottom of steps, while AA and MC line up a the altar steps and exit as usual:

[ altar ]
_____________________________
_______________________________
___________________________________
       A   SD   CEL   D   MC   A

ALL kneel. CEL sings O Lord Jesus Christ, Son of the Living God … The CEL hands the Service Book to the D who passes it to the MC. ALL stand, reverence (single-genuflect) and retire “the short way” as usual for the 11:00 mass, but led by AA alone in the absence of a crucifer:

CEL
D
SD
MC
CHOIR CLERGY
TH
Verger
Choir
AA
\/

Original web publication on Nov 12, 1999 @ 01:49pm by Julianne Ture.
Updated Apr 19, 2019 @ 04:30pm by Ciarán Anthony DellaFera, BSG with edits provided by Jason Grant.

NOTES:
• Until the Consecration, reverencing will consist of a simple bow.
• Once the Paschal candle is in place in the chancel, whether walking alone or in pairs, the candle is passed on the right, giving the left shoulder to the candle; pairs do not split around the candle.

PREPARATION:

Near the west door of the church:

The sexton sets up a cart on which is placed a knife, flint lighter, tongs, one briquet for the thurible – placed off to one side so CEL can find it – two tapers, and a brazier filled with charcoal. The sacristan places on the cart the candle nails, incense grains, and service notebook. It is recommended that CEL also carry a flint lighter, just in case.

In the Baptistry:

The sexton fills the font.

MC places texts, a pitcher of water, customary baptismal setup, vial with chrism, the salt, the aspersorium and aspergillum, and additional towels on the altar. The Altar Guild prepares this setup. Containers for gathering baptismal water are placed under the bench.

The festal vestments (cope, dalmatic, tunicle, and stoles, with extra white or gold stoles for choir clergy) are laid on the bench in the baptistry.

The D will carry in the Paschal Candle.

The Chancel and High Altar:

The customary High Mass setup, using the jewelled vessels, is placed at the High Altar credence. Two purificators are placed in the burse in addition to the purificator over the Mass chalice. The normal Reservation ciborium is placed at the credence as well.

The Altar Guild places the paschal candlestand in the center of the chancel. A stepladder is placed discreetly behind it.

Office lights, sanctuary lamps, and pavement lights are unlit.

The Altar Guild places the Lady Chapel lectern in front of the paschal candlestand, sufficiently far forward to avoid the “dead spot” in the chancel. The book of Vigil readings is placed on or near the lectern. The Epistle Lesson is placed on the usual lectern at the Epistle side.

Altars are vested in festal array (the High Altar is overlaid with the Lenten frontal) and decorated with flowers.

MC places handbells for clergy and servers about the High Altar, credence, and bishop’s throne.

Servers place hymnals, texts, and programs for clergy and servers at sedilia, stools, and in stalls.

Servers place candle-lighters and tapers strategically.

MC places extra hand-held candles at credence in case of need during the Liturgy of the Word.

Servers remove altar cloths and place Gospel book on the gradine.

MC places white chasuble and all 3 maniples over altar rail on Epistle side. Maniples are not worn until the Offertory.

Until the Baptism(s), the Celebrant wears purple cope. The Deacon wears purple dalmatic and stole. The Subdeacon wears purple tunicle. Choir Clergy vest in surplices and purple stoles. Only CEL wears a cope.

Servers are vested in cottas and black cassocks.

MC ensures that the crypt door is unlocked. The Altar Guild spreads a corporal before the crypt tabernacle.

MC sets hand-held candles for servers in the smoke sacristy and distributes them before the entrance to any empty-handed servers. CHOIR may use penlights; otherwise MC places choir’s hand-held candles in the choir room.

AA carry unlit torches. (TTTT are empty-handed.) Except for SMs and TH, all others (MC, TTTT, CMs) carry hand candles. Those in pairs carry candle in the outer hand; singles carry candle in right hand.

An unlit vigil light is placed in the smoke sacristy to hold the New Fire during the Liturgy of the Word. One T will be responsible for supervising all the candle-lighting during the Baptismal Rite.

TH prepares coals in thurible. Incense is not laid on.

Before the service, the lights in the church are kept to a minimum to maintain the air of mystery. The chancel, chapels, side aisles, crossing, and most of the nave are dark. Ideally, only the light over the Brimmer Street door is left on so that people may enter safely. At 6:30pm, an usher stands outside the Brimmer Street door to ask people to enter through the parish house so that they are not injured when the New Fire is brought out.

MC ensures that candidates for Baptism (if any) and their sponsors and families are present. The verger will lead them to the baptistry following the altar party. The library should be available if they need to entertain young children during the Liturgy of the Word.

One of the five Old Testament Readers is appointed to make sure all Readers are present before the service begins, and to report the same to the MC.

THE BLESSING OF THE NEW FIRE:

At a prearranged time the sexton turns out all the lights in the church.

The CHOIR will be in place at the back of the church prior to the entrance of the SMs, clergy, and servers.

ALL enter in darkness from rear door that leads to Moseley Hall. The order for this procession is as follows:

/\
TH
A CR A
VERGER
CMs
TT
TT
MC
SD CEL D

Avoiding overcrowding and an accidental auto da fe, ALL place themselves around the new fire setup across the back of the church in the following arrangement. AA should pause to let CR precede them.

A CR A
[ cart ]
MC SD CEL D
TTTT – CHOIR CLERGY – TH – CHOIR
———-
REAR DOORS

In the darkness, CEL kindles the fire and addresses the people with the words, Dear friends in Christ …

With MC holding the book and SD and D lifting the cope, CEL blesses the new fire, saying, O God, through thy Son thou hast bestowed …

TH raises the lid on the thurible. Using tongs, D ignites the briquet from the new fire and places it in the thurible. CEL puts on incense and blesses it. TH gives thurible to CEL, who censes the fire three times. CEL hands thurible to TH.

THE PREPARATION OF THE CANDLE:

D presents the Paschal Candle to CEL, who prepares it. SD holds card with text for CEL.

After the Candle is blessed, CEL lights a taper from the new fire, and using it to light the Paschal Candle, says: May the light of Christ, gloriously rising…

CEL extinguishes taper and gives it to MC.

The sexton and sacristan remove the cart.

THE SOLEMN PROCESSION:

With MC and SD holding edges of CEL’s cope, the procession is formed:

/\
D
TH
A CR A
SD CEL MC
TT
TT
CHOIR CLERGY
CHOIR

Led by D, the procession to the Chancel pauses three times (at the same three places where the veneration cross paused during the Good Friday liturgy). The first two pauses are in line with the pillars in the nave; the final pause will occur at the crossing. At each pause, D turns to face the congregation (and to see when all are in place), raises the Candle and sings, The Light of Christ. ALL, except D and CR, genuflect and respond, Thanks be to God.

At the first pause, D turns to face TH. MC comes forward, gets light from the paschal candle, and then gives to the CEL. ONLY the CEL gets light at this point.

At the second pause, after versicle and response, D turns to face TH again. MC comes forward, gets light from the paschal candle, and lights AA’s torches, SD’s candle, and passes light to the rest of the procession. Note that the congregation’s candles are NOT lighted at this point!! Servers and choir should discourage any congregants who attempt to grab light from their candles.

At the third pause in the crossing, D turns, pauses, and lowers candle slightly so the ushers can light tapers from it to pass the new fire, finally, on to the people.

ALL proceed into Chancel and take their places:

  • D places Candle in stand and joins SMs and MC
  • MC, SD, and CEL by south choir stalls, facing north
  • TH to D’s right
  • AA to places on either side of lectern, facing each other
  • CR to stall (putting cross in holder)
  • TTTT to their places by the bishop’s throne: they should pass the Paschal Candle single file on the left (an exception to the rule about passing the candle) and enter the altar area by the opening at the Gospel end of the rail.
  • CHOIR CLERGY and CHOIR to their stalls.
T[High Altar]
T    
     
T    
T    
     
  [Paschal
Candle]
 
  TH
  D
  A[lectern]ACEL
    SD
    MC
 CR   
       

When all are in their places, D censes candle, then returns and hands off thurible to TH, who moves to stand in front of North choir stall. [If D is also chanting the Exsultet, this censing takes place after D has bidden CEL’s blessing.]

Either the D or a chorister may chant the Exsultet. The cantor, carrying the book of the Exsultet, genuflects before CEL. The cantor says Bid, sir, a blessing. CEL blesses him/her as before the Gospel, but says, “…proclaim his paschal praises…”

Cantor proceeds to the lectern and sings the Exsultet.

At the conclusion of the Exsultet, ALL extinguish their hand-held candles except TTTT, CEL, and MC.

TH and AA turn and, led by TH, proceed to their customary places at the foot of the altar steps, lining up with the horns of the altar.

SMs and MC proceed single file to altar steps. ALL line up at altar steps. CEL introduces the Scripture readings and asks people to extinguish their candles. ALL reverence; TH exits to smoke sacristy; all others go to sedilia, led by MC, and sit. All TTTT but one extinguish their handheld candles; the remaining T exits to smoke sacristy to light a reserved vigil light to keep the New Fire burning during the Liturgy of the Word, leaving the extinguished handheld candle in the smoke sacristy. MC lights a large hand-held candle from AA torch and uses it to follow the service leaflet. MC holds candle for CEL to read the Collects during the Liturgy of the Word.

THE LITURGY OF THE WORD:

Each lesson is read, without announcement or conclusion, from the lectern in the midst of the choir. If a penlight is provided, the light should be switched off after each reading. After each lesson, the CHOIR chants a psalm.

After each psalm, at the CEL’s cue (by means of a loud knock on the chair), ALL stand. CEL chants the Collect (Tone II). SD may hold the text for CEL. This pattern is repeated through the fifth lesson.

At the conclusion of the final lesson, the reader extinguishes the lectern candles.

After the final Collect, CHOIR may change sides for motet.

THE BLESSING OF THE FONT [AND HOLY BAPTISM]:

ALL stand. SD, CEL, D, AA carrying their candles, and MC line up at altar steps in the usual order (A SD CEL D MC A). As the Choir is getting into position for the motet, CEL faces the people. D and SD face CEL but AA and MC remain facing the altar. When the Choir is in place, CEL reads the invitation (“Now that our Lenten observance is ended…”). SMs face altar. ALL reverence and turn. D goes down to candle stand and removes Candle, then goes to bottom of choir steps.

CR takes cross from holder and moves out to choir floor.

MC signals AA to join CR on choir floor.

D, carrying candle, leads procession to the font.

While the CHOIR sings the motet, the people relight their hand-held candles. D pauses at crossing so ushers can get light from the Paschal Candle. The following proceed to the font via the main aisle:

/\
D w/candle
A CR A
MC
SD
CEL
CHOIR CLERGY

A CR A stand against pillar at baptistry entrance so as not to block the people’s view.

[baptistry altar]
————
MC, Choir clergy
D CEL SD
[font]
[baptismal party]
A CR A
(in front of confessional)

Meanwhile – as the procession reaches the Baptistry, TTTT and TH light office lights on all altars, candles in the rood screen, all sanctuary lamps*, and pavement lights: if it has a wick, light it! Do not rush; there is plenty of time to light everything. The Gospel book is moved from the gradine to the center of the altar. (*The silver sanctuary lamp will not be lighted for this service.)

In the baptistry, the SMs and choir clergy change into the festal vestments. The Lenten vestments are laid on the bench in the baptistry, to be removed later.

The Blessing of the Font [and Baptism(s)] are carried out according to the customary form. A choir cleric assists MC with hardware throughout the rite. SD holds book for CEL who blesses the water [and performs the baptism(s)]. The Peace is not bidden here!

The CEL scoops baptismal water into the aspersorium, then takes aspersorium and aspergillum as procession re-forms.

At the conclusion of the baptismal rite, the people return to their pews as the CHOIR begins the Litany of the Saints. A CR A should allow the people to clear the aisle before leading altar party back to the altar in procession. The procession re-forms and proceeds to the Chancel via the main aisle in the order in which it came, except that MC (on CEL’s right) and SD (on CEL’s left) hold the edges of the cope. During the procession, CEL sprinkles the people with the baptismal water.

While procession returns to chancel, sacristan assists sexton to fill holy water stoups, remove water from font into containers, and removes all vessels from Baptistry to Sacristy after the procession has left the Baptistry.

D puts Paschal Candle in stand. CR returns to CR stall. AA, MC, and SMs line up at altar steps in the usual order and reverence. CHOIR CLERGY retire to stalls. ALL remain standing.

MC signals TH to enter. TH goes to center and reverences, as D steps back to allow room for TH to present thurible to CEL. CEL puts on incense and blesses it. TH takes place between A and D at foot of altar steps.

THE FIRST MASS OF EASTER:

When the Litany of the Saints is ended, SMs go up to the footpace. AA, TH, and MC proceed to the credence. SMs reverence the altar. D and SD turn inward to face CEL. CEL turns to face the people and shouts the Easter Acclamation. ALL respond; be prepared for multiple shouts, molto con brio – the more so the better, especially if the Celebrant does not find the congregation’s enthusiasm in responding adequate to the occasion.

SMs turn to face altar. ALL pick up their handbells as the Gloria in Excelsis Deo is intoned. The CHOIR ring their bells and are soon joined by ALL as the lights are turned on. The cacophony is tastefully exacerbated by an organ fanfare.

At the conclusion of the fanfare, ALL cease bellringing. SMs remain at footpace. TH brings thurible up to CEL. The altar and CEL are censed in the usual manner. TH exits. SMs take up usual positions for the rest of the canticle.

After Gloria in Excelsis, CEL chants the Collect.

At the end of the Collect, SD immediately goes to center, reverences, and goes to Epistle lectern to read the Epistle (no more Old Testament tonight!).

After the lesson, these things happen simultaneously:

  • MC signals TH to enter and AA’s to meet him/her at center.
  • SD proceeds to footpace, moves Altar Book, and goes the usual position in Gospel Procession lineup. ALL stand.
  • CHOIR intones the Great Alleluia and ALL respond. This is repeated two more times, each at a pitch higher than that preceding. After the Great Alleluia, the Gospel Procession forms during the singing of Psalm 114 with interpolated Alleluias.

The Gospel Procession is according to custom, except: REMEMBER TO BOW, NOT GENUFLECT! The Holy Gospel is followed by a homily. The Creed, Prayers, Confession, and Absolution are omitted. The salutation and Offertory immediately follow the homily.

The Mass continues as usual, with much jubilation and Alleluias at every opportunity. CEL changes to white chasuble at Offertory, all SMs don maniples, and CR takes out the cope. 

Per the Solemn Mass Customary as of April 2022, there is no Offertory Procession. TTTT will kneel on side opposite MC, TH, and AA during the Canon of the Mass.

At Agnus Dei, MC signals TH to genuflect at departure. THIS IS THE FIRST TIME A GENUFLECTION IS SIGNALED DURING THIS MASS! During the Agnus Dei, a choir cleric retrieves the reserved Sacrament from the crypt and places It on the High Altar to be combined with the Sacrament from this Mass. NOW we can genuflect!

The Mass concludes in the usual manner, with double Alleluias added to the Dismissal and Response (the Easter Dismissal, to be used at all Masses throughout Paschaltide).

Original web publication on Nov 12, 1999 @ 01:48pm by Julianne Ture 

Updated April 2, 2022 @ 12:50pm 

The Vidi Aquam is said or sung at all Sunday masses in Paschaltide.

The aspersorium and aspergillum, and card with versicles and responses, are placed on the altar steps before Mass, near the Epistle horn.

The Celebrant wears a cope at the beginning of the Mass. Incense is laid on in the smoke sacristy before Mass.

All enter the normal way during the hymn, with thurifer carrying loaded thurible.

Upon reaching the altar, at the conclusion of the hymn, ALL genuflect on MC’s cue. MC picks up aspersorium and card and passes the aspersorium to the Deacon, who passes it to the Celebrant.

CEL takes aspersorium, sprinkles altar (center-left-right), then uses aspergillum to make sign of the cross on own forehead.

CEL sprinkles to right and left of lineup and then turns to face congregation as SMs change places behind him while all other servers remain facing east.

SMs proceed three abreast through the choir sprinkling choir members and choir clergy, SD and D holding edges of CEL’s cope, and likewise down center aisle, sprinkling the people, alternately side to side.

At the end of the aisle, SMs wheel around to face east, and they proceed back up center aisle without sprinkling.

Upon returning to the chancel, when the SMs are in place, they genuflect (all other servers do NOT). The D hands off the aspersorium to MC and receives versicles-and-responses card. CEL chants versicles and ALL respond. Following the versicles and responses, SMs ascend to the footpace, where they kiss the altar, descend into line “I” formation, turn right and move to the epistle horn for the opening acclamation. (Alleluia! Christ is risen…).

All other servers move to their usual positions at credence and Bishop’s throne.

The altar is censed during the Gloria.

Mass proceeds according to custom. CEL changes from cope to chasuble at Offertory.

PREPARATION

On credence – usual mass set-up, second Host on paten, custodial with luna and small veil.

On table below credence – Monstrance and veil.

In Lady Chapel – cope for procession.

Candle-lighters for acolytes on floor behind reredos near credence.

On stool at MC’s chair – card with order for Benediction, humeral veil and carillon, and intercessions folder as usual.

Just behind reredos to either side of altar – Benediction lights.

The 11:00 Altar Book is used, with the Preface of the Eucharistic Heart of Jesus clipped in. The Collect is Various Occasions: Of the Holy Eucharist.

Lectionary for Various Occasions  – Of the Holy Eucharist. The lessons are Deuteronomy 8:2-3, I Corinthians 11:23-29.

Gospel Book with brass cover.  Insert for the Gospel book – John 6:47-58

Copes and stoles for choir clergy. There are usually visiting clergy for this service; negotiate seating with choir director beforehand.

Crucifer wears green tunicle.

The upper tier of office lights are lighted, and the Crystal Cross is carried in procession.

Ushers should have tapers ready at the back of the church to relight candles when the procession returns indoors.

SMs, MCs and TH’s may wish to wear kneepads.

THE MASS

The rites follow custom except:

At the entrance, TH2 (without thurible) follows verger in procession. Altar party lines up as usual at the foot of the altar steps except that TH2 stands to left of SD and MC2 stands to Gospel-side A’s left.

For the first part of the Mass, TH2 sits by Bishop’s Throne.

Cel wears chasuble at entrance, and SMs wear maniples.

Choir clergy wear copes at entrance, and remove them after the Collect but keep them at their seats.

After the epistle reading, servers remain seated for the gradual chant and Alleluia verse. SD moves book and returns to the sedilia. The sequence is Lauda Sion Salvatorem. MC cues TH to enter at the verse, “Let the Bread, life-giving…”. TH genuflects at center and goes to sedilia for laying on, then goes to stand to the left of SD’s chair. D goes to altar to retrieve gospel book, receives Cel’s blessing, and stands back against D’s chair. Gospel party then lines up at foot of altar steps in the following order – A1, TH, SD, D, MC, and A2. Gospel procession then follows custom.

At the consecration, Cel consecrates both Hosts.

At the Agnus Dei, the acolytes bring the custodial and small veil to the altar with the chalices and the Deacon places the Benediction Host into it for safekeeping, covers It with the small veil, and places It at the rear of the corporal.

During Communion, MC retrieves cope from Lady Chapel and places it at sedilia.

AAs place Benediction lights on the altar and light them (go up from the side, light candle-lighters from innermost office lights, light inner to outer, return by the side).

At the end of Communion, AA exit to Smoke Sacristy to collect outdoor torches. Choir clergy return to their stalls and put on copes before they sit or kneel.

At the ablutions, MC brings veiled monstrance to altar; vessels are cleansed as usual. All follows according to custom except that Cel moves throne from retable to altar and prepares monstrance, placing luna in monstrance and setting it on throne facing the people. SD veils chalice as usual, but leaves the corporal unfolded on the altar and places the burse flat on the altar.

After post-communion prayer, SMs come off Epistle horn (remembering to sidestep so as not to turn their backs to the Host), and help Cel to change into cope. SMs remove maniples. MC removes missal and stand from the altar.

THE EXPOSITION

MC cues TH1+2 to enter. Th’s carry thuribles in their left hands. Simultaneously, AA go out to meet thurifers as at gospel lineup, and Th’s and AA genuflect on MC’s cue. As TH’s go to Cel for laying on, AA go below rail and stand in front of the innermost pair of medallions. TH’s go to Cel to have thuribles loaded but not blessed. Thuribles are now carried in the right hand.

MC picks up humeral veil, carillon, and Benediction card.

Altar party lines up on pavement –  TH1 SD Cel D MC1 TH2. ALL kneel on MC’s cue. MC places card, carillon and humeral veil on step.

Th on Cel’s left hands off thurible to Cel. ALL (except AA’s) make a profound bow on MC’s cue towards end of first verse of O Saving Victim. Cel censes Host with either three doubles or three triples (All praise and thanks to thee ascend) and ALL make another profound bow.

THE PROCESSION

At conclusion of hymn, MC hands humeral veil to D, who places it on Cel with SD’s help. MC cues SMs to stand, ascend steps to footpace and double genuflect. SD remains kneeling while Cel and D rise. D removes monstrance from altar and hands it to Cel (door to the monstrance should be facing Cel). D assists Cel to pick up monstrance who holds it with the humeral veil.

Cel and D turn to face congregation. SD rises and turns as well. MC cues ALL others to stand, genuflect, and turn to face across. CR takes up cross and comes to east end of choir as at the conclusion of mass.

AA go to meet CR.

CR turns as thurifers and Sacred Ministers leave High Altar, and begins procession, pausing briefly at the crossing to allow others to catch up. The order of the Procession is: ACrA, MC, THs, , Flower bearers (who will join the procession as it exits the West door of the Church), SMs, Verger, Choir Clergy, Choir, (musicians), with the people following.

TH’s walk side by side holding thuribles in their outer hands. SMs walk to either side of Cel as per usual for a procession, but instead of holding the cope, they support Cel’s arms.

Weather permitting*, procession moves down the aisle and exits through the main doors and immediately turns left, down Brimmer Street to Mt. Vernon, turning left again toward Charles Street. At Charles Street, the Procession crosses to the opposite side of Mt. Vernon Street and proceeds back toward Brimmer Street. At Brimmer Street, the Procession crosses the street again and goes up Brimmer Street and back in the West door and up the center aisle. (* In the event of inclement weather, the procession remains indoors and follows the same route as a Solemn Procession, the people remaining in their seats.)

Procession returns to the chancel, CR goes to stall and puts up cross and ALL take their pre-procession places, AA in front of the medallions as before. MC cues ALL to kneel as SMs reach the foot of the altar steps.

SMs go directly to altar, D takes monstrance from Cel and places monstrance on corporal. SMs double genuflect on the footpace and “crab down” to the pavement, where they kneel.

THE BENEDICTION

Tantum ergo begins. ALL make a profound bow during the first two lines of the Benediction hymn, kneeling upright after the words “this great Sacrament revere”. At the end of the first verse, Cel takes thurible from left. ALL bow for the words “Glory let us give and blessing to the Father and the Son,” after which Cel censes Host. D and SD hold edges of cope and humeral veil as Cel censes. ALL make another profound bow.

At the conclusion of the hymn, Cel stands and chants versicle with Alleluias, ALL responding. Cel chants collect (note special tone for collect).

SMs rise go together to footpace and double genuflect. SD remains kneeling while D and Cel rise. D assists Cel to take up monstrance, and then D joins SD in kneeling on footpace while Cel blesses people. MC rings carillon three times – one long ring as Cel turns to face people, one long ring as Cel makes the sign of the cross, and one long ring as Cel turns back to the altar. Both TH’s cense with three doubles (as at the elevation during the canon) while Cel gives the benediction. D, SD, and choir clergy make the sign of the cross as they are blessed with the Host.

SMs rise, Cel hands monstrance to D who places monstrance back on corporal.

SMs double genuflect, and then crab down to pavement. D and SD assist Cel to remove humeral veil, and hand it to MC who hands Cel leaflet with Divine Praises. Cel begins the Divine Praises, the people repeating each phrase after Cel.

During the singing of Psalm 117, D rises, goes to footpace, double genuflects, removes luna from monstrance, places veiled monstrance facing north, returns Benediction Host in veiled custodial to Sacrament house (by Gospel side), genuflects before Sacrament house, and then returns to line-up by going around behind servers and Cel. MC rings carillon once as D closes Sacrament House door.

After Psalm 117 is completed, MC cues ALL to stand, genuflect, and then turn and depart the long way as usual. (AA’s go to meet CR, TH’s exit to smoke sacristy to avoid setting off fire alarm in hallway.) MC leaves folded humeral veil, carillon, and benediction card on step.

After the final prayer in the baptistery, SD proceeds up Lady Chapel aisle as usual, but before retrieving chalice goes to center, genuflects, ascends altar steps and proceeds to fold corporal and place it in the burse. SD takes burse directly to credence, places it on top of veiled chalice and exits to smoke sacristy as usual, genuflecting again at center.

Servers extinguish candles, beginning with the benediction lights. After the benediction lights are extinguished, they and the monstrance are removed from the altar. The dust cover is spread and the rest of the candles extinguished. All other vessels are cleared as usual. Remember to remove the veil, carillon, and card from the steps before any servers go to extinguish candles.

• On the Feast of Christ the King, CEL will wear cope at the entrance and for the Solemn Procession. On Trinity Sunday, CEL enters in chasuble. The Te Deum is a separate service, so CEL will change back into cope at end. Cope should be placed in Lady Chapel or behind reredos.

• Two thurifers serve at this mass. At opening line-up Th1 stands between MC and A1 and Th2 stands between SD and A2. Thurifers may choose to split duties, with TH1 providing incense at entrance/procession and Canon and TH2 participating in Gospel procession. When not providing incense, Th2 takes seat near Bishop’s Throne. The two thurifers should be roughly the same height and should choose thuribles with chains of the same length.

• The rites follow custom until communion, when Th2 receives and exits to smoke sacristy to prepare coals while Th1 receives.

• Ablutions, post communion prayer, blessing and dismissal follow as usual. Since the Mass is over and the Te Deum is a separate service, the dismissal is “Let us bless the Lord” (with double Alleluias added in Eastertide). After the dismissal, SMs move to epistle horn and off to sedilia, where they assist CEL to change into cope.

• When CEL is vested in cope, MC cues Th’s to enter. Thurifers will enter and stand in center at the foot of the altar steps. MC cues Th’s to genuflect.

• Th’s go to CEL to have thuribles charged. They return to center, genuflect ALONE, and go down to crossing.

• Led by A2, SMs and MC line up at foot of altar steps. Crucifer remains standing in stall. Choir begins to chant Te Deum and thurifers swing thuribles with exuberance. Begin initial swing to the left. Th’s may do 360’s simultaneously, with Th1 giving cues or may do them every fourth swing, however they have arranged.

• At conclusion of Te Deum, MC cues ALL to genuflect and ALL turn to face congregation. Th’s exit to smoke sacristy to avoid setting off the fire alarm in the hallway. AA go immediately to meet Crucifer who comes out to center of choir floor. ACrA should pause briefly at crossing to allow the choir to catch up. The exit procession follows the usual order.

Unusual Features of this Liturgy:

Incense is not used until the Offertory, and the Offertory censing is truncated.

The Crucifer may also act as Thurifer, since there is no incense until the Canon of the Mass.

The Lesson is 1 Cor. 15:51-57.

The Gospel Procession is reduced, with only the MC, SD, and D participating.

The Creed, Intercessions, and Confession are omitted.

The Memorare is interpolated into the Canon of the Mass.

There is a symbolic ‘Commendation’ (as in the Burial rite) at the end of the service.

The people are dismissed but not blessed at the conclusion of the Mass.

Preparation:

The altar and SMs are vested in black.

Normal High Mass Setup.

A catafalque is set up on the choir floor.

The Collect is #8, “For the Departed.”

The aspersorium, containing a small amount of holy water, and aspergillum are placed at the sedilia for use during the final Commendation.

A black cope is placed in the Lady Chapel or some other convenient spot to be retrieved for the Commendation.

[When the Pie Jesu is to be sung, MC should place a note in the Altar Book warning CEL to pause for the singing of this text before the Lord’s Prayer.]

The entire service is printed in the leaflet and there is one hymn at the Offertory. Programs and hymnals should be placed before the service so that servers can enter and exit empty-handed.

Entrance:

Choir enters from side door before Mass begins.

All others enter from North door and proceed the short way during the Introit. The Choir will wait to begin until the North doors open and the people rise for the procession. ACrA lead the Procession, followed by: the Verger; [Th without thurible;] choir ministers, MC, and SMs all in customary order.

Proceed to lineup at altar steps. MC cues genuflection. Servers peel off as SMs go up to Altar.

SMs go up to Altar and bow but do not kiss the Altar, then go into straight “I” formation at center for Kyrie.

The Salutation and Collect of the Day are as usual. Immediately after the Collect of the Day the SD departs to the Lectern for the Epistle (1 Cor. 15:51-57). Following the Epistle, the SD goes up to Altar to move the Missal, then retires to sedilia.

ALL sit for the Gradual, Tract, [and Sequence, Dies Irae, omitted in some years].

At the end of the Tract, ALL rise. D fetches Gospel Book and goes to CEL for a blessing. If the Dies Irae is sung, D may move at the verse “Inter oves locum præsta“/”With thy sheep a place provide me.”

The Gospel Procession is as usual except for the missing parts (no AA or TH).

The Gospel Lesson is John 6:37-40. The Gospel Book is neither censed nor kissed. The Deacon does not sign the Cross on forehead, lips or breast while announcing the Gospel. The Deacon closes the Gospel Book after the lection and the SD returns to the sedilia without presenting the Book to the Celebrant.

After the Gospel, the D or an assisting priest goes to the pulpit for the Prayer for the Departed. The people are usually directed to sit for the reading of the list of commemorations. TH should depart at this time to prepare thurible for Offertory. (The list is usually very long so TH will have plenty of time.)

After the Prayer for the Departed, if the D has been reading the names, he returns to the sedilia as choir begins the Offertory chant. The Creed, Intercessions, and Confession are omitted.

The Peace is not bidden here.

During the Offertory chant, in the absence of an Offertory Procession, the D sets the table and returns to the sedilia.

At the end of the Offertory chant, the Sacred Ministers go to center, genuflect, and ascend to the footpace. TH enters as SMs ascend to footpace, and waits at credence. AA bring up the flagon and ciborium and the vessels are prepared.

Once the vessels are prepared, TH goes up to the footpace and incense is laid on.

The Oblations and Altar are censed as usual, but only the CEL is censed (by the D). Other SMs, servers, etc., are not censed. The elements are censed as usual during the Canon.

The Canon of the Mass proceeds as usual [except that the Choir may sing Pie Jesu before the Lord’s Prayer]. The Memorare is interpolated into the Canon (clipped into the Altar Book at the appropriate place).

At the Fraction, CEL sings “The Peace of the Lord … “.

The Prayer of Humble Access is omitted.

During Communion, TH prepares 3 coals for the Commendation.

The Ablutions are as usual.

ALL kneel for the Postcommunion Prayer.

Following the Postcommunion Prayer, SMs go to center, ascend to Altar and bow but do not kiss it.

SMs then descend to sedilia where SD and D assist CEL to change into cope. Chasuble is laid over altar rail. The altar party then assembles at bottom of altar steps.

AA come out with candles to outside positions at bottom of steps (aligned with the horns of the altar). TH enters from smoke sacristy and lines up at D’s right. MC with aspersorium and aspergillum takes his/her place at TH’s right.

SMs, MC, and TH go down to the catafalque, MC leading followed by TH and then SMs in single file.

SMs take places three abreast at head of catafalque, facing west. CEL reads the Commendation prayer, then takes aspergillum from MC and sprinkles the catafalque, then returns aspergillum to MC. CEL then takes thurible from TH and censes the catafalque. During the sprinkling and censing MC holds right side of CEL’s cope. The edges of the pall are not lifted (as they would be at a funeral) during the sprinkling and censing.

Following the censing, CEL returns thurible to TH, who exits discreetly to smoke sacristy. If TH is serving as CR s/he quickly returns to chancel for the departing procession.

With SMs still standing three abreast at the head of the catafalque facing it, CEL bids the Dismissal and D chants: “May they rest in peace.” The reply is “Amen.”

ALL remain in place, SMs and MC facing catafalque, AA facing altar, CR standing in stall, while choir sings In Paradisum.

Following In Paradisum, MC cues CR to meet AA. A CR A then turn and lead procession out the short way (through the North Door) in silence. The Choir then departs quietly via the All Saints Chapel door.

Order: ACrA, Verger, Choir Clergy, MC, SMs

What follows are guidelines for the recitation of the Daily Office at the Church of the Advent. Items in [square brackets] are optional. Page numbers refer to the Anglican Service Book.

Please vest in a black cassock. Be prepared both to lead the Office and read the Lessons should the appointed clergy not be available.

Announce that MORNING PRAYER begins on page 38 “of the black Anglican Service Book.”

[STAND for Opening Sentence (choose one according to the Season), pp. 32-36.]

STAND for the opening versicle and response and Gloria Patri, p. 38, and “Praise ye the Lord”; the Antiphon (choose one according to the Season), pp. 39-41; the Venite and Gloria Patri, p. 41; repeat Antiphon. NOTE: During Lent, use the traditional Venite on p. 559; during Eastertide, use the Pascha Nostrum, p. 42-43, without antiphons.

SIT for Psalms of the day (morning), (Psalter begins on p. 445), followed by the Gloria Patri. Special Psalms are appointed for Major Holy Days and Sundays. (Where more than one psalm is appointed, the Gloria Patri is used after each Psalm. The sections of Psalm 119 are treated as a single Psalm. In reciting the Psalter, “a distinct pause” should be observed at the asterisk.)

SIT for OT Lesson as appointed on Desk Calendar (should be in your stall; if not, look in one of the clergy stalls). A definite pause should follow the reading of each lesson.

STAND for the first Canticle. The weekday rotation of this Canticle is as follows:
Mon: Ecce Deus, p. 58
Tue: Benedictus es, p. 46
Wed: Surge, illuminare, p. 60 (in Lent: Kyrie Pantocrator, p. 60)
Thu: Cantemus Domino, p. 57 (in Lent: Kyrie Pantocrator, p. 60)
Fri: Quaerite Dominum, p. 59
Sat: Benedicite, p. 44
Sundays and Major Feasts: Te Deum, p. 47 (in Lent: Kyrie Pantocrator, p. 60)

SIT for the NT Lesson as appointed on Calendar.

STAND for the Benedictus Dominus Deus, p. 46, and Gloria Patri;

STAND for the Apostles’ Creed, p. 49, said facing East (the High Altar);

KNEEL for the Prayers, beginning with the Our Father, p. 50, and Suffrages, pp. 50-51, followed by the Collects:

Collect for the Day (either weekly Proper or Major Feast)
Collect for Peace, p. 51
Collect for Grace, p. 52
**Use 3 Collects only. However, during Advent and Lent the Seasonal Collect (Advent Sunday and Ash Wednesday, respectively) may be used in addition to the 3 set collects.**
KNEEL for the Grace, p. 56.

Announce that EVENING PRAYER begins on page 71 “of the black Anglican Service Book.”

STAND for Opening Sentence (Seasonal), pp. 68-69 (or use the ones from Morning Prayer, pp. 32-36).

STAND for the opening versicle and response and Gloria Patri, p. 71.

STAND for the hymn, “O Gracious Light,” p. 71.

SIT for Psalms of the day (evening), (Psalter begins on p. 445), followed by the Gloria Patri. Special Psalms are appointed for Major Holy Days. Where more than one psalm is appointed, the Gloria Patri is used after each Psalm. (The sections of Psalm 119 are treated as a single Psalm.) In reciting the Psalter, “a distinct pause” should be observed at the asterisk.

SIT for OT Lesson as appointed on Desk Calendar. A definite pause should follow the reading of each lesson.

STAND for the Magnificat and Gloria Patri, p. 73. (During the eight days before Christmas Eve, the “Great O Antiphons”, on pp. 672-673, are said with the Magnificat. A different antiphon is provided for each day.)

SIT for the NT Lesson as appointed on Calendar.

STAND for the Nunc Dimittis and Gloria Patri, p. 74.

STAND for the Apostles’ Creed, p. 75, said facing East (the High Altar).

KNEEL for the Prayers, beginning with the Our Father, p. 76, and the Suffrages, pp. 76-78, followed by the Collects:

Collect for Day (either weekly Proper or Major Feast)
Collect for Peace, p. 78
Collect for Aid against Perils, p. 79.
**Use 3 Collects only. However, during Advent and Lent the Seasonal Collect (Advent Sunday and Ash Wednesday, respectively) may be used in addition to the 3 set collects.**

KNEEL for the Salutation and Grace, p. 83.

[STAND for the seasonal Marian Anthems, pp. 729-732.]

Preparation:
Candles (2 on lower retable, not ornamental row of six) lit.

On credence: wine and water cruets, lavabo bowl and towel, [breadbox as requested by priest].

Missal on Epistle horn of altar (priest will set it).

Lectionary on lectern; lections set by priest.

Service cards at altar, lectern, and in stalls; Prayer Books (1928 large print) in stalls marked for Psalm of the Day.

Chalice on vesting altar in sacristy with tabernacle key and intercessions book.

Server wears black cassock and vests in plain cotta or surplice after lighting candles and placing vessels at credence.

The Service:
Celebrant and server say preparatory prayer in sacristy.

When the Mass is scheduled to begin, server leads celebrant out through smoke sacristy, pausing to ring warning bell at sacristy door.

Server leads celebrant past High Altar, pausing to reverence, and into Lady Chapel. Server goes to Epistle Horn at foot of steps. Celebrant stops in center at foot of steps. Both genuflect. Celebrant goes to footpace, places chalice on altar, spreads corporal, then goes to Epistle Horn to begin Mass:

Opening Acclamation
Collect for Purity
[Summary of the Law]
Kyrie or Gloria in Excelsis
Collect of the Day/[Season]

Celebrant then goes to Epistle-side stall and sits. Server turns around to lectern for first lesson. Server waits for Celebrant to be seated before turning to lectern and beginning to read.

After lesson, server goes to Gospel side stall. Celebrant or server (as appointed) leads Psalm, responsive or unison as directed.

After Psalm, Celebrant and server rise. Celebrant goes to center at foot of steps. Server passes behind Celebrant. Both reverence. Server goes to Epistle Horn to move book to Gospel side of center. Server goes to Epistle-side kneeler and stands for Gospel.

Server may be seated for homily. Server stands again and goes to Epistle-side kneeler for Intercessions. If Celebrant bids the prayers facing the congregation at the foot of the steps, the server faces in. If the Celebrant bids the prayers from the top of the steps, server faces East.

Kneel for Confession and Absolution. Stand for Peace.

At Offertory, server goes to credence, Celebrant to footpace to prepare chalice. Server will bring breadbox if directed. Celebrant offers bread using the prayers on the service card. Server removes stoppers from cruets and holding wine cruet in right hand and water cruet in left, brings them to Celebrant at Epistle horn. Server hands wine cruet to Celebrant and transfers water cruet to right hand; receives wine cruet with left hand and hands water cruet to Celebrant, then transfers wine cruet to right hand and receives water cruet with left hand. Celebrant adds water to chalice using commixture prayer (“By the mystery of this water and wine …”). Celebrant returns to center to offer chalice, using the prayers on the service card.

Server returns to credence, replaces wine cruet; places towel over left forearm, holds lavabo bowl in left hand and water cruet in right hand, and returns to Epistle horn to wash hands of Celebrant who has come to Epistle horn. After lavabo Celebrant returns to center and server replaces bowl, towel, and cruet to credence and goes to Epistle-side kneeler.

Canon of the Mass:
Celebrant turns (clockwise) to congregation to begin Sursum Corda. After Sursum Corda Celebrant turns back (counterclockwise) to altar and begins the Preface. At the words “Therefore with Angels and Archangels …” server kneels and takes up mallet. During the Sanctus, server rings bell THREE TIMES during “Holy, Holy, Holy …”. At end of phrase “until His coming again,” server rings bell ONCE.

For Words of Institution, after Consecration of Bread, Celebrant genuflects, elevates Host, and genuflects again. Server rings bell THREE TIMES, corresponding with Celebrant’s actions. Same process repeated with Chalice.

Celebrant genuflects again after Doxology of Canon and bids Lord’s Prayer. The Fraction follows, then Prayer of Humble Access and Agnus Dei. If it is necessary to use the Reserved Sacrament, the Celebrant opens the Tabernacle during the Agnus Dei.

Celebrant turns clockwise to show the Sacrament to the people and bids the Invitation (“Behold the Lamb of God …” etc.) Server leads congregation in response (“Lord I am not worthy …”), then rings bell ONCE.

Celebrant communicates himself, then server, in both kinds.

After receiving Communion, server retires to credence. When all Communions are completed, Celebrant returns to footpace. Server brings up water cruet from credence (remembering to remove stopper).

Ablutions take place over corporal. Server pours water into chalice, then over Celebrant’s fingers into chalice. Server then returns cruet to credence and goes to center at foot of steps, ascends to Celebrant’s left to pick up Missal, descends to foot of steps at center, bows, and ascends to Epistle horn to place Missal, then descends to foot of steps and crosses to Gospel-side kneeler for Postcomunion Prayer.

Celebrant cleanses vessels, revests chalice, and goes to Epistle horn for Postcommunion Prayer. At conclusion of Prayer, Celebrant closes Missal and goes to center for Blessing and Dismissal.

Server kneels for Postcommunion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal. After Dismissal, server rises. Celebrant picks up chalice and descends to foot of steps, then faces East. Both genuflect, then turn. Server leads Celebrant out of Lady Chapel via High Altar (the way by which they entered). Final prayer follows in priests’ sacristy. Server removes cotta/surplice and returns to Lady Chapel for cleanup. Celebrant removes chasuble and stole and comes out by way of All Saints Chapel to Lady Chapel entrance to greet congregation.

Either Celebrant or server may record attendance and communion counts in the service register. It is courteous for the server to wait for the Celebrant to return to the sacristy before departing, unless otherwise directed by the Celebrant (who may have an early appointment or other commitment).

Preparation
• Verify vestment requests with clergy and Flower Guild
• Solemn or Low Mass set-up as appropriate
• If not a Mass, officiant will wear surplice, stole and cope
• Cushions for bride and groom to kneel (or may use usual altar rail cushion)
• Chapel chairs from crypt placed on nave floor in front of pews for wedding party
• If wedding party is to be seated in chancel for the Liturgy of the Eucharist, they sit in South choir stalls.
• If there is a Choir, they sit in the North choir stalls (opposite the organ console).
• Small table inside altar rail on Epistle side for holy water and paten
• Paten with small purificator and aspersorium to bless rings
• Lectionary or readings for lectern
• Prayer books for all participants

Organist will begin prelude usually 15 minutes before service. Upon cue from officiant at smoke sacristy door, organist begins processional music.

FOR A LOW MASS:

Officiant, [assisting clergy] and server(s) enter from the smoke sacristy door and genuflect at gate. Officiant turns and goes to top of choir steps to await wedding party while server(s) [and assisting clergy] go to place[s] at sedilia [/clergy stalls].

Bridegroom and attendants enter from the North Door and line up to the right (Epistle side) at the foot of the choir steps.

When the men are in place, the bridal procession enters from the library/back of the church. The bridesmaids line up at foot of choir steps toward the left (Gospel side).

Officiant delivers the charge and witnesses the declaration of consent. After the congregational affirmation, Officiant reads the collect from the Prayer Book.

The Lesson(s) follow, usually read by a member of the wedding party except for the Gospel which is read by the Officiant [or assisting clergy].

A homily may follow the Gospel. After the homily, or after the Gospel if there is no homily, the officiant leads the wedding party to the altar rail.

Server meets officiant at the gate. The server may hold the officiant’s prayer book if necessary.

For the Blessing of the Ring(s), server holds paten and groom’s attendant places ring(s) on it. Server, carrying aspersorium and paten, and officiant ascend to the altar. Officiant blesses ring(s) with holy water and officiant and server descend to gate.

The marriage proceeds as set forth in the Prayer Book. After the prayers, blessing, and Peace, wedding party retires to choir stalls.

Officiant/Celebrant and server(s) prepare the altar [assisting clergy may act as deacon here]. The bride and groom may bring up the bread and wine, otherwise the elements are brought up from the credence.

The Canon of the Mass proceeds as usual. The Proper Preface of Marriage is used. A server may ring the hand-held Sanctus bell if the tower bell is not used.
The bride and groom are the first to receive Communion after the Celebrant has communicated.

After the ablutions, the wedding party returns to the altar rail for the Post-communion prayer, blessing, and dismissal.

Following the dismissal, the clergy and server[s] go to the foot of the altar steps and genuflect, turn, and face the congregation.

The wedding party leaves to a fanfare via the main aisle. Server[s] and clergy leave via the smoke sacristy.

FOR A SOLEMN NUPTIAL MASS:
The servers, [choir and] and clergy enter from the North Door in the normal Sunday order. The bridegroom and his attendants follow the Celebrant.

The Thurifer, Crucifer, Acolytes, [Choir], [Choir clergy], MC, and SMs go to their accustomed places. D places Gospel Book on altar per custom. If one or more of the Sacred Ministers is involved in the Declaration of Consent, they may stop at top of choir steps instead of going to altar steps. If a Choir cleric is presiding at the Declaration of Consent, he stops at top of choir steps and faces the congregation. ALL genuflect.

Bridegroom and groomsmen go to foot of choir steps and line up to the right (the Epistle side).

When the bridegroom and his attendants are in place, the bridal procession enters from the library/back of the church. The bridesmaids line up at foot of choir steps toward the left (Gospel side).

SMs turn to face wedding party, and CEL or Officiant delivers the charge and witnesses the Declaration of Consent.

After the affirmation of the congregation, Introit, Kyrie, and Gloria may follow. SMs proceed to the altar to venerate and cense altar and pray the collect in the usual manner. [Note, the Collect for Marriage is NOT in the Altar Book; it will have to be photocopied and clipped into the page.]

ALL are seated after the collect. Chapel chairs are placed in front of pews for wedding party.

After the lessons are read and sermon preached, the wedding party forms up at the foot of the choir steps and proceeds through the choir to the communion rail during the “traveling music.” MC may need to cue organist to begin music. SMs form up above rail to meet them. MC places kneeling cushions for bride and groom, then brings aspersorium and paten for the rings.

The marriage itself follows, then the prayers. Omit the Lord’s Prayer if Communion is to follow.

The bride and groom kneel for the blessing. After the Peace, the wedding party moves to the South choir stalls for the nuptial mass. MC removes cushions.

Offertory follows with or without procession.

If incense is used, the bride and groom are censed together as a couple and then the other members of the wedding party as a group. Then assisting clergy, the choir, and congregation.

Canon (preface of marriage)

Proper post-communion prayer and blessing

Wedding party leaves the long way to west door led by bride and groom. Altar party exits via North door (remind sexton to make sure door is open at end) after genuflecting.

PREPARATION

Solemn or Low Mass set-up. (Verify color with clergy – either white, black, or purple.) The celebrant will wear a chasuble if it is a mass, otherwise, he will wear surplice and tippet. Provide extra stoles in the appropriate color for assisting clergy.
If the liturgy is a low mass, the chalice should be placed in the center of the altar on the unfolded corporal. The veil should be arranged neatly and the burse should be laid flat on the altar.

Lectionary on lectern – check lessons in service leaflet. They may not be in the lectionary. Use the Bible or ask office staff to print them up on the computer.

Service leaflets at sedilia, on the altar, in the clergy stalls.

Missal on the altar set for the Preface of the Dead. There is a separate version of the canon with the prayer for the departed already included.

Gospel book on table below credence or in crucifer’s stall.

Transfer the Sacrament to the High Altar and place the tabernacle veil on the Sacrament House.

Paschal candle at head of coffin or table for ashes.

If the body is present:

  • Pall for coffin (either white or purple)
  • Four bier lights and coffin stand

If the body has been cremated:

  • Two bier lights
  • Table covered with child’s pall and extra chalice veil for container with ashes

Aspersorium with Holy water

Thurible with lighted coals (be sure sextons have turned off fire alarm)

Light all candles and hanging lamps at least 15 minutes prior to the service.

Families often bring extra flowers. Be prepared to place them discreetly in visible places. Good places are the crossing, the floor in front of the table for the ashes, and the table at the back of the church by the guest book. Flower stands are behind reredos and in flower room.

Cloak, biretta, and container of earth at back of church if Cel is to accompany body to cemetery.

The festal brass cross is customarily used at funerals.

Determine if the All Saints’ Altar will be used for a communion station. If so, remove the dust cover and light the candles and lamp.
Prayer book for Cel and all assisting. The collect is NOT in the missal.

If the tailors are to be rung, the MC or appointed server must ring the altar gong, Sanctus bell in the fleche, or the hand carillon. Verify the correct times to ring during the canon.

Sextons should place service leaflets at the doorways. They may also move the cushion at the altar rail into place after the invitation to communion if there are no ushers. Count people attending before the service begins.

Check to see that the family or people requesting the funeral have arrived. It is a good idea to start just a few minutes late. Family members or friends may read a lesson. Show them the lectern and explain when they will get up to read. Remember that they are grieving and also may be unchurched. They may need prompting. If a friend or family member is to say a few words about the departed, they may do this either in place of the homily or after the post communion prayer and before the hymn. They will likewise need instruction.

THE RITE
The clergy and servers enter from Moseley Hall door. The body is received at the back of the church and covered with the pall. The celebrant may invite the people to stand for these prayers.

Cel begins to read the anthems, as Cr leads procession down the main aisle. Choir clergy follow Cr (and AA), Cel, (preceded by SMs and MC) and then pallbearers with the coffin.

Crucifer and choir clergy go to their stalls. AA, MC and SMs go to pavement to wait for Cel. Cel waits at bier until coffin is placed on stand, and then proceeds to pavement. MC cues ALL, including pallbearers to genuflect. MC and AA go to sedilia and credence.

Cel goes to footpace, kisses the altar, turns to congregation for salutation, goes to epistle horn and reads collect. Cel then goes to sedilia.

OR

Cel may lead the liturgy of the word from the choir and go to altar at the offertory.

The person appointed reads the first lesson.

The psalm or hymn is then led by Cel or assisting person.

Second lesson if appointed.

Psalm or hymn.

During the last verse of this hymn, the Gospeler and the person appointed to hold the book make a procession to the choir steps. Be careful not to take up position until the person reading the second lesson has returned to the choir. The person with the book stands down one step and faces east. The Gospeler reads the Gospel in the customary manner.

The Sermon is often preached from same place. The Creed and prayers may be led from this position also.

The Apostles’ Creed, intercessions for the departed, (and Confession of Sin) may also be led from the foot of the altar steps.
Offertory Hymn. Cel and assisting clergy move to the altar in correct processional order, line up at the foot of the steps and genuflect. Cel will normally go directly to the footpace while assisting clergy take up position on either side of the altar. MC will need to place kneeling cushions for them. AA bring up the flagon, ciborium and water cruet at this time. An assisting priest may assist with preparing the table. AA assist at the lavabo as usual.

Canon of the mass (Preface of the Dead) Interpolation in the canon.

The peace is said as the fraction anthem.

Agnus Dei – grant them rest/rest everlasting.

If there are no ushers, MC or the A not needed to assist with the chalice must move center cushion at the communion rail. MC appoints a server to count communions. Servers licensed to administer the chalice will be needed if there are not enough clergy.
As soon as communion starts, the thurifer goes to the smoke sacristy to prepare the thurible. There are usually a small number of communions, so there is not much time. It may be wise to light some coals before the service and just add an additional one at this time. The thurifer may need to be communicated after the service. The MC is responsible for asking the celebrant or assisting priest to do this.

The ablutions take place as usual. If there is no SD an A brings the cruet to the altar, pours water into the vessels, and cleanses the Cel’s fingers. If there is only one server, he or she may need to make two trips. Cel or MC may move book to epistle horn for the post-communion prayer.

Proper post-communion prayer.

Hymn, during which Cel, MC (AA, SMs) line up at foot of altar steps. Server enters with lighted thurible and joins line up. MC brings aspersorium. After laying on, they genuflect on MC’s cue, turn, and led by thurifer, proceed in ceremonial order to east end of choir. CEL in center, thurifer on side closest to smoke sacristy and MC to other side. Other assisting clergy may take places in front of choir stalls. AA stand at west end of choir in front of clergy stalls and face across until joined by crucifer. If there is a crucifer in addition to the thurifer, s/he moves to the west end of the bier after the commendation is said.

At conclusion of hymn, Cel walks around coffin counter-clockwise, sprinkling with holy water, then hands off aspersorium, takes thurible and repeats circuit around coffin, while censing. (ALL say the Lord’s Prayer softly during censing.) If there are ashes only, Cel may remain on the east side of the table and sprinkle from that position. Cel walks around table for censing.

Commendation follows as in BCP. Servers join in saying antiphon.

At conclusion of commendation, thurifer returns thurible to smoke sacristy, and then takes up cross and stands at west end of choir. This is the cue for the person in the tower to begin ringing the tailors. There will be a pause while the bell gains momentum.
Nine tailors, (or six, or three) is rung.

Upon conclusion, Cel bids people to go forth in peace. Cr turns and leads altar party down to floor of nave, where ALL turn and wait for pallbearers to retrieve coffin. ALL genuflect with palbearers.

When pallbearers are ready, Cel begins reading anthems, and ALL turn and exit church the long way, led by Cr.
ALL go to hearse, and wait until body is placed within and door is shut.

Cel may accompany body to cemetery. Black cloak, biretta, and container of earth should be ready at back of church.

SOLEMN REQUIEM WITHOUT OFFERTORY PROCESSION

SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
These notes may be used in combination with the above notes, or used alone in the case of a requiem or memorial service without the body present.

In this parish, it is customary to use the term requiem to refer to a mass celebrated with black vestments. If the color is white, it is called a Mass of the Resurrection.

If the color of the mass is white, flowers are appropriate, and all the ritual follows custom, with torches carried and incense used at entrance, Gospel and offertory.

If the color of the mass is black flowers are not appropriate. Incense is used only at the offertory and only the celebrant is censed. Acolytes carry torches at the entrance and exit only, but not at the Gospel.

The flagon and ciborium are placed at the credence.

The American Missal is used for this mass. The text for the canon with the interpolation may be placed in the Altar Book instead if desired. The collect is not in the Altar Book, so a service leaflet must be placed on the altar or the collect placed in the Altar Book.
If required by the musical setting, the MC places a note in the missal reminding Cel to wait for the singing of the Pie Jesu after the Great Amen and before the Pater Noster.

THE RITE

ALL enter the short way via the north door (thurifer enters without thurible and follows verger.)

ALL lineup at foot of altar steps and genuflect on MC’s cue as usual.

SMs go to footpace and kiss altar, and then immediately go into center “I” formation and turn right and form slanted “I” formation for Introit, Collect for Purity and Summary of the Law. SMs then turn left and move to center for Kyrie. At conclusion of Kyrie, SMs split into open “I” for salutation and move to epistle horn as usual for collect(s). (Depending upon the musical setting, the Introit and Kyrie may be one movement. The intervening portions of the mass are then omitted. SMs kiss the altar and D and SD go into place behind the celebrant as at the end of the Gloria. They remain in this position through the end of the Kyrie.)

Since there are usually only two lessons, the subdeacon will go immediately to center, genuflect and go to lectern to read. ALL remain seated for the singing of the Gradual and Tract.

If the Dies Irae is to be sung, the SD returns to the altar and moves the book, and then returns by the epistle horn to the sedilia to await the MC’s cue to move. At the appropriate point, (usually Libera me, Domine, or Worthless are my tears and sighing), MC cues ALL to stand, A1, without candle, leads out SD, D, MC, A2, without candle. MC cues ALL to genuflect, and Gospel procession is as usual, except without thurifer and censing.

The Sermon may be preached from the pulpit.

The Apostles’ Creed follows, as is proper for Requiem Masses.

Intercessions for the departed, followed by the confession of sin.

The celebrant may make announcements after the absolution.

At the offertory, D takes chalice to altar and sets table as per custom. When finished, D steps to usual position at altar, (right of center) and Cel and SD go to center, genuflect and ascend steps. SD goes behind Cel to epistle horn to be met by AAs with ciborium of people’s wafers, flagon of wine and cruet of water. SD takes ciborium and hands it to D, who hands it to Cel. SD takes flagon, places it on altar, and takes cruet for commixture. D then places pours wine into the chalice and places flagon on corporal. SD returns cruet to A, bows to AAs, and returns to Cel’s left. AAs return to credence together.

Thurifer enters with thurible containing lighted coals, genuflects at center, and proceeds to footpace by epistle horn for laying on. TH hands thurible to Cel and goes to sedilia.

The elements, cross and altar are censed as usual, except that after Cel is censed, D and SD are not censed. ALL take positions for beginning of canon.

The canon proceeds as usual (preface for the departed). If it is to be sung, the Pie Jesu follows the Great Amen and precedes the Lord’s Prayer.

Instead of the Pascha nostrum, the fraction anthem is “the Peace.”.

In the Agnus Dei, the words “have mercy upon us” are changed to “grant them rest”, and the final line is “grant them rest everlasting.”

In some musical settings, the Communion sentence follows immediately on the Agnus Dei. The Invitation to communion is given after the sentence has been sung.

There is a proper post-communion prayer, and then the blessing, which may be omitted. The CEL, facing the people, says, “May they rest in peace,” to which the people respond, “Amen.” There is no dismissal. The altar party lines up at the steps, genuflects on MC’s cue and turns to leave the short way via processional door.

VARIATIONS TO THE RITE

It is possible to celebrate the funeral liturgy using an MC, thurifer, and two AA. The thurifer may act as crucifer at the entrance and exit. The AA may attend the Gospeler, with or without torches, as appropriate. The thurifer may hold the book at the Gospel, or, if incense is used at this point, the MC will hold the book.

If the altar is to be censed at the offertory, an assisting priest and the thurifer will hold the edges of the chasuble, while the MC removes the missal and stand.. If there is no assisting priest, an A and thurifer hold the chasuble.

AA stand with crucifer at coffin. They accompany crucifer during entrance and exit processions.

Further variations are possible depending upon servers available. A crucifer, additional chalice ministers, and torches may be added as appropriate. There is usually not a collection or offertory procession at a funeral, however. CMs are necessary only if there are insufficient clergy. In cases of necessity, the celebrant may assign an unlicensed person to administer the chalice, but this should be avoided.

Liturgy, as a human institution, is dynamic. While it celebrates the unchanging Eternity of God, liturgy itself is constantly evolving. The ceremonial set forth in this volume is not meant to be construed as having been dictated on stone tablets by a mighty voice, or, for that matter, a still small one. Nor is it presented as the one and only correct way of doing things. Practical necessity, such as architectural restrictions or unexpected contingencies, may prescribe variations in other times and places. There is the famous story of a Christmas Eve Midnight Mass during which a tree placed in the sanctuary caught fire. A commendably calm acolyte fetched the fire extinguisher, doused the flame, and went back to his place in the liturgy; all with the proper reverence and so smoothly that a visitor afterwards commented to the Rector that she loved “the ceremony of the burning bush”!

Other accidents of nature may from time to time intrude upon ceremonial. The potent symbolism of taking the Rogation Procession outdoors must revert to more subtle imagery when a spring downpour forces the procession to remain inside. Perhaps this is God’s own sense of humor at work. That He has a sense of humor is evident from the fact that He created the cats who have from time to time visited the Advent during Divine Worship, leading to the solemn rite (not included in this volume) of the Removal of the Cat, wherein the Acolyte shall reverently transfer the animal to the possession of an usher, who shall gently deposit the cat in the garden; this ritual to be repeated five minutes later when the cat inevitably comes back in.

One thing liturgy is not is a stage for individual performance. The purpose of undifferentiated vestments is to impose anonymity; each server’s personality, with all its quirks and qualities good and bad, must give way to the corporate standard and practice. Despite the temptation presented to the thurifer in a Solemn Procession with “360’s,” or to the Sacred Ministers wearing the glorious vestments of high feast days, there are no “stars” in worship. Even the Celebrant is simply fulfilling his appointed office. Nothing that happens in the liturgy should call attention to the person(s) carrying out the action – everything is directed, and should draw all the senses, to God.

Liturgy is subject to human failings, however. Perhaps the thurifer will absent-mindedly go up the wrong aisle, or out the west door when he was supposed to go around the corner. Rather than leave him to his own embarrassment, the graceful solution is simply to follow him, and hope to right his course with a discreet whisper or two before the procession finds itself heading toward the Public Garden. We may take our cue from cats, who (when not paying their respects to the High Altar) have the gift of falling off the back of the sofa and making it look as if they intended to do that all along. In short, rather than call attention to our mistakes, we try to carry on with minimal disruption to the flow of the service. It is the intention, rather than the execution, that matters; the enthusiastic but tone-deaf communicant may be making a frightful racket to his more musically inclined pew-mate’s ear, but in his own heart he is making a joyful noise unto the Lord, and that is what counts. And so we offer our worship to God with sincere hearts and the prayer that He will accept our offerings of prayer and praise and “pardon the imperfection of our service.”

Mercifully hear us, O Father, as we plead the sacrifice of Thy Son, our Saviour Jesus Christ, and grant that the feebleness of our intention may be perfected in the fullness of that intention wherewith He offered himself upon the altar of the Cross; who now liveth and reigneth with Thee and the Holy Ghost, ever one God, world without end. Amen.

PREPARATIONS: (If Acolytes are available, they should help.)

• MC should arrive by 8, or 8:15 at the latest, and check service bulletin for special processions, baptisms, or any other events which are not part of a regular Mass.

• Candles – on high altar & All Saints’ – usually light them first before the 8 AM Mass is into the Liturgy of the Eucharist.

• Remove blue cover-cloths after lighting candles. Cloths get put in Smoke Sacristy.

• Carry items to go onto Credence into the Smoke Sacristy to take out later.

• Set at Credence: (see diagram in first section, general notes)

-Veiled chalice – check for Priest’s Wafer and a total of 3 purificators
-2 extra chalices with palls
-Water and wine cruets labeled A for Aqua & V for Vino; check contents
-Small box with wafers
-Lavabo

• Large Flagon and Ciborium for Offertory are set at end of shelf in front of sofes for Verger or usher to take to Baptistry.

• Water glasses to Pulpit and to Gradine within reach of Cel.

• Chasuble over altar rail if there is a procession.

• Check chairs at Sedilia to be sure they are far enough away from wall to provide room for vestments to be tucked over chair backs.

• Check – all servers present? Reader present? Sanctus bell ringer present?

• If there is no CM, and Crucifer cannot be CM, MC should be prepared to slip behind Reredos, to remove Altar Book during censing at Offertory.

• Count # of Eucharistic Ministers – five preferred; four doable if CM, as well as CC return to high altar after serving at All Saints. (The MC can administer a chalice in a pinch, but it is best if s/he is not used. Check with clergy for their preference.)

Altar Book – Check to see if ribbons have been set. They should be marked at: Opening Acclamation; Collect of the Day; Sursum Corda; Eucharistic Prayer A; Preface and Post-Communion Prayer. Check with Cel that he is satisfied with Book markings. Set on stand, closed, on south horn of high altar.

Binder with Creed and Prayers – Place on small bench next to MC’s chair. If not in Sacristy, it may need to be retrieved from the Lady Chapel. A copy of the BCP is not usually called for, but it can come in handy to have next to MC in case it is wanted by a SM.

Lesson book – set on Stone Lectern and open to first lesson of the day. If not in Sacristy, it may need to be retrieved from the Lady Chapel. Lights should be turned on at Lectern.

Service Bulletins – set out in stalls for Choir Clergy, CM, Cr, and Verger; in the Sanctuary for all servers to be available for Psalms. In addition, leave one in Smoke Sacristy for Thurifer.

Hymnals – one each for TT for Gospel Hymn; one for MC. Th can use one at TT chairs for Recessional hymn. SM generally do not carry hymnals in or out. Optional for MC when entering.

Some possible Reminders to servers:

– Everyone (except Cr): When exiting from the Baptistry at the end of the Mass, genuflect when passing the high altar, reverence (slight bow) at the side aisle (All Saints Altar) then continue out the North Door to the Smoke Sacristy.

– Crucifer: Count Communions at All Saints.

– Thurifer: When entering for Gospel Procession, try to time it so Acol can flank you for genuflection. (If Cr is also CM, then Th should be asked to count at All Saints.)

– Acolytes:
Gospel Procession:
• At end of Epistle, move quickly to foot of altar steps at the center, leaving just enough room for Th, and genuflect with him/her then move into position.
• Because fewer folks than in previous lineup, need go only to position of outside candle on altar, or even closer to middle.
• When following MC and heading out of sanctuary, come toward each other and turn west when both reach center of opening in altar rail.
• As Gospel is read, candles remain high to light Gospel book.
• When returning to base of altar steps, keep in mind number of people so as to not leave gaps.
Creed:
genuflect for Incarnation, don’t kneel
Recessional:
– pause at altar gate so both can move together to meet Cr.

– Torchbearers:
• Candles are held high except when kneeling.
• Three separate elevations during Canon of Mass

For Feast day or Lenten processions:
Th and MC switch places for opening line-up at foot of altar steps, i.e., MC goes left and Th right, for greater ease of laying on of incense.
Acol/Cr positioning in Chancel at entry – “wheeling” in front of organ etc.
Check with clergy as to when censing of altar will take place – hymn? Gloria? Kyrie?
CM and/or TT – do “traffic control” – peel off near pulpit (near lectern during Lent)
Cr – If there is a Procession for a feast day or Lent, retrieve Cope at Offertory and take to Sacristy. (Also retrieve Copes from CC if Verger has not done so.)

PROCESSION and MASS:

• When all in procession reach foot of altar steps and D has placed Gospel book on the altar, MC signals genuflection by extending arm straight out, then lowers for all to move as arm descends.

• When SM ascend to altar, all other servers inside altar rail, turn south (right) and proceed to places at or near Credence. (Acol in front of their candles, MC in front of Credence, and Th at foot of steps to left of MC.) Torches exit to Smoke Sacristy, place lighted candles in rack, and return to stand in front of seats flanking Bishop’s Throne.

• SM in “slant I” formation for Opening Acclamation & Collect for Purity

GLORIA:

• D & SD ascend to altar

• At a signal from the MC, Th ascends steps to hand Thurible to Cel, and MC removes Altar Book & stand. Both return to foot of steps.

• MC replaces Book after Cel has been censed by Deacon. (Optional: Turn ribbon so Book opens to Collect.) D hands Thurible to Th, who exits.

COLLECT of the DAY:

• SM in “I” formation at the south horn of the altar.
• Acol are in front of their candles; MC in front of Credence.
• At end of Collect, SM descend to Sedilia.
• MC assists D with Dalmatic

FIRST LESSON: read by someone from the Congregation

PSALM: sung by Choir and/or Congregation; SD leaves his/her chair and goes to Stone Lectern 2-3 verses prior to Gloria Patri, depending upon pace of music, length of psalm verses, etc.

EPISTLE: (read by SD)
When finished, SD returns to chancel to move Altar Book from south horn to left of center, then goes to lineup for Gospel procession. (SD waits for Th to enter and move to SM for laying on of incense before genuflecting.)

GOSPEL:
• At the end of the Epistle, when the congregation says, “The Word of the Lord,” Acolytes stand, take candles and move to foot of altar steps in the center. They genuflect with Th when s/he arrives between them, then move to usual place.
• Th has incense laid on, then takes usual position next to Acol on north side.
• SD returns from Lectern and moves Altar Book from Epistle side to Gospel side, then descends steps to stand in usual position. (Lineup is: Acol Th SD D MC Acol).
• D takes Gospel Book to Cel for blessing, then MC & D join lineup, with MC leading the way.
• MC cues genuflection; all turn and face west. MC leads the way down the center aisle followed by Acol, Th, SD, D
• MC stops approximately halfway down aisle, by floor register, and signals to Acol to stand in front of pews on both sides.
• Th stands East of Acol on North side.
• MC stands East of Acol on South side.
• SD turns to face the altar and extends hands for Deacon to place the Gospel Book.
• D announces Gospel Reading and censes Book.
• Gospel is read.
• SD leads Procession back, then MC and others follow in the same order as before.
• SD does not genuflect but proceeds directly to the Cel, hands Gospel to him for kiss, then book is closed and held by SD as s/he remains standing in front of sedilia.
• If Cel is preaching, he kisses book before Procession enters chancel; SD closes book and proceeds back to Sedilia without genuflecting.
• Acol, Th, D, (unless preaching) & MC, line up at altar steps, genuflect, and proceed to sedilia. (Th exits.)
• MC receives book from SD and places on lower shelf of table below Credence.

SERMON, CREED, and PRAYERS of the PEOPLE:
• All are seated during the sermon.
• Sometime during Sermon either D or Cel may ask to look at the Intercession book or ask for a BCP.
• At end of Sermon, all at Sedilia stand up.
• MC makes sure that D has intercession book.
• SM proceed to center at foot of altar steps for Creed, etc.
• MC and Acol move forward to stand next to bottom step on the side for Creed & Prayers of the People. TT are in corresponding position on opposite side.
• MC offers Service Leaflet to Acol if responses not memorized.
• Kneel at the same time as the SM for Confession and Absolution.

THE PEACE:
All stand, exchange peace. TT exit to retrieve candles. (If Acol are also doubling at TT, they take their candles and proceed to foot of altar steps.)

OFFERTORY:
• Th and TT enter. TT remain outside of railing and Th passes through gate. All three genuflect together at MC’s cue.
• Th goes to SM for laying on of incense carrying Thurible in left hand and boat in right hand to pass to D. (After laying on of incense, D passes boat to MC to put on table below Credence unless Th has a strong preference for carrying the boat.).
• Th returns to base of steps at center; MC cues genuflection for Th and TT, who then exit down South aisle to Baptistry. (Th does not swing Thurible.)
• Cel, SD and MC sit during Anthem.
• Deacon sets the table then returns to seat. MC assists with Deacon’s Dalmatic.
• At end of Anthem, Offertory Procession heads up aisle.
• SM leave Sedilia, go to base of altar steps, genuflect and turn to receive gifts.
• MC assures that TT are standing at first open spaces in altar rail; signals TT to genuflect with bearers of Offertory Elements.
• MC picks up Water Cruet (Checks to see Cruet is labeled “A”, for aqua.)
• SD gives offertory bason to CM, then proceeds to other end of altar to receive Water Cruet from MC. (If there is no CM, bason is handed to MC.)
• SD pours water into Flagon at signal from Cel.
• SD returns Water Cruet to MC, and returns to his/her place on Cel’s left.
• MC carries Cruet back to position on Credence.
• Th waits for signal from MC to ascend steps

CENSING AND HAND WASHING:
• Censing of Altar – CM removes Altar Book and stand, replaces when Cel hands off Thurible to D.
• D censes Cel.
• Acol take Lavabo Bowl, Purificator and water to Cel for hand washing. (If no Acol, MC goes to Cel with bowl in left hand, purificator over left arm, and with right hand pours water from Cruet over fingers of Cel.)
• Th censes D with 2 doubles, SD with one double; moves on to cense other servers, Choir Clergy, Choir, & Congregation.
• MC sets out kneelers for Acol, Th, and MC.
• If needed, MC lays on more incense after Th returns to place

SALUTATION, SURSUM CORDA, SANCTUS, BENEDICTUS:
All remain standing.

CONSECRATION:
• MC signals all to kneel.
• Remain kneeling during Lord’s Prayer, Fraction, and Prayer of Humble Access.
• Remind Th, if needed, re censing at 3 elevations – host, chalice, and at end, during “by whom and with whom, in the unity of the Holy Spirit…” as priest elevates elements.
• TT also elevate their candles at the three times Cel does elevations.

AGNUS DEI:
• All servers stand – signal to TT if necessary
• TT wait and genuflect at the same time as Th.
• TT wait for Th to pass between them, then follow to Smoke Sacristy, putting lighted candles in stand for later use. When TT re-enter,the person entering first goes to farther seat to assure smooth movement.
• Th empties Thurible and re-enters to receive HC.
• MC takes two empty chalices, covered with palls, and places them on the altar.

COMMUNION:
• CC & CM administer Communion at All Saints; when finished, CC administers host at high altar and CM places chalice upon the Corporal on the high altar, genuflects, and returns to stall.
• Acol stand in front of their candles as they receive communion, and then count Communicants. Acol divide up the counting using the green middle line as a divider. MC is responsible for counting all Servers & SM.
• If Cr hasn’t moved to All Saints altar to count, see if staring at him/her will work! If not, CM can usually provide a guesstimate.

POST COMMUNION:
• MC gets water cruet, ascends steps and stands to the right of the SD. (Leave room for SD if s/he is still administering chalice.)
• At a signal from the Cel, SD pours water into Flagon. (Water Cruet remains on altar until after Cel’s ablutions.)
• Acol come up to end of altar when signaled by MC.
• MC gives one item to each Acol, they turn together and descend steps, then return for additional vessels.
• SD and D exchange places w/ veil and book in hand, respectively; SD veils chalice
• Acol draw near to bottom step, kneel at “Let us pray.”
• MC moves to pavement to meet SD at his/her position in lineup, receives veiled chalice and carries it to the Credence.
• MC joins Acol kneeling for Prayer of Thanksgiving.

BLESSING and DISMISSAL:
• All remain kneeling as SD & D kneel for Blessing by Cel.
• D stands and gives dismissal.
• All stand. SM ascend to altar. TT exit to pick up lighted candles & return to places outside rail.
• Acolytes pick up candles and go to meet Cr. Remind nearer acolyte to wait at gate for other acolyte to reach center before stepping out.
• MC and Th pick up hymnals and join lineup – Th SD Cel D MC
• MC signals genuflection after play through of hymn.
• All turn. Cr & Acol lead Recession followed by Choir, Verger, CM & Choir Clergy.
• Torches face each other and at signal from MC, meet at center, turn, and walk out together, following Choir Clergy.
• MC & Th meet at center, turn, and walk out together, following Torches.
• All gather in Baptistry, in front of Font for prayer by Cel.

AFTER MASS:
• SD goes to fetch veiled chalice to take to Working Sacristy.
• MC, CM, and Th can receive vestments and return them to Vesting Sacristy.
• MC gets counts from Acol and Cr, if not done previously.
All servers remove vessels and take to Working Sacristy.
• Money is put in safe.
• Altar Book back to cupboard in Sofe. (Lesson book should stay; can turn the page back to first lesson if you have time.)
• Binder for Creed and Prayers is returned to its place in the Sacristy at the left end of the vesting altar.
• Water glasses – remove glass from high altar; can leave preacher’s if plenty left.
• Return notebook of 9AM Mass back to cupboard in sofe.
• Record number present, number of communions, and write initials in “Server” column in book on desk in Vesting Sacristy.
• Check upstairs to be sure all cassocks and cottas have been hung up.

BEFORE THE MASS THE SD SHOULD:

  • Arrive 30 min. prior to the Mass.
  • Check the service order to note any changes.
  • Help the MC with setup if needed.
  • Check the Lesson (Epistle) assigned for the day, to be sure it is the the lesson prepared the night before.
  • Make sure the Lectionary has been taken to the Lectern.
  • Be vested 10 min. prior to the Mass
  • Accompany Cel & D to Smoke Sacristy for laying on of incense.

PROCESSION and BEGINNING OF MASS:

SD is the first of the three Sacred Ministers (SM), directly behind the MC. (See Server notes for diagram.) When the altar steps are reached, the lineup is as follows:

A Th SD Cel D MC A

At a signal from the MC, all genuflect. At a signal from the Cel., the SM ascend the steps and to bow over the altar. The Cel. kisses the altar, but D & SD do not.

SD Cel D

The 3 SM move to the side for the reading of the Collect for Purity. They are lined up in a diagonal line, slant “I”. The SD is standing on the Pavement.

The SM then move to the center into a straight “I” formation, prior to the Gloria.

As soon as the Cel says “Glory Be to God on High,” the SD and D move up to either side of the Cel. Censing is generally done during the Gloria, and the SD & D hold the edges of the Chasuble to keep it away from the thurible.

The Cel starts the censing of the altar in the center, moves to the right end of the altar,back to the center, to the left, and finally moves all the way to the right again. Whenmoving past the Cross at the center of the altar, SM pause briefly to reverence it. During censing the SM face the direction in which they are moving and walk forward so as to avoid “crab steps.” Movements of the Cel should not force the other SM to move to a lower step at the ends of the altar, but it happens sometimes. When the SM are all the way to the right for a 2nd time, the Cel hands the thurible to the D, as the D & SD move -in tandem as much as possible- to the floor for the censing of the Cel. D&SD jointly reverence the Cel before and after censing.

After censing the Cel, the SM once again return to the center, on their respective levels.

As the Cel reverences the altar before he turns to say, “The Lord Be With You,” the D & SD turn away from the center, take one step, then turn to face the altar. (This is so the Cel can be seen as he speaks.)

All then move right to form a straight “I” while the Cel reads the Collect for the Day.

At the end of the Collect the SM move to the Sedilia. D&SD help put the back of the Chasuble behind the Cel’s chair. (SD flips up back of his/her Tunicle before sitting.)

The Liturgy of the Word

SM are seated for the OT reading. (Done by a member of the Congregation.)

As the Psalm is sung, the SD stays seated until 2 or 3 verses before the Gloria Patri. At that point s/he walks to the center of the pavement, genuflects, and proceeds to the Lectern.

SD remains facing north – toward the pulpit – and bows during the Gloria Patri. At the end of the Psalm, s/he turns toward the Lectern and announces the reading. (The light should be turned on already, and should be left on after the reading.)

S/he concludes the reading with, “The Word of the Lord.”

SD returns to the front of the altar, genuflects (after the Thurifer has moved off to theside), and ascends the altar steps to move the Altar Book & stand from the Epistle side (right end) of the altar to a left-of-center position on the Gospel side. When passing the Crucifix, SD reverences with a brief bow of the head.

S/he descends steps to lineup position for Gospel procession.

[ altar ]

A Th SD D MCA

The MC leads the procession to midway down the center aisle and the others follow in this order:

D
SD
Th
Acol
MC

When in place indicated by MC, SD turns and faces the altar; D faces West. SD holds out hands for the Deacon to place the Gospel Book. SD should stand so that Gospel Book is in line with the candles.

At the end of the Gospel, the D takes Gospel Book, elevates it, and returns it to the hands of the SD. The Book will be kissed and closed by the celebrant, whether he is standing nearby because he is preaching, or is back by the Sedilia. (SD closes Book if Cel does not.) In any case the SD leads the procession back. However, s/he does not genuflect or pause at the foot of the altar, but returns to the Sedilia and waits for the MC to take the Gospel Book and put it away. The SD sits in his/her chair during the sermon.

At the end of the sermon SM stand and SD leads SM to foot of steps facing the altar.

(There is no genuflection because the SM are not turning their backs to the altar.)

[ altar ]
SD Cel D

CREED : At the mention of the Incarnation, all genuflect with the right knee touching the floor (not the step.)

PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE: SD & Cel remain standing in position as D leads prayers.

CONFESSION and ABSOLUTION: All kneel after D has returned to position.

PEACE: SD and D stand and turn to face each other while Cel faces Congregation. Cel turns to give peace to D first, then SD. (Hands are placed on shoulders, and lean toward Cel on right, then left.)

SM genuflect together and return to stand in front of Sedilia. They give the peace to the Acol. SD remains standing while incense is laid on for the offertory procession.

The Liturgy of the Eucharist:

OFFERTORY ANTHEM: SD and Cel sit while D prepares vessels. (Once again SD aids Cel with Chasuble.)

OFFERTORY HYMN:

• SM stand and SD leads them to the foot of the altar steps where they genuflect, then turn to face the procession. When Cel steps forward to receive gifts, SD and D move forward also, but remain slightly behind him.

Note: When turning SD should always turn in toward the Cel.

• The Cel receives the alms bason and hands it to the SD; takes the flagon and passes it to the D; and takes the Ciborium himself.
The SM nod to processors, turn, and go up the steps carrying the offerings.

Note: SD should remove attendance slip from top of bason when handing it to the Cel. for elevation.

• After the Cel takes the alms and elevates them, they are returned to the SD who turns and hands the bason to the CM, who has come up to receive it.

SD then moves right to receive the water cruet from the MC.

  • The SD holds the cruet up to be blessed by the Cel, which occurs when D says, “Bless Reverend Father.” SD then pours some water from the cruet into the flagon.
  • SD passes the cruet back to the MC, and SD returns to position to the left of Cel.
  • Censing is next, with the same movements as during the Gloria. When the SM are all the way to the right for a 2nd time, the Cel hands the thurible to the D, as the D & SD move to the floor for the censing of the Cel., same as at the beginning of the mass.
  • As soon as the thurible is handed back to the Th., SD & D return to center, and the straight “I” formation facing the altar. (Cel stays at side for hand washing.)
  • D turns 90 degrees to the right for censing by Th, then turns left to face the altar.
  • SD turns 90 degrees to the right for censing by Th, then turns left to face the altar. (note: Th bows first, SD replies with a bow, is censed, then both bow again.)

SURSUM CORDA:

• As the Cel reverences the altar before he turns to say, “The Lord Be With You,” the D & SD turn away from the center, take one step, then turn to face the altar.

• As the Cel turns to face the altar again, SD & D also turn, take one step to return to “I” formation.

SM remain in this position through the Proper Preface. At the words “Therefore with …”, SD & D join the Cel at the altar. (The D should pause a beat to allow the SD to “catch up.”)

SANCTUS and BENEDICTUS:

  • SM are all facing the altar. (No angling in by SD & D.)
  • SM bow at the waist until “heaven & earth…”, but watch the Cel and stay with him.

• SM cross themselves at “Blessed…”, but again watch the Cel. PRAYER OF CONSECRATION:

  • SD and D angle in slightly toward the Cel and elements
  • SD is “pointing” for the Cel whenever SM are standing.
  • When Cel genuflects prior to elevating the host, SD & D, genuflect and remain down on one knee until Cel rises from the genuflection which follows the elevation.
  • These actions are repeated for the elevation of the chalice.
  • The SM will genuflect after the Doxology – “By whom and with whom…”- and final elevation. When they rise, they will face East, parallel to the Cel, not angled in.
  • SM remain standing during the Lord’s Prayer, the Fraction, and the Prayer of Humble Access.
  • At the Agnus Dei, the D will go to the Aumbry and bring consecrated hosts to the altar. (If the Cel has time, the SD will receive HC at this point.)

INVITATION TO COMMUNION:

• As Cel turns to the Congregation with the elements held up, the SD and D turn to face the Cel and elements, and make the sign of the cross.

ADMINISTRATION of COMMUNION:

  • SD will receive a chalice from Cel, and when Cel & D go to administer Communion to the Acolytes, SD descends steps at the center to administer to half of those at the railing. (Right side as you face the congregation.)
  • SD administers the Chalice with the words, “The Blood of Christ, the Cup of Salvation.”
  • When administering the Chalice, the SD always has a secure-but-flexible grip on the Chalice which allows Communicants to guide and tip it, but not to have possession of it.
  • The rim of the Chalice is wiped and turned between each Communicant.
  • If the Host has not been consumed when the Chalice arrives the SD takes the Host, dips it into the Chalice and places it on the tongue of the Communicant, saying “The Body & Blood of Christ preserve you unto Everlasting Life.” The Communicant should be discouraged from dipping Host into the Chalice himself.
  • When all have been communicated, SD ascends steps to right of Cel and places Chalice on the Corporal; D is on the left.

CLEANING & RETURN of VESSELS:

  • MC brings up water; Acol are ready to remove vessels.
  • SD pours some water into the flagon at a signal from the Cel..
  • Cel & D add water to vessels, drink, & wipe vessels.
  • Cel passes vessels to SD, who passes them to MC.
  • SD pours water over Cel’s fingers for final ablutions.

PREPARATION of VEILED CHALICE:

  • When all vessels have been passed to MC, SD and D nod to one another.
  • • SD picks up veil and descends steps while D picks up Altar Book and stand.

When SD and D reach their step locations, they reverence, and then immediately ascend steps.

POST COMMUNION PRAYER:

  • SD covers chalice and paten with pall and veil, then folds corporal and places it inside the burse. The burse is placed on top of the veiled chalice with the opening to the back.
  • SD carries veiled chalice down to pavement where it is taken by the MC. (MC should meet SD at vertical lineup position.)
  • SD remains on pavement in line behind D until end of prayer.

SD Cel D MC

BLESSING and DISMISSAL:

• At the end of the prayer, SM move to “I” formation at center.

• D and SD split for Cel to say, “Let us pray.”

SD and D kneel in place and Cel gives blessing.

  • D stands up and faces congregation for dismissal.
  • At “Thanks be to God,” SD rises to ascend steps.

• SM bow over altar, turn and descend steps.

RECESSIONAL:

• SD is in the same position in lineup as at the beginning of the mass.

[ altar ]
[ altar steps ]
Th SD Cel D MC

  • At the end of the “play-through” of the recessional hymn, the MC will signal for genuflection.
  • All turn to face the congregation.
  • SD follows MC in the recessional to the Baptistry.
  • At the end of the hymn and final prayers, SD goes up the south aisle, through the Lady Chapel – with just a reverence for the cross – to the Credence and gathers the Veiled Chalice to take to the Working Sacristy.
  • After removing vestments, but still in cassock, the SD checks with the MC to see if s/he needs assistance in anything.

Chalice Minister wears a plain Surplice over the Cassock.

Occasionally the CM may be asked to serve as Crucifer as well as CM, since there is no conflict in these roles.

If there is a Festival (or Lenten) Procession with Congregation, CM may be asked to perform “traffic control” – along with TT- by peeling off when arriving at Pulpit (or Lectern) then stopping processing Congregants so Thurifer and all following can proceed uninterrupted to High Altar.

CM, along with other Servers should be prepared to assist MC with preparations.

PROCESSION:

• The CM follows the Verger and precedes Choir Clergy

• At the top of the Chancel steps, s/he peels off to the left, going to the stall directly behind the Crucifer, and stands facing the altar.

• At a signal by the MC, CM genuflects with the Sacred Ministers, & Choir

THE CM:

• Faces the Verger’s & Rector’s stalls directly across the Chancel during the Liturgy of the Word.

• Remains standing during: Opening Acclamation, Collect for Purity, Gloria, and Collect for the Day.

• Sits during: First Reading, Psalm, and Second Reading.

• Stands for Gospel Hymn. As the Gospel Book is carried down the center aisle, all turn and face the Book. As the Book is processed back, CM returns to position.

• Sits for Sermon.

• Stands for Creed and Prayers of the People.

• Kneels for Confession and Absolution.

• Stands for the Peace.

• Sits for the Offertory Anthem.

OFFERTORY HYMN, AND PROCESSION OF THE ELEMENTS.

• CM stands and is ready to follow the persons carrying the Elements, taking a position at the left end of the Communion Rail. At a signal from the MC, CM genuflects with the others.

• CM moves inside the Communion Rail and stands at the foot of the steps at the North (left) end of the Altar. S/he is ready to ascend steps to receive the alms bason from the Sub-Deacon. The bason is placed on one of the small chairs nearby. Note: Nothing is to be placed on the Bishop’s throne at any time.

• When the Thurifer ascends the steps and hands the Thurible to the Celebrant, the CM ascends the steps, removes the Altar Book & stand, and goes to the position at the bottom of the steps. The Altar Book and stand are returned when the SM finish censing and they descend steps to the right.

• CM stands in position for Sursum Corda, Preface, Sanctus & Benedictus.

• CM kneels in place for the Consecration, Lord’s Prayer, Fraction, & Prayer of Humble Access

• CM rises at the Agnus Dei, along with the MC.

RECEIVING AND DISTRIBUTING COMMUNION:

• After the Deacon has removed Consecrated Wine from the aumbry, CM ascends steps stopping at the second down from the top, and stands there to partake of Communion, prior to moving to All Saints’ Altar.

• After receiving HC, CM is given a Chalice by Cel or D and follows Priest/ Deacon to All Saints’ to administer HC to Congregants.

• The Chalice is administered, with the words, “The Blood of Christ, the Cup of Salvation.”

When administering the Chalice, the CM always has a secure-but-flexible grip on the Chalice which allows Communicants to guide and tip it, but not to have possession of it.

• The rim of the Chalice is wiped and turned between each Communicant.

If the Host has not been consumed when the Chalice arrives the CM takes the Host, dips it into the Chalice and places it on the tongue of the Communicant, saying “The Body & Blood of Christ preserve you unto Everlasting Life.” The Communicant should be discouraged from dipping it into the Chalice himself.

• When all have been served at the All Saints’ Altar, the Priest or Deacon will help serve hosts at the High Altar, but the CM generally does not. S/he places the Chalice on the Altar – on the Corporal – genuflects, and passing behind the choir, returns to stall behind Crucifer.

N.B. On rare occasions the CM is asked to take excess wine to the Sacristy. If so, it is important that it be poured down the Piscina, a special sink in the Sacristy. The chalice is rinsed and left there, covered with its pall.

POST-COMMUNION PRAYER, BLESSING AND DISMISSAL:

• Kneel in stall.

FINAL HYMN & RECESSIONAL:

• CM follows Verger & precedes Choir Clergy (if any).

AFTER FINAL PRAYERS AT THE BAPTISTRY:

• CM helps collect vestments from Clergy by holding both arms out for clergy to place vestments.

• Exit, pausing for Genuflection at the Center Aisle, Reverence (slight bow) at the side aisle (altar), then continuing out the North Door to the Smoke Sacristy.

• Vestments are carried to the Vestment Sacristy and placed on the back of the chair.

• The Surplice is removed and returned to the closet in the Vestment Sacristy.

• CM helps remove items from the Sanctuary. Communion vessels go to the Working Sacristy; Gospel Book, Missal, and Intercessions Notebook to Vestment Sacristy; and Hymnals and Alms to Smoke Sacristy. (Alms are placed in the safe.)

PREPARATION:

  • Thurifer wears a special cotta, one with slits in sleeves to allow for easier arm movement.
  • Th starts 4-5 coals for the opening procession around 8:40. Thoroughly-burning coals are essential for “good smoke”.
  • Th joins all the servers in the Vesting Sacristy for prayers led by Cel, but leaves Thurible in the Smoke Sacristy. At the conclusion of the prayers, the SM (Sacred Ministers) will go to the Smoke Sacristy to lay on the incense.
  • While others gather in the hallway in preparation for the entrance, the Th remains in the Smoke Sacristy until the end of the Prelude and a signal by the MC to come down to the entrance door.

PROCESSION:

  • The Th leads the procession and sets a dignified pace that neither drags nor races. (A diagram of the path is in the notebook under General Notes for all servers.)
  • After passing through the Communion Rail, Th turns left and stands even with the end of the altar. (One of the Acol will stand to the left of the Thurifer.) While waiting for the others to arrive, the Thurifer may allow the Thurible to swing very gently.
  • The final lineup on the pavement is as follows. (TT are outside Altar Rail.)

[ altar ]

A Th SD C D MC A

• After the Deacon places the Gospel Book on the altar, the MC signals all to genuflect. The SM then go up the steps and everyone else turns right and proceeds to the south end of the altar.

OPENING ACCLAMATION, COLLECT FOR PURITY, GLORIA:

  • The Celebrant gives the Opening Acclamation and the Collect for Purity, then the Sacred Ministers move from the “slant I” to the center of the steps. At the beginning of the Gloria they gather at the footpace (the top of the altar steps) for the censing of the altar. At this point the Celebrant turns to receive the Thurible. The MC gives the signal for the Th to ascend the steps and hand it to the Cel. (The MC goes up the steps at the same time to remove the Missal Stand.)
  • While the altar is being censed the Th stands to the left of the MC and back, close to the chairs, to provide room for the Deacon to come down the for the censing of the Celebrant.
  • After receiving the Thurible from the Deacon, Th goes to the center just in front of the gate, genuflects, turns right, and exits through the altar gate to the Smoke Sacristy. Th closes the door to block out the noise of cleaning the pot.

OLD TESTAMENT READING, PSALM, AND EPISTLE READING:

  • After cleaning the pot the Th puts in 2-3 new lighted coals.
  • The door to the Chancel may now be reopened so that the Th can hear the reading of the Epistle and be ready to enter at the end.

GOSPEL:

  • As soon as “Thanks be to God” has been said, marking the end of the Epistle, Th enters carrying the Thurible in the left hand and Incense Boat in the right hand at chest level. Acol will meet the Th at the foot of the steps and all three will genuflect together.
  • Th then moves to the SM, handing the boat to the Deacon to hold for the Cel. while he lays on the incense. Deacon hands boat to MC to hold until the Th has lowered the cover over the incense.
  • Th goes to the foot of the altar steps, and stands next to the Acolyte at the left end. Note the tighter formation; don’t spread out too far.
  • The MC signals a genuflection, then turns and proceeds down the center aisle with the Acol following.
  • Th, carrying the incense in the left hand at chest level, follows the Acol, allowing the thurible to swing very gently with a much smaller arc than usual. Th takes a position next to the pews on the right, slightly behind the Deacon once s/he is in position.
  • On the return to the altar, the order is the same except that the MC follows the SD.
  • All should take positions at the foot of the altar steps -in a tighter lineup than for the procession out because the SubDeacon is now standing at the side, and the Deacon may be preaching. Once all are in the lineup, the MC signals for a genuflection. The Th turns right,passes through the gate of the railing, and exits to the Smoke Sacristy.

SERMON, CREED, PRAYERS OF THE PEOPLE, CONFESSION, and PEACE:

  • During the sermon, the incense pot is cleaned, and 5 new coals are set out in an empty bowl. (Besure the door is closed during this noisy procedure.)
  • During the Creed, Th gets the coals burning vigorously. (Some Th like to light one coal sooner as a starter.)
  • After the Peace, TT exit directly to smoke sacristy without genuflecting and pick up lighted torches. Note: If TT are inexperienced Th should be ready to give prompts.

OFFERTORY ANTHEM: (Choir )

  • At MC’s cue, Th leads TT from sacristy to center of rail. Th moves above rail pausing slightly to allow TT to get in position below rail so all can genuflect together.
  • Th goes to the right to have incense laid on. (After incense is laid on, the MC places the boat on the table below the credence.)
  • Th returns to center position and at a signal from the MC, Th & TT genuflect together.
  • Th proceeds the two TT through the choir, down the steps, turning left toward the lectern then right to go down the South aisle to the Baptistry. As soon as the ushers are finished in the center aisle,
  • Th and others get in position. At a signal from the Verger, the Th leads the Offertory Procession to the altar.
  • Th turns right outside the altar rail and proceeds to the end of the rail where s/he stands and waits for the elements – bread, wine, and money – to be handed to the Sacred Ministers. At a signal from the MC, all genuflect and the Thurifer passes the altar rail into the sanctuary and stands next tothe MC.

OFFERTORY HYMN: (Most of the censing done by the Thurifer takes place at this time.)

  • The Celebrant prepares the bread and wine, then turns to receive the Thurible.
  • Celebrant – with D & SD either side – censes the altar.
  • Deacon comes down steps and censes Cel.
  • Thurifer gives two doubles to Deacon, one double to SubDeacon.
  • Th moves to opening in altar rail, turns left 45°, gives a nod to CM or anyone standing there, and then – using a shorter chain – swings center, left, and right
  • Th faces altar, reverences Cross, then turns right 45° and in like manner censes MC and Acol.
  • Th genuflects and proceeds to Chancel for censing of all in the choir areas.
  • Rector, if present in his stall in choir, is first and receives two doubles.
  • If there are any visiting clergy, they are censed after Rector with two doubles.
  • Other priest(s) in choir receive two doubles.
  • Deacons in choir receive two doubles.
  • Both sides of choir receive a gentle short-chain swing to center, left, right. Th reverences cross on altar whenever turning from one side to the other.
  • Congregation receives full, long-chain swing to Center, left, right.

• Th returns to position next to MC, genuflecting inside altar rail in passing. Notes:

  • When censing with short chain Th holds thurible at chest height, not knee height.
  • Th nods before & after censing any individual or group.
  • As Th turns from one side to the other, s/he always turns toward the altar.
  • If additional incense is needed before the consecration, the MC adds it.

Sursum Corda, Preface, Sanctus, and Benedictus:

Th stands in position at south side of altar next to MC, allowing the Thurible to have a short, very gentle swing from side to side.

PRAYER OF CONSECRATION:

  • Right after the Benedictus, the MC gives the signal to kneel in place.
  • Thurible is in hand with short chain in preparation for the Consecration.
  • The elements are censed during the Consecration. Censing might NOT be with the Celebrant’s kneeling and/or with the bells. The first double is done as the priest rises from firstgenuflection, the second when the element is raised, and the third immediately following.

LORD’S PRAYER, FRACTION, PRAYER OF HUMBLE ACCESS:

Thurible is held and very gently swung or it can rest on steps – one or two up from where Th iskneeling.

AGNUS DEI:

  • At the beginning of the Agnus Dei, the MC gives the signal to stand.
  • Th goes to the center, genuflects and exits through altar gate with TT following.
  • Coals & incense are dumped into the pail of water, and Th returns to stand near Bishop’s throne to receive communion. (Th may be asked to count in All Saints’ Chapel if Cr is unavailable.)
  • After receiving communion, Th exits again to for cleanup, making sure the smoke sacristy door isclosed to block out any noises.

POST-COMMUNION PRAYER, BLESSING, and DISMISSAL: Thurifer reenters and kneels on the bottom step next to TT.

RECESSIONAL HYMN:

• When SM kiss the altar and descend the steps for the lineup, the Th lines up to the left of the Sub-Deacon. (TT pick up torches and stand outside railing.)

[ altar ]

Th SD Cel D MC

• Th recesses with MC, following Verger, CM, Choir Clergy and TT.

AFTER FINAL PRAYERS (back by the Baptistry):

  • Th helps collect vestments from Clergy by holding both arms out for clergy to place vestments.(Avoid touching garments with your fingers which generally are dirty from charcoal!)
  • When exiting from the Baptistry, genuflect when passing the high altar, reverence (slight bow) at the side aisle (All Saints Altar) then continue out the North Door to the Smoke Sacristy.
  • Vestments are carried to the Vestment Sacristy and placed on the back of the chair by the desk.
  • Th finishes cleanup of thurible and and returns it to its place in the closet
  • If there are items remaining to be removed from the Sanctuary, Th helps in this process. (Thurifer’s cotta is removed and placed on a hook before going out to the Sanctuary.)
  • Items to be taken to the Sacristies: (Note: Box of Hosts remains on Credence; also the wine cruet if none was used.)
    • -Communion vessels go to the Working Sacristy
    • -Gospel Book, Missal, and Intercessions Notebook to Vestment Sacristy
    • -Missal Stand, Hymnals, and Alms Bason to Smoke Sacristy
  • Cotta is taken upstairs and hung with the other Thurifer Cottas. Cassocks are removed and placed on the rack with others of the same length, and cinctures are hung on the pegs designed for that purpose.

Acolytes travel in pairs and with the candles held at the same height, that is with the brass wax-catcher at forehead level or higher. If the two people are dramatically different in height, the two should work out the height in advance.

PROCESSION:

  • The Acolytes flank the Crucifer during a Procession. However, when moving down the narrow side-aisles the Acolytes precede the Crucifer. (Before electricity was used the candles lit the way.)
  • The Acolytes match the Crucifer’s pace, neither leading nor lingering, so that the three of them remain in a straight line. The Crucifer keeps at least two, preferably three pews behind the Thurifer. If the Thurifer is doing 360s, increase the distance even more!
  • At the top of the Chancel steps – the first three steps leading up to the choir – the Crucifer makes a slight pause which allows the Acolytes to move next to one another as they continue forward toward the altar.
  • After passing through the altar gate to the base of the altar steps, Acolytes turn away from one another and stand midway between the end of the altar and the large wooden pavement candles.

altar

A Th SD C D MC A

On the MC’s cue, all genuflect. At the end of the hymn as the SM ascend to the altar, Acolytes turn to the right, proceed to the credence and place candles in their stands. Acolytes remain standing in front of candle stands for opening prayers, Gloria or Kyrie, censing of the altar and Celebrant, and Collect for the Day.

LITURGY OF THE WORD:

Acolytes sit during Old Testament (OT) Lesson, Psalm, and New Testament (NT) lesson.

Gospel Procession:

At the end of the New Testament Lesson, immediately after “Thanks be to God,” Acolytes pick up candles and proceed to the foot of the altar steps, facing the altar and lining up in the center “sandwiching” the Thurifer between them. If the timing does not work out so that the Acolytes and Th do not meet in the center, Acolytes should line up with the “outside” altar candles.

Note the tighter formation; don’t spread out too far.

  • At the MC’s signal, all Genuflect and turn facing the Congregation. The MC starts down toward the center of the Church, with the Acolytes following the MC. Approximately halfway down the center aisle, near the heat register in the floor, the MC stops, turns, and signals the position for the Acolytes. The Acolytes turn and face one another with their backs almost touching the pew behind. Candles should be held up so that the metal wax catcher is forehead height or higher, matching partner’s level.
  • When returning to the altar after the Gospel, the Acolytes again follow the MC, who is now following the Sub Deacon. All take positions at the foot of the altar steps in a tighter lineup than for the procession out because the Sub Deacon is now standing by the sedilia, and the Deacon may be preaching .

MC gives the signal to genuflect. Acolytes return candles to holders and sit during the Sermon.

CREED and PRAYERS of the PEOPLE:

Acolytes stand at foot of altar steps facing across the steps. At the mention of the Incarnation, all genuflect with only the right knee touching the floor.

CONFESSION and ABSOLUTION: All kneel. Cushions are not used at this time unless knees are injured.

PEACE: Acolytes exchange peace with one another and MC, then with SMs when they return to the side.

LITURGY OF THE EUCHARIST

OFFERTORY:

  • When the Sacred Ministers stand and move to the foot of the altar steps and face the congregation, Acolytes stand in position in front of their candles facing the altar.
  • Note: If Acolytes are asked to double as TT, the only change is to act as TT during the Offertory through to the Agnus Dei. This means taking candles and moving quickly after the Peace to meet the Th at the gate as s/he comes in to have incense laid on. They genuflect with Th. Th has incense laid on. They genuflect again with the Thurifer and follow him/her down the south aisle to the back of the church for the procession. Upon returning to the Sanctuary they stay outside the altar rail, kneeling and raising their torches at the elevations. At the Agnus Dei they stand and genuflect with the Thurifer as s/he exits. After the Thurifer has exited, Acolytes turn toward one another, pass through the gate and return to their positions next to the Credence. For the remainder of the Mass they revert to being Acolytes.
  • While the altar and celebrant are censed Acolytes prepare the water and lavabo for the Cel’s hand washing. Generally the Acolyte on the East or “upper” side removes the water from the Credence (“A” on spout) and the other Acolyte drapes the purificator over his/her left arm and takes the lavabo in right hand. Note: MC does this if Acolytes are acting as TT.
  • At a signal from the MC, Acolytes ascend steps to two below the Cel. Lavabo is held under Cel’s outstretched hands and water is poured over fingers.
  • After Cel is finished, Acolytes turn and return items to original position on Credence.

CENSING, SURSUM CORDA, PREFACE, SANCTUS, and BENEDICTUS: (stand)

  • Stand in position at foot of altar steps indicated by MC.
  • Right after the Benedictus, the MC gives the signal to kneel in position.

PRAYER OF CONSECRATION: Remain kneeling until Agnus Dei

AGNUS DEI: At the beginning of the Agnus Dei, the MC gives the signal to stand. Acolytes return to stand in front of their candles.

COMMUNION: (remain standing)

Acolytes stand in front of their candles as they receive communion, and then count Communicants. Acolytes divide up the counting using the green middle line as a divider. and do not count themselves or any servers.

POST-COMMUNION REMOVAL OF VESSELS:

At a signal from the MC, Acolytes ascend the steps at the end of the altar and receive vessels to be placed on the credence and table. Note: The large glass Flagon and the Ciborium (lidded chalice for wafers),which were brought to the altar during the Offertory, go on the table in front of the Credence. The remaining Chalices go back to where they were placed at the beginning of the Mass.

POST-COMMUNION PRAYER, BLESSING, and DISMISSAL: Kneel on bottom step.

PREPARATION FOR RECESSIONAL:

Immediately after the dismissal and response “Thanks be to God”, Acolytes remove candles from stands and go directly to meet the Crucifer down in the Choir area. Acolytes remember to meet at the space between the altar rail before proceeding in tandem down the steps.

RECESSIONAL:

  • The Acolytes & Cr stand facing the altar.
  • At a signal from the MC, the ministers and servers in the lineup genuflect and turn to face the congregation. Acolytes do not genuflect because they are accompanying the Cross.
  • As the lineup turns, the Cr and Acolytes also turn and lead the Recessional down the center aisle, turn left into the Baptistry and stand in front of the Font. The Crucifer sets a moderate and dignified pace which the Acolytes match.

EXIT and CLEANUP:

  • When exiting from the Baptistry, Acolytes pause together for Genuflection at the Center Aisle, a Reverence (slight bow) at the side aisle (altar) then continue out the North Door to the Smoke Sacristy.
  • Candles are returned to rack; Cottas removed and placed on hooks.
  • All servers remove items from Sanctuary. (Communion vessels go to the Working Sacristy; Gospel Book, Altar Book, and Intercessions Notebook to Vesting Sacristy; Hymnals and Alms Bason to Smoke Sacristy. Alms are locked in safe.) Wafer Box is left on Credence for the next Mass. If wine is not used from V cruet, it remains also.
  • The Missal Stand is placed on the table in the Smoke Sacristy.
  • The MC is notified of the count of Communicants, if not done previously.
  • Cottas are taken upstairs to hang on the appropriate rack. Cassocks are removed and placed on the rack with others of the same length. Cinctures are replaced over the pegs provided for that purpose.

Note: If the Crucifer is licensed to serve the Chalice, the Crucifer can also serve as CM. In such a case, the Thurifer can be asked to do the count at All Saints’ Altar.

PROCESSION:

• The Cr generally has an Acolyte on each side during a procession. However when moving down the narrow side aisles the Cr goes after the Acolytes. (Before electricity was used the candles lit the way.)

• The Cr keeps at least two, preferably three pews behind the Thurifer. The Acolytes should match the Cr’s pace, neither leading nor lingering, so that the three of them remain in a straight line.

• At the top of the Chancel Steps (the three steps leading up to the choir) the Cr makes a slight pause allowing the Acolytes to continue forward, while s/he turns left into the Cr’s Stall.

• The Cross is attached to the choir screen using the ring to hold the bottom of the pole and the hook to catch the pole further up. If the cross in use has a Corpus (figure of Christ) on it, the figure faces the Congregation. The hook should always be checked to be sure it is securely attached.

• All inside the Chancel – Clergy, servers & choir – genuflect together.

DURING THE MASS:

The Cr remains in the stall and stands, sits or kneels as if one of the Congregation.

• During the Gospel Processions the Cr stands and turns to face the Book, but otherwise the Cr faces straight across toward the stall of the Verger.

• Note: If there is a procession – festival or lenten – the Crucifer will take the Cel’s Cope to the Sacristy at the time of the Offertory Anthem. Cr meets the MC at the altar rail to receive the Cope as soon as the Thurifer & TT have left the chancel.

• At Communion Cr goes to the All Saints’ Altar to receive Communion, and count the number of persons receiving the Host. Blessings are not counted. Clergy and Servers are not included in this count; the MC adds them in later. When finished counting Cr returns to the stall.

RECESSION:

• Following the dismissal, as the Sacred Ministers line up at the foot of the Altar, the Cr stands, removes the cross from its holder, and goes to the center of the Chancel to stand facing the Altar, where s/he is joined by the Acolytes.

• At a signal from the MC, all in the lineup genuflect and turn to face the Congregation. As they turn, Cr and Acolytes turn and lead the Recessional down the center aisle, turn left into the Baptistry and stand in front of the Font. The Cr sets a moderate and dignified pace which the Acolytes match.

• After a final prayer in the Baptistry, all servers exit along the back of the church. Cr returns the Crucifix to the closet, removes surplice, and helps in the removal of items from the Sanctuary. Communion vessels go to the Working Sacristy; Gospel Book, Altar Book, and Intercessions Notebook to the Vestment Sacristy; and Hymnals and Alms Basin to the Smoke Sacristy. (The Alms are put in the safe.) Cr also reports his/her count to the MC.

SUMMARY OF TORCHBEARERS’ ROLE:

  • TT carry torches for the entering Procession, the Offertory procession, and the Recessional.
  • When holding torches TT stand outside the altar rail, at the opening between the two innermost medallions:
  • Candles remain lighted throughout the Mass, whether being held or in rack in Smoke Sacristy
  • TT raise and lower torches three times during the Canon of the Mass, following the movement of the Celebrant’s arms as first the host is elevated, then the wine, and finally both.
  • When not bearing torches TT stand, sit or kneel near the Bishop’s throne.

ETIQUETTE NOTES:

Pairs should hold their candles at the same level. If there is a height disparity between partners, the taller partner should accommodate the shorter by carrying his/her candle lower. Hold the candle far enough in front of you so that your knees do not knock into it as you walk.

When carrying a candle, the outside arm is down if you can manage it, but don’t fret over this detail.

TT chairs are on either side of Bishop’s Throne. Do not place anything on the Throne. Hymnals, programs, etc. are to be placed on TT chairs when not in use.

TT face across chancel at all times except during the Gospel Procession and Reading, when they face the Book.

How to genuflect: Put the right knee down and keep your back vertical. (It helps to hold your head straight and gaze at the crucifix on the reredos.)

ENTRANCE:

TT enter with candles and follow CM & choir clergy in procession, preceding the MC. Until the altar rail is reached, TT are facing the altar. They then turn away from each other and move to stand between the two innermost medallions, then again face the altar.

After D ascends altar steps, places Gospel Book, and returns to his/her place, MC cues ALL to genuflect. While SMs ascend altar steps to footpace, TT turn and take torches to Smoke Sacristy and place them in the rack, leaving the candles lighted. They re-enter immediately and stand in front of their chairs on either side of the Bishop’s throne. (Whoever enters first goes to the further chair.)

THE LITURGY OF THE WORD

TT follow MC and AA opposite in that they:

  • stand for opening salutation, Collect for Purity, Gloria, and Collect of the day;
  • sit for OT, psalm, and NT lessons.

For Gospel: TT stand when MC & Acol do, but remain in place, just turning to face Gospel Book as it is carried out to the congregation and read.

When MC, AA, and D return from Gospel procession and sit for the sermon, TT do likewise, but wait until clergy sit.

For the Nicene Creed, Intercessions, and Confession TT stand and move forward next to bottom step, mirroring MC and AA opposite, i.e. standing when they stand and kneeling when they kneel.

During the Creed there is a genuflection at the mention of the Incarnation. The right knee touches the floor, not the step. At the Confession kneel with the SM, not before them.OFFERTORY

After the Peace, TT exit directly to Smoke Sacristy without genuflecting and pick up lighted torches. At MC’s cue, Th leads TT from sacristy to center of rail. Th moves above rail; TT remain below rail at the same place as for the opening procession, and genuflect with the Th. Th goes to CEL. TT remain in their places.

Th has incense laid on and blessed and returns to center. TT again genuflect with Th, then turn and follow him/her through chancel, left on nave floor and down Epistle-side (South) aisle. Th and TT proceed to West door of the church where the Offertory Procession forms.

TT follow Th in procession, keeping 2-3 pew lengths behind, with candles at matching heights.

When TT reach rail, they go to same places as at opening lineup. After the SMs have received the gifts from the Processors and turn to go up to the Altar, all will genuflect together, watching out of the corner of your eyes so as to keep in sync with others.

CANON OF THE MASS

TT remain standing in their places, holding candles in front of them at the same height as during the opening procession. After the Sanctus and Benedictus the MC will cue all to kneel, and candles are lowered. Hands are holding the torch against the railing. During the consecration, there are three times when TT should raise torches about a foot, then lower them. This movement should occur in sync with the Cel as he raises and lowers his arms: first with the host; second with the chalice of wine; and finally when both elements are raised together at the end of the Canon. (TT never cross themselves while holding a torch.)

TT remain kneeling until after the Prayer of Humble Access. As the Agnus Dei begins, MC cues ALL to rise. TT wait in their places below rail for Th, who proceeds to center. MC cues genuflection then Th and TT exit to Smoke Sacristy, with Th leading the way and TT following, holding candles at original height.

The torches are placed in the rack, without extinguishing candles, and TT re-enter. (Th empties thurible bowl, then enters to receive HC before doing cleanup.)

COMMUNION

During Communion, TT remain standing and face the Acolytes. The Cel will come to you with the host, and the Deacon or SD will come to you with the chalice. Do not look at Communicants but gaze straight ahead toward Acol. The Acol generally do the counting at the 9 AM Mass, but in the event you are asked to count, focus on communicants’ folded hands, or back of Cel. to avoid looking at faces.

Blessings are not counted. Count is given to MC at the end of the Mass. If uncertain as to whether to count or not, go ahead and count anyway, as it is better to have duplicate counts than none at all!

POST COMMUNION PRAYER

TT kneel together on bottom step in front of Bishop’s Throne for Post communion Prayer, Blessing, and Dismissal. (Th will generally be there too.)

AFTER THE DISMISSAL

MC cues ALL to rise. TT go immediately the Smoke sacristy to retrieve lighted torches from rack, re-enter, and regular positions in front of the altar rail.

RECESSIONAL HYMN

As hymn playthrough concludes, MC cues ALL to genuflect, then while all turn around to face the congregation, the TT turn and face each other.

As the CM & Choir Clergy are leaving their stalls in choir, MC cues TT to meet and move together, following Choir Clergy, as they did during Procession, and proceed to the Baptistry for final prayer.

After the final prayer, candles are extinguished and TT exit, pausing together for Genuflection at the Center Aisle, a Reverence (slight bow) at the side aisle (altar), then continuing out the North Door to the Smoke Sacristy.

After TT return torches to rack and remove their cottas, they assist the MC with the removal of vessels and books from the sanctuary.

Join Us
Interested in visiting?
caret-downclosefacebook-squarehamburgerinstagram-squarelinkedin-squarepauseplaytwitter-square